Revision as of 03:56, 12 March 2020

Text

Attachment 13 - Exelon Generation Company, LLC Instrument Setpoint Calculations
	ML100321363
Person / Time
Site:	LaSalle
Issue date:	01/27/2010
From:	; Exelon Generation Co, Exelon Nuclear
To:	; Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
Shared Package
ML100321303	List: ML100321304; ML100321306; ML100321307; ML100321309; ML100321316; ML100321324; ML100321326; ML100321340; ML100321363; ML100321371; RS-10-001, Attachment 10 - Cameron International Corporation, Application for Withholding Proprietary Information from Public Disclosure; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 10 - Cameron International Corporation, Application for Withholding Proprietary Information from Public Disclosure; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 11 - Exelon Generation Company, LLC Calculation L-003445 Core Thermal Power Uncertainty to Support Mur for LaSalle Unit 2.; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 13 - Exelon Generation Company, LLC Instrument Setpoint Calculations; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 2 - Markup of Proposed Operating License and Technical Specifications Pages; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 3 - Markup of Proposed Technical Specifications Bases and Technical Requirements Manual Pages; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 5 - Summary of Regulatory Commitments; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 7 - GEH Nuclear Energy Affidavit Supporting Withholding; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Attachment 8 - NEDO-33485, Rev. 0, Safety Analysis Report for LaSalle County Station Units 1 and 2, Thermal Power Optimization.; RS-10-001, LaSalle, Units 1 and 2, Request for License Amendment Regarding Measurement Uncertainty Recapture Power Uprate;
References
	RS-10-001 L-001345, Rev 2
	Download: ML100321363 (259)
	v • d • e

{{#Wiki_filter:ATTACHMENT 13 Exelon Generation Company, LLC Instrument Setpoint Calculations LIST OF CALCULATIONS INCLUDED L-001345, Rev. 2, Average Power Range Monitor (APRM), Rod Block Monitor (RBM), and Recirculation Flow Monitor (RFM) Bistable Loop Accuracy for Rod Block and Scram Functions L-001345, Minor Rev. 2 A L-001345, Minor Rev. 2 B L-001345, Minor Rev. 2 C L-001345, Minor Rev. 2 D Note: Minor Revision 2 D provides the changes related to the proposed power uprate. However, the preceding revisions are provided, since the minor revisions are not incorporated into the body of Revision 2.

Exhibit A NEP-12-02LA Revision 4 CALCULATION TITLE PAGE PAGE NO: 1 Calculation No. L-001345 ComEd DESCRIPTION CODE: 104 DISCIPLINE CODE: I LaSalle SYSTEM CODE: C51 t8l Unit 1 t8l Unit 2 o Unit 0 ELEVATION (C016) 768' 0" TITLE: Average Power Range Monitor (APRM), Rod Block Monitor (RBM). and Recirculation Flow Monitor (RFM) Bistable Loop Accuracy for Rod Block and Scram Functions t8l Safety Related o Regulatory Related o Augmented Quality o Non-Safety Related REFERENCE NUMBERS (C011 Panel) Type Number Type, Number AEDV I&C Engineering CHRN PAL PROG ROJ 10620-008 YS RNID COMPONENT EPN : (C014 Panel) DOCUMENT NUMBERS: (C012 Panel) EPN ComptType Doc Sub Document Number Assoc. See Section 1.0 Type Type Calc. PROG STN See Reference 3.5 DYes t8l No DCD OCP 9700500 DYes t8l No OCO OCP 9700502 DYes t8l No CALC ENG NEO-I-EIC-0255 t8l Yes 0 No DYes 0 No REMARKS: GE DRF C51-00206 REV. REVISING APPROVED DATE NO. ORGANIZATION PRINT/SIGN 0 General Electric Larry Chi (GE) 12-22-97 1 Sargent & Lundy W. A. Barasa 3-19-99 2 Sargent & Lundy W.A. Barasa 9JI~ 4AA~ f I

CALCULATION NO. L-001345 Project NO.1 0546-026 PAGE NO.: 2 REVISION SUMMARIES REV: 0 o Partial (Only Revised Pages Included) l8lComplete (All Calculation Pages Included) REVISION

SUMMARY

Initial Issue. Electronic Calculation Data Files: (Program Name, Version, File name ext/size/date/hour: min) WordPerfect 6.1, L-001345.6RO/1 ,281 ,278/12-22-97/11 :55 pm Word 6.0, L1345FIG.DOC/29,696/12-19-97/2:23 pm PREPARED BY: W. Kent Green (GE) 12-22-97 Print Sign Date REVIEWED BY: Daniel L. Gould (GE) 12-22-97 Print Sign Date Type of Review l8l Detailed 0 Alternate o Test Supplemental Review Required 0 Yes (NEP-12-05 documentation attached) o No Supervisor: DO ANY ASSUMPTIONS IN THIS CALCULATION REQUIRE LATER VERIFICATION 0 YES l8l NO Tracked by: REV: 1 l8l Partial (Only Revised Pages Included) oComplete (All Calculation Pages Included) REVISION

SUMMARY

Revised to widen calibration tolerances for modules a3A, a3B, a6A, a6B in support of DCPs 9700500 & 9700502. Added limitations to the allowed upscale and comparator trip setpoint calibration tolerances for the recirculation flow monitor. Also corrected minor typos. Revised the following pages: 43, 44, 76, 77, 78,144,145,151,152,166,167,172,173,178,179,188, 190, 191.

UJ!4oh~ yJ~ laA~ Z, Electronic Calculation Data Files: (Program Name, Version, File name ext/size/date/hour: min) PREPARED BY:-=D::..:..=...:J,~C::..:u=ik=o,-- _ 3-/9-9<) Print Date REVIEWED BY:--,-P...:,:.J::..:.......:...:R=iP=P L_*~_.LIl.?IJj~'

                                                                       ~'--

Print Sign Date Type of Review l8l Detailed 0 Alternate o Test Supplemental Rev~~/R~qujjed 0 Yes (NEP-12-05 documentation attached) ~o Supervisor: r.. /I/(~ ~ ~ A DO ANY ASSUMPTIONS IN THIS CALCULATION REQUIRE LATER VERIFICATION 0 YES l8l NO Tracked by: Commonwealth Edison Company NEP-12-02LA Nuclear Operations Division Revision 4 ,~alle Calculation Site Appendix - LaSalle Site Exhibit A

Exhibit A NEP-12-02LA Revision 4 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION REVISION PAGE CALCULATION NO. L-001345 PAGE NO. : 2.1 of 191 REVISION SUMMARIES REV: 2 )( PartltLl (Or. 1'/ ReVIHJ Paqfj Il"cl.. . )ul ) 1.1 CCMpllie (A" (<<Ie" 14 t'of' (t,'jes InchJ(cI) O.J,c REVISION

SUMMARY

Revised pages 1, 2.1, 3, 6, 7, 10,~ 14, 17, 18, 44, 110, I l l ,

113, 114, 149, 150, 153, 154, 155, 156, 160, 161, 168, 169, 171, 184, 187, 188, and 191. Calculated new setpoints and allowable values for APRM flow biased simulated power scram and rod blocks (flow biased and clamp) based on revised analytical limits resulting from power uprate. ELECTRONIC CALCULATION DATA FILES REVISED: (Program Name, Version, File name ext/size/date/hour: min) PREPARED BY: J.R. Basak ~t~hl;r&~ DATE: ,/:/rr Print/Sign p.- REVIEWED BY: D. J. Cuj ko A.Q) ~04Jw Print/Sign tf 9J!l6 DATE: 7/ fJ /9' Type of Review )( Detailed o Alternate o Test Supple~ental Revie~~~EP-12-05documentation attached) )4 NO Superv~sor: DO ANY ASSUMPTIONS IN THIS CALCULATION REQUIRE LATER VERIFICATION DYES jNO Tracked by: REV: REVISION

SUMMARY

ELECTRONIC CALCULATION DATA FILES REVISED: (Program Name, Version, File name ext/size/date/hour: min) PREPARED BY: DATE: Print/Sign REVIEWED BY: DATE: Print/Sign Type of Review o Detailed o Alternate o Test Supplemental Review Required 0 YES (NEP-12-05 documentation attached) o NO Supervisor: DO ANY ASSUMPTIONS IN THIS CALCULATION REQUIRE LATER VERIFICATION DYES o NO Tracked by:

Exhibit D NEP-12-Q2 Revision" o COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY qKl) CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS CALCULATION NO. L-001345 REV. NO.2 PAGE NO. 3 OF 191 DESCRIPTION PAGE NO. SUB-PAGE NO. TITLE PAGE 1 REVISION

SUMMARY

2 2.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 CALCULATION SECTION 1 .0 PURPOSE and OBJECTIVE 5 SECTION 2.0 METHODOLOGY and ACCEPTANCE 7 CRITERIA SECTION

3.0 REFERENCES

11 SECTION 4.0 DESIGN INPUTS 15 SECTION 5 .0 ASSUMPTIONS 19 SECTION 6.0 INSTRUMENT CHANNEL 21 CONFIGURATION

'ECTION   7 .0  PROCESS PARAMETERS                       27 SECTION    8.0   LOOP ELEMENT DATA                        28 SECTION    9.0   CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT DATA              33 SECTION 10.0     CALIBRATION PROCEDURE DATA               42 SECTION 11.0     MODULE ERRORS                            48 SECTION 12.0     INSTRUMENT CHANNEL TOTAL                149 ERROR SECTION 13.0     ERROR ANALYSIS

SUMMARY

153 SECTION

14.0 CONCLUSION

S 168 SECTION 15.0 CALCULATION SPREADSHEET 174 ATTACHMENTS A. GE Drawing 22A2843, Rev. 7, "Neutron A1 - A32 Monitoring System" Design Specification. B. GE Drawing 22A2843AF, Rev. 7, "Neutron B1 - B17 Monitoring System" Design Specification Data Sheet. C. GE Drawing 235A1386, Rev. 1, "Design C1 - C6 and Performance Specification APRM (Page) ."

Exhibit 0 NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 I CALCULATION NO. L-001345 REV. NO. 0 PAGE NO. 4 OF 191 DESCRIPTION PAGE NO. SUB-PAGE NO. D. GE Drawing 248A9544, Rev. 1, "Rod D1 - D10 Block Monitor (Page) '69" Specification. E. NEDC-31336P-A, "General Electric E1 - E22 Instrumentation Setpoint Methodology," September 1996, (GE Proprietary Information), Sections 2.2.5 and 4.5. F. CornEd Letter DG 97-001088, F1 - F3 "Reclassification of the drift error term in the CornEd Setpoint Accuracy Methodology," dated 25 August, 1997. G. Rosemount Nuclear Data Sheet, "Model G1 - G5 1152 Alphaline Pressure Transmitter for Nuclear Service," MAN 4235AOO, 1995. H. GE Drawing 225A6445, Rev. 0, "Flow H1 - H5 Unit (Page)" Design and Performance Specification. I. Letter to File, KG971022.DOC, I1 - I2 Documents Telecons with LaSalle NMS Engineer Gene Pfister. J. E-Mail from Julie Leong to Clark F. J1 - J2 Canham and W. Kent Green dated 10/14/97,

Subject:

LaSalle Recirc Flow Drift and Flow Element Accuracy. K. NEDO-31558-A dated March 1993, K1 - K15 "position on NRC Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision 3, Requirements for Post-Accident Neutron Monitoring System." L. GE letter, A097-011, Allowance for L1 - L3 Process Computer Core Power Measurement Analytical Uncertainty in LaSalle, from Jose L. Casillas, dated December 12, 1997. M. GE letter, A097-015 Rev. 1, Flow M1 - M4 Biased Simulated Thermal Power Scram and APRM Rod Block in LaSalle, from Jose L. Casillas, dated December 22, 1997 with its Enclosure (4). N. GE Drawing 328X105TD, Rev. 3, "Power N1 - N3 Range Monitoring Cabinet," Parts List. O. GE Drawing PL791E507TD, Rev. 10, 01 - 05 "Power Range Monitoring Cabinet," Parts List. P. GE Drawing PL791E392BB, Rev. 14, "Flow P1 - P8 Unit," Parts List.

 ). E-Mail from Andrew N. Poulos to Jose      Q1 - Q3 L. Casillas, Daniel L. Gould, and Larry Chi dated December 10, 1997,

Subject:

LaSalle Flow Bias.

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 5 of 191 1.0 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVE The purpose of this calculation is to determine with a high degree of certainty whether or not there exists positive margin between the Analytical Limits and the calibration and Tech Spec setpoints, and between the Tech Spec LCO values and the calibration and Tech Spec setpoints, for the various trips of the Power Range Neutron Monitoring System (PRNMS). For the purposes of this calculation the PRNMS consists of the Average Power Range Monitors (APRM) , the Rod Block Monitors (RBM) , and the Recirculation Flow Monitor (RFM). The evaluated trips from these three subsystems can cause a scram via the Reactor Protection System (RPS) or a rod withdrawal block via the Reactor Manual Control System (RMCS). Following is a list of the evaluated trips: Trips that cause a scram APRM Neutron Flux - High (Fixed) APRM Neutron Flux - High (Fixed) (Setdown) APRM Simulated Thermal Power - Upscale (Flow Biased) Two Recirculation Loop Operation APRM Flow Biased Trip Clamp Two Recirculation Loop Operation APRM Simulated Thermal Power - Upscale (Flow Biased) Single Recirculation Loop Operation APRM Flow Biased Trip Clamp Single Recirculation Loop Operation Trips that cause a rod block APRM Neutron Flux - High (Fixed) APRM Neutron Flux - Downscale APRM Flow Biased Upscale Trip RBM Upscale RBM Downscale RFM Upscale RFM Comparator The equipment covered by this calculation is listed below: FT-1B33-N014A FT-1B33-N024A FT-1B33-N014B FT-1B33-N024B FT-1B33-N014C FT-1B33-N024C FT-1B33-N014D FT-1B33-N024D FT-2B33-N014A FT-2B33-N024A FT-2B33-N014B FT-2B33-N024B REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 ReViSiOn/~ COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY qtu5 CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 6 of 191 FT-2B33-N014C FT-2B33-N024C FT-2B33-N014D FT-2B33-N024D FY-1B33-K608A FY-1B33-K606A FY-1B33-K608B FY-1B33-K606B FY-1B33-K608C FY-1B33-K606C FY-1B33-K608D FY-1B33-K606D FY-2B33-K608A FY-2B33-K606A FY-2B33-K608B FY-2B33-K606B FY-2B33-K608C FY-2B33-K606C FY-2B33-K608D FY-2B33-K606D FY-1B33-K607A FY-2B33-K607A FY-1B33-K607B FY-2B33-K607B FY-1B33-K607C FY-2B33-K607C FY-1B33-K607D FY-2B33-K607D RY-1C51-K605GM RY-1C51-K605GN RY-1C51-K605GP RY-1C51-K605GR RY-1C51-K605GS RY-1C51-K605GT RY-2C51-K605GM RY-2C51-K605GN RY-2C51-K605GP RY-2C51-K605GR RY-2C51-K605GS RY-2C51-K605GT RY-1C51-K605GU RY-1C51-K605GV RY-2C51-K605GU RY-2C51-K605GV Since the components of the PRNMS are not relied upon for any accident mitigation or post accident control function (Reference 3.21) this calculation takes into account only the normal environmental conditions. The Standard Technical Specifications (Reference 3.24, Table 3.3.1.1-1) are only applicable to this calculation for the Neutron Flux High - Setdown and Fixed Neutron Flux - High Scram trips. The values given for the flow biased trips are differnt than the current LaSalle values (i.e., LaSalle, a BWR/5, has different slope and offset values). The rod block functions of the RBM and Recirculation Flow Monitor are not covered in the Standard Technical Specifications of Reference 3.24. In addition, this calculation will determine the required nominal trip setpoints and allowable values for the APRM flow biased simulated thermal power scram and rod block functions (flow biased and clamped) for the revised analytical limits resulting from the uprating of thermal power discussed in Reference 3.33. REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 ReViSion;" COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY qd6 CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 7 of 191 2.0 METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA The methodology used for this calculation is that presented in References 3.2 and 3.3. A setpoint will be considered acceptable if the calculation shows that a positive margin exists. If a positive margin does not exist a new setpoint will be calculated according to the criteria of Reference 3.3. Revision 2 of this calculation is in accordance with Reference 3.34. For all trips, the calculation will begin with the existing Tech Spec Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP). The 'Total Error' (TE) for each setpoint will be determined twice, once to support an Analytical Limit (AL) evaluation and once to support an Allowable Value (AV) evaluation. Then, by adding or subtracting the appropriate error terms, the AL and AV margins to the Tech Spec setpoint will be demononstrated to be positive. Positive margin for the procedual setpoints is also documented. 2.1 The evaluation of errors used to determine the 'Total Error' (TE) is consistent with the above methodology with the following exceptions:

a. The calibration tolerance is assumed to describe the limits of the as-left component outputs. For a random error, this corresponds to 100% of the population and can be statistically represented by a 3 sigma value. Per References 3.2 and 3.3, the 'Setting Tolerance' (ST) is defined as a random error which is due to the procedural allowances given to the technician performing the calibration. For this calculation:

ST = (Calibration tolerance)/3 ( 10)

b. Drift Time Period Extension Section 3.3.1 of Reference 3.2, Exhibit A, gives the following equation for calculating the effective drift based on a given surveillance interval (SI) and a known drift uncertainty term (IDE):

eD = (1 + LF/SI)*SI*IDE where LF is the late factor. In this equation IDE is some variable per unit time. This effectively says that eD is adjusted for time differences linearly by the ratio of (1 + LF/SI)*SI to the time interval portion of IDE. REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 8 of 191 Reference 3.8 allows drift to be treated as a random variable. Therefore, as is done in Reference 3.13, when it is necessary to adjust the drift data for a time period that is longer than the time period associated with the given drift data, the adjustment will be performed by using the square root of the ratio of the two time periods. RD = {[ (1 + LF/SI) *SI] /IDET}o,s*IDE v where IDE T is the per unit time portion (denominator) of IDE, and IDE v is the drift value portion (numerator) of IDE. Note that drift values will not be reduced when the surveillance interval is less than the given instrument drift time period.

c. Error propagation through Square Root Modules The Recirculation Flow Monitors each contain two square root modules that convert the 4 to 20 rna signals from the flow transmitters to a 0 to 10 Vdc output. From these values the transfer equation is determined to be v = 25.JI-4 Equation 1 where V is the output in Vdc and I is the input current from the transmitter in milliamps. Since this is a non-linear function the error transfer from input to output depends on the operating point. The transfer of the error at any point can be determined by taking the derivative of this transfer function (Reference 3.3). The result is dV=~dI Equation 2

                     .JI-4 where dV is the output error caused by an input error of dI at a value of I current. Since there may be times where the operating point may be known as a function of the output voltage rather than input current an equation for this condition can be developed by solving the first equation for I and substituting in the second equation. The result is dV = 3.125dI                 Equation 3 V

REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 9 of 191 These last two equations will be used as necessary in determining the effect of the flow transmitters' errors on the flow loop accuracy. The procedures actually measure the input current by running it through a one ohm resistor and measuring the voltage across the resistor. Therefore, the measured value is actually millivolts. However, since the resistor is one ohm the numerical value of the millivolt signal is exactly the same as the current in milliamps. Therefore, the voltage readings in millivolts can be used directly for the terms I and dI in equations 1 through 3.

d. Static Pressure Span Effect References 3.5.s and 3.5.t state that a 1% of span correction has been included in the calibration to compensate for the static pressure span effect. However, Reference 3.14 states that there is a plus/minus correction uncertainty associated with this compensation. Therefore, this uncertainty will be included as a random error term in this calculation. Although the vendor gives this error term as a percent of reading, it will be considered as percent calibrated span which simplifies the calculation and is conservative.

2.2 Flow Biased Trip Slope Adjustment The procedures of Reference 3.5 allow a certain tolerance when setting the flow biased trips in both the APRMs and RBMs. This has the effect of permitting a slope other than the specified value in the Flow to Power conversion circuit. Because of this the specified slope will be modified using the methodology of Reference 3.3 to a value that will allow for the setting tolerances. Both the APRM and RBM procedures check the flow biased trip setpoints at two different values. The maximum error in the slope would then be determined by taking the most positive error at one point and the most negative error at the other point (procedural tolerances are in Vdc). This can then be converted to a percent power change by dividing by the volts per percent power, and then converted to a fraction by dividing by the flow difference between the two measurement points. The resulting error fraction can then be added to the specified slope to give a new value for use in the calculation. This slope will be the worst case slope (maximum) allowable by the procedures. The equation for this new slope is: REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 ReViSiOnfh COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY qav CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 10 of 191 Slope NEw = Slope sp + [(T+ + T) /0.08] / .6.Flow This will be used for both APRM and RBM flow biased error calculations. For the APRMs, the tolerance (T+,T-) is +/- 0.04 Vdc and the calibration flow (~flow) is 80% flow, (Section 10.4). For the RBMs, the tolerance (T+,T-) is +/- 0.04 Vdc and the calibration flow (~flow) is 100% flow (Section 10.5). 2.3 The numbers displayed in this calculation have not been rounded to six decimal places. As such, the internal spreadsheet is carrying additional digits. This may cause the sixth decimal place to vary from normal rounding convention. Rounding was removed to make the electronic file more stable. The variations of the last digits do not affect the final calculation results and therefore are considered acceptable. REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 11 of 191

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 ANSI/ISA-S67.04-1988, "Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation." 3.2 TID-E/I&C-20, Rev. 0, "Basis for Analysis of Instrument Channel Setpoint Error & Loop Accuracy." 3.3 TID-E/I&C-10, Rev. 0, "Analysis of Instrument Channel Setpoint Error and Instrument Loop Accuracy." 3.4 NED-I-EIC-0255, Rev. 0, dated 04-14-94, "Measurement and Test Equipment (M&TE) Accuracy Calculation For Use With Commonwealth Edison Company Boiling Water Reactors." Chron 208597 3.5 LaSalle Station Procedures

a. LIS-NR-103AA, Rev. 2, "Unit 1 Average Power Range Monitor Channels A, C, and E Rod Block and Scram Semiannual Calibration for Normal Plane Conditions."

b. LIS-NR-103AB, Rev. 2, "Unit 1 Average Power Range Monitor Channels A, C, and E Rod Block and Scram Semiannual Calibration During Single Loop Operation."

c. LIS-NR-103BA, Rev. 3, "Unit 1 Average Power Range Monitor Channels B, D, and F Rod Block and Scram Semiannual Calibration for Normal Plane Conditions."

d. LIS-NR-103BB, Rev. 3, "Unit 1 Average Power Range Monitor Channels B, D, and F Rod Block and Scram Semiannual Calibration During Single Loop Operation."

e. LIS-NR-105, Rev. 12, "Unit 1 Rod Block Monitor Calibration."

f. LIS-NR-107, Rev. 6, "Unit 1 APRM/RBM Flow Converter to Total Core Flow Adjustment."

g. LIS-NR-109, Rev. 7, "Unit 1 APRM Gain Adjustment."

h. LIS-NR-111, Rev. 7, "Unit 1 LPRM Flux Amplifier Gain Adjustment."

i. LIS-NR-113, Rev. 6, "Unit 1 Rod Block Monitor Calibration for Single Reactor Recirculation Loop Operation."

j. LIS-NR-203AA, Rev. 0, "Unit 2 Average Power Range Monitor Channels A, C, and E Rod Block and Scram Semiannual REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 12 of 191 Calibration for Normal Plant Conditions."

k. LIS-NR-203AB, Rev. 0, ~Unit 2 Average Power Range Monitor Channels A, C, and E Rod Block and Scram Semiannual Calibration During Single Loop Operation."

1. LIS-NR-203BA, Rev. 0, ~Unit 2 Average Power Range Monitor Channels B, D, and F Rod Block and Scram Semiannual Calibration for Normal Plant Conditions."

m. LIS-NR-203BB, Rev. 0, ~Unit 2 Average Power Range Monitor Channels B, D, and F Rod Block and Scram Semiannual Calibration During Single Loop Operation."

n. LIS-NR-205, Rev. 12, ~Unit 2 Rod Block Monitor Calibration."

o. LIS-NR-207, Rev. 6, ~Unit 2 APRM/RBM Flow Converter to Total Core Flow Adjustment."

p. LIS-NR-209, Rev. 7, ~Unit 2 APRM Gain Adjustment."

q. LIS-NR-211, Rev. 7, ~Unit 2 LPRM Flux Amplifier Gain Adjustment."

r. LIS-NR-213, Rev. 6, ~Unit 2 Rod Block Monitor Calibration for Single Reactor Recirculation Loop Operation."

s. LIS-RR-101, Rev. II, ~Unit 1 Recirculation Flow Converter Calibration."

t. LIS-RR-201, Rev. 10, ~Unit 2 Recirculation Flow Converter Calibration."

3.6 LaSalle Station UFSAR, Rev. II, dated April 8, 1996 3.7 LaSalle Station Technical Specification Unit I, Amendment No. 117, dated January, 29, 1997 and Technical Specification Unit 2, Amendment No. 102, dated January 29, 3.8 CornEd Letter DG 97-001088, ~Reclassification of the drift error term in the CornEd Setpoint Accuracy Methodology," dated 25 August, 1997. 3.9 GE Drawing 22A2843, Rev. 7, ~Neutron Monitoring System" Design Specification. 3.10 GE Drawing 22A2843AF, Rev 7, ~Neutron Monitoring System" Design Specification Data Sheet. REVISION NO. I o 1 1 1

Exhibit E NEP*12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 13 of 191 3.11 GE Drawing 235A1386, Rev. 1, "Design and Performance Specification APRM (Page)." 3.12 GE Drawing 248A9544, Rev. 1, "Rod Block Monitor (Page) '69" Specification. 3.13 NEDC-31336P-A, "General Electric Instrumentation Setpoint Methodology," September 1996, (GE Proprietary Information), Sections 2.2.5 and 4.5. 3.14 Rosemount Nuclear Data Sheet, "Model 1152 Alphaline Pressure Transmitter for Nuclear Service," MAN 4235AOO, 1995. 3.15 Core Operating Limits Report, Appendix A, LaSalle Unit 1 Cycle 8 dated March 1996, and Appendix B, LaSalle Unit 2 Cycle 7 (no date) . 3.16 Letter to File, KG971022.DOC, Documents Telecons with LaSalle NMS Engineer Gene Pfister. 3.17 E-Mail from Julie Leong to Clark F. Canham and W. Kent Green dated 10/14/97,

Subject:

LaSalle Recirc Flow Drift & Flow Element Accuracy. 3.18 GE Drawing 225A6445, Rev. 0, "Flow Unit (Page)" Design and Performance Specification. 3.19 ABB Combustion Engineering Document 00000-ICE-3231, Rev. 2, "Flow Unit Requirements Specification." 3.20 NDIT No. LS-0643, Upgrade 0, Transmittal of information concerning ambient temperature and seismic errors. 3.21 NEDO-31558-A dated March 1993, "Position on NRC Regulatory Guide 1.97, Revision 3, Requirements for Post-Accident Neutron Monitoring System." 3.22 NDIT No. LS-0588, Upgrade 0, Transmits documents describing CornEd methodology for performing setpoint calculations, MT&E accuracies, and CornEd calibration procedures. 3.23 NDIT No. LS-0598, Upgrade 1, Transmits CornEd procedures LIS-RR-101, Rev. 11 and LIS-RR-201, Rev. 10; NEP-12-02, Rev. 5; LaSalle County Station UFSAR, Rev. 11, Chapter 3.11, Environmental Design of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment; Letter DG 97-001088, dated August 25, 1997, regarding, "Reclassification of the drift error term in the CornEd Setpoint Accuracy." REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision;to COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY C)tLD CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 14 of 191 3.24 NUREG 1434, Rev. 0, "Standard Technical Specifications, General Electric Plants, BWR/6" dated September 1992. 3.25 NDIT No. LS-0604, Upgrade 0, Transmittal of ABB "Flow Unit Requirements Specification 00000-ICE-3231, Rev. 2." 3.26 GE letter, A097-011, Allowance for Process Computer Core Power Measurement Analytical Uncertainty in LaSalle, from Jose L. Casillas, dated December 12, 1997. 3.27 NDIT No. LS-0684, Upgrade 1, '~nalytical Limits for use as Inputs in APRM Setpoint Calculations." 3.28 GE letter, A097-015 Rev. 1, Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power Scram and APRM Rod Block in LaSalle, from Jose L. Casillas, dated December 22, 1997 with its Enclosure (4). 3.29 GE Drawing 328X105TD, Rev. 3, "Power Range Monitoring Cabinet," Parts List. 3.30 GE Drawing PL791E507TD, Rev. 10, "Power Range Monitoring Cabinet," Parts List. 3.31 GE Drawing PL791E392BB, Rev. 14, "Flow Unit," Parts List. 3.32 E-Mail from Andrew N. Poulos to Jose L. Casillas, Daniel L. Gould, and Larry Chi dated December 10, 1997,

Subject:

LaSalle Flow Bias. 3.33 SEAG 99-000517, "Power Uprate Safety Analysis Report for LaSalle County Station Units 1 and 2", GE Nuclear Energy, NEDC-32701P, Revision 1, DRF A13-00384-16, July 1999. 3.34 NES-EIC-20. 04, Revision 1, "Analysis of Instrument Channel Setpoint Error and Instrument Loop Accuracy." REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 15 of 191 4.0 DESIGN INPUTS 4.1 Accuracy for Flow Transmitters The procedures of Reference 3.5.s and 3.5.t indicate that there are five different calibrated spans for the 16 flow transmitters covered by this calculation. Since some of the uncertainty terms depend on the calibrated span and/or the transmitters upper range, the lowest value of the calibrated span will be used for all flow loops since this will produce conservative results. 4.2 Environmental Conditions at Flow Transmitters The ComEd EWCS (Electronic Work Control System) indicates that the EQ Zone for the Flow Transmitters is LH4A. Table 3.11-6 of Reference 3.6 indicates that the short term peak temperature in this area resulting from an HELB event is 145°F with a total integrated gamma dose of lxl0 7 rads. However, the Flow Transmitters are only being evaluated for normal operating conditions so these bounding conditions are not applicable. Table 3.11-15 of Reference 3.6 gives the service conditions environment for this zone. This indicates that under normal conditions temperatures could reach a maximum of 118°F, although this is predicted to occur for only about 9 days out of the remaining plant life (about 13,000 days). Therefore, 118°F will be used as the maximum temperature at the flow transmitter. 4.3 Temperature, radiation, humidity, and power supply errors are considered to be included in the manufactures accuracy terms when they are not identified separately. 4.4 Instrument reference accuracy was obtained from the published manufacturer's accuracy specifications. 4.5 Calibration tolerances were obtained from the associated LIS calibration procedures listed in Reference 3.5. 4.6 Per Reference 3.20 "A minimum ambient temperature of 60°F should be used to calculate temperature effect and Measurement & Test Equipment (M&TE) error." 4.7 Per Reference 3.20 "For normal errors, seismic events less than or equal to an Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE) are considered to cause no permanent shift in the input/output relationship of the devices. For seismic events greater than an OBE, affected instrumentation will be recalibrated as necessary prior to any subsequent accident (i.e., prior to restart), negating any permanent shift which may have resulted from a post seismic REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 16 of 191 shift. Therefore, the seismic error for normal operating conditions is considered to be negligible." Since the Power Range Neutron Monitoring System is not for mitigation of an accident this statement is applicable for all seismic error terms. 4.8 The RBM contains a variable gain function whose purpose is to adjust the reading of the local average monitored by the RBM to equal the overall core average as monitored by a reference APRM. The range of gain variation in the RBM is 1 to 9 (Reference 3.12) in order to accommodate the range of local averages from center core to core edge. For this calculation the gain of the RBM will be considered equal to the nominal APRM gain since the RBM output is adjusted to equal an APRM output. This will produce conservative results when rod movement involves control rods centrally located in the core and non-conservative results when rods near the outside of the core are involved. However, this is considered acceptable for this application since the outside control rods have a lower rod worth making their movement less effective than movement of the inside rods. 4.9 The Comparator Trip in the RFM compares the outputs from two RFMs by subtracting one of the signals from the other and then comparing the absolute value of the result with a fixed reference. Because of this subtraction process any portions of each RFM's error terms which are generated by the same input will be canceled. Since all four RFMs receive their input from the same two flow elements (one for the A loop and one for the B loop), the error induced by each flow element into each RFM will be exactly the same. Therefore, this error term does not need to be carried through the RFM when determining the error associated with the Comparator Trip function. 4.10 Since the square root converter is not a linear module error terms appearing at the input must be converted to equivalent output values by one of the equations of Section 2.1.c. Also, these equations indicate that the conversion factor is a function of the operating point. Therefore, an operating point must be chosen at which the conversion will take place. For this calculation the operating point is considered to be 6 vdc (OP SR ) at the output of the square root converters which is equal to approximately 75% Flow. Choosing this value is a compromise in that the error term is then conservative at flows greater than 75% but non-conservative at flows less than 75%. This is considered acceptable since in general plant operating margins become larger at low power, low flow conditions (Reference 3.28). REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 ReviSion!b COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY qUS CALCULATION NO. L-001345 IPAGE 17 of 191 4.11 Reference 3.13 indicates that the bias portion of LPRM detector non-linearity (SNL B ) , which is part of Primary Element Accuracy (PEA) term, depends on the operating point. Figure 4.5-4 show that at low power levels the bias would actually help the trip to occur sooner than necessary. For the downscale trips the value of the bias is approaching zero. Therefore, in this calculation a value of zero will be used for error determinations involving the APRM and RBM Downscale, APRM Setdown Rod Block, and APRM Setdown Scram trips. 4.12 Flow Element Accuracy Reference 3.17 provides an accuracy value for the elbow type flow elements used at LaSalle. For the purposes of this calculation this value will be considered to be the error in the measurable parameter (b.P) over the applicable flow range. 4.13 Errors pertaining to core power measurement as determined by the plant process computer have already been considered by various analyses as is indicated in Reference 3.26. Therefore, the core power measurement uncertainty does not need to be included in the setpoint calculations. 4.14 Analytical Limits and Allowable Values Inputs From References 3.27 and 3.33, Analytical Limit inputs are provided for all non-flow biased setpoints and the APRM Flow Biased Trip functions (flow biased and clamp) . Reference 3.15 provides the Allowable Values for the RBM Upscale Trips. The Analytical Limits for the RBM flow-biased setpoints are calculated in Section 13. The information provided by References 3.15, 3.27, and 3.33 is summarized below: Bistable AL AV Reference APRM Flow Biased Trips Flow Biased Trip Clamp, Two 115.5%, - 3.27 Recirc Loop Operation (TLO) 119.5% Flow Biased Trip Clamp, Single 113.8% 3.33 Recirc Loop Operation (SLO) Flow Biased STP Scram -TLO O.62W+70.9% 3.33 Flow Biased STP Scram -SLO O.55W+58.33% 3.33 Flow Biased STP Rod Block -TLO O.62W+59.47% 3.33 Flow Biased STP Rod Block -SLO O.55W+46.9% 3.33 REVISION NO. I 0 I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2. 1 Revision (p COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY ~) CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I PAGE 18 of 191 Bistable AL AV Reference APRM Fixed Trips Neutron Flux - High (Fixed) 122.4%, - 3.27, (Scram) 124.2% 3.33 Neutron Flux - High (Fixed) 25% - 3.27 (Setdown) (Scram) Neutron Flux - High (Fixed) 19% - 3.27 (Setdown) (Rod Block) Neutron Flux Downscale (Rod 0% - 3.27 Block) Rod Block Monitor Trips RBM Upscale (Rod Block) , Two - 0.66W 3.15 and Recirc Loop Operation + 48% Section 10.5 RBM Upscale (Rod Block) , - 0.66W 3.15 and Single Recirc Loop Operation + Section 42.7% 10.5 RBM Downscale (Rod Block) 0% - 3.27 Recirc Flow Monitor Trips RFM Upscale (Rod Block) 116% - 3.27 RFM Comparator (Rod Block) 19% - 3.27 REVISION NO. I 0 I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-G2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 19 of 191 5.0 ASSUMPTIONS 5.1 Published instrument and M&TE vendor specifications are considered to be 2 sigma (0) values unless specific information is available to indicate otherwise. 5.2 It is assumed that the M&TE listed in Section 9.0 is calibrated to the required manufacturer's specifications and within the manufacturer's required environmental conditions. Temperature related errors are based on the difference between the manufacturer's specified calibration temperature and the worst case temperature at which the device is used. It is also assumed that the calibration standard accuracy error of the M&TE is negligible with respect to the other error terms unless noted otherwise within this calculation. 5.3 Deleted 5.4 When no setting tolerances are given in the procedures for measurements using digital instruments, it will be assumed that the setting tolerance is equal to the reference accuracy of the test instrument. 5.5 Deleted 5.6 Deleted 5.7 Since the ABB designed flow unit has not yet been installed, it will be assumed that this flow unit will be mounted in the same general area as is the present flow unit. Therefore, the environmental parameters for the current flow unit will be assumed to be applicable to the new ABB flow unit. 5.8 Reference 3.18 gives only a "Stability" value for the specifications of the trip circuits in the GE manufactured Recirculation Flow Monitor. Therefore, it will be assumed that this uncertainty encompasses both accuracy and drift and the value given will be divided equally (algebraically) between accuracy and drift. This makes their values equivalent to those for the APRM Fixed Trips which are of similar design. It will also be assumed that the drift time period given for the analog drift term applies here. 5.9 Since there have been no procedures generated for calibrating the ABB designed flow unit it will be assumed that, when developed, they will be similar to those used to calibrate the GE designed flow unit. Therefore, the MTE and ST terms derived for the GE REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 20 of 191 flow unit will be assumed applicable to the calibration of the ABB flow unit. 5.10 Reference 3.19 does not give a value for drift for the ABB RFM trip circuits. Therefore, it will be assumed that drift is included in the accuracy term. 5.11 Based on the information contained in References 3.4 and 3.16 it will be assumed that LaSalle is using a Wallace and Tiernan Model 65-120 instrument when the procedures of References 3.5.s and 3.5.t call for a Pneumatic Calibrator. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 21 of 191 6.0 INSTRUMENT CHANNEL CONFIGURATION The Power Range Neutron Monitoring System (PRNMS) can be divided into three primary blocks; the Recirculation Flow Monitors (RFM) of which there are four, the Average Power Range Monitors (APRM) of which there are six, and the Rod Block Monitors (RBM) of which there are two. Each of these three blocks will be discussed separately. Block diagrams of the complete PRNMS and one for each of the three subsystems follows the discussion. Recirculation Flow Monitor Each RFM receives the current output from two differential pressure transmitters that are monitoring the flow in the two reactor recirculation drive loops. These signals are applied to the input of square root converters that change the current input to a voltage output that is proportional to the flow in each loop. The outputs of the square root converters are then summed, the resulting output representing the total flow in the two recirculation loops. The total flow signal is then applied to an Upscale Trip, one input of a Comparator Trip, and to the associated APRMs and RBMs. The other input to the Comparator Trip comes from another RFM, the comparison being a means of determining possible problems in the flow monitoring equipment. Average Power Range Monitor An APRM is made up of several individual monitoring channels of Local Power Range Monitors (LPRM) plus the electronic circuitry required to average the outputs of these LPRM channels, and the trip circuits required to indicate high or low average power. Each LPRM card receives a current signal from an incore neutron detector and converts this signal to a voltage output which in turn is applied to an input of the APRM averaging circuitry. The averaging circuitry takes the inputs from as many as 22 LPRMs and, as the name implies, provides an output that is the average of the inputs. This output is then calibrated to represent average core thermal power. The output of the averaging circuitry is applied to the several upscale or downscale trip circuits. Some of the trip circuits use a field adjustable voltage as a reference. These are referred to throughout this calculation as the fixed trip circuits. Other trip circuits use as a reference a signal which varies as a function of the recirculation flow. These trips are referred to as flow biased trips. This variable reference is generated within the APRM by a circuit (Flow Controlled Trip Reference Unit) that receives the output from one of the RFMs and REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 22 of 191 converts this to a signal proportional to the input but with a slope less than one. The uncertainties for the Flow Controlled Trip Reference Unit is included in the APRM uncertainties. The outputs from the trip circuits go either to the Reactor Protection System where they can cause a scram, or to the Reactor Manual Control System where a rod withdrawal block may be initiated. Rod Block Monitor The Rod Block Monitor is similar to the APRM in that it receives the signals from multiple LPRMs, averages them, and provides outputs to trip circuits. However, instead of averaging LPRMs from throughout the core, the RBM looks only at those LPRMs immediately surrounding a control rod that has been selected for movement. Once the average has been performed the RBM adjusts the output such that it is equal to or greater than the output of a reference APRM. The output of the averaging circuit then goes to some flow biased upscale trip circuits and a fixed downscale trip. The flow biased reference in the RBM is generated exactly as it is in the APRM. The outputs of the trip circuits in the RBM all go to the Reactor Manual Control System where they will initiate a rod block. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 23 of 191 r 1 Trips to LPRM RPS In-Core Neutron r 1 APRM Detectors (21 or 22 I per APRM) Trips to I RMCS I L P R Average Flow (0 to 125%) M Power s (0 to 125%) Trips to 1----+ RMCS RBM Flow Unit L- ---+ Trips RMCS to Flow Flow Xmtr Xmtr Figure 1 v Power Range* ," '\ Recirculation Neutron Monitoring System Flow REVISION NO. o I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 24 of 191 Module 3A ....... Flow ~; . Square Unit Ref.-~ Upscale Root ~ Trip 1-+-~-+---+ToRMCS Converter To APRMs,

                          ...............;;;-:".....'              Flow Module 2                                          I - + - - + - - - - - - - - - - - - i l - - - + RBMs, and a Summer
                          .............. ~ .....                                             ..... _-      -    .            Flow Unit Square                                ;

L.-........w Comparator Trip 1--'---+--+ To RMCS Root -:-- Module 3 Converter

                          .... _-                  .                                          ***************7***

Module 38 Module 1

              ..../           \                   .

From Another Flow Flow Flow Unit Xmtr Xmtr

  .......... +...........     .                   .

Figure 2 Recirculation Flow Monitor REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 25 of 191 I LPRM LPRM In-Core **********7**** Neutron To Module4A

                                                     .......... ~ ....

Detectors RBM (21 or 22 per APRM) LPRM I Internal Calibrator Module4B

                                       .................... ~ .. ,

Averaging and ~ o to 125% Gain Circuitry Power to Recorder, Computer, RBM r : J, Downscale To RMCS Ref. --1---:-+1 Trip Module 4C----II--~**

                                                                  ~:                                        .

1---'-+/ Upscale Ref. - - - ' - + 1 Neutron Trip ToRPS 1---... -~.-tI STP Trip T<> RPS Module 40----+--r-7f-..-: Flow

                                                '--I1--'oW                      Upscale Controlled                                                                                             To RMCS Trip                                                         Alarm Reference Unit                   APRM From Flow Unit (Module 3)                                                                                 Figure 3 Average Power Range Monitor REVISION NO.                   o                                                                     I                      I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 IPAGE 26 of 191 LPRMs from RBM APRMs Selection (1/2 of Matrix Total Core - LPRMs) I-- Averaging and Ref. APRM ---I--~ Gain Change Circuitry Module 5A

                                    ~-----_ ... __ .. _ ... _ ... __ ._-_ .. __ .. __            ..

To Recorder Module 58........ r ~ -: Downscale ib 1-'---4--_ To RMCS Trip Module 5C .........

                                                                                 ~ .. _

Flow r .. - - "; Controlled Upscale Trip 1-'---4---To RMCS Trip Reference ...................................... Unit RBM From Flow Unit (Module 3) Figure 4 _,-.. Rod Block Monitor REVISION NO. I o I 1

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 27 of 191 7.0 PROCESS PARAMETERS The process being measured by the LPRM detectors is reactor core neutron activity, normally referred to as neutron flux. The detectors are positioned three-dimensionally throughout the reactor core and are in contact with reactor water. The following are the applicable process parameters (References 3 . 9 and 3. 10) : Neutron Flux: Operating: 1.2x10 12 to 2. 8x10 14 nv (nv = unit of neutron density) Peak: 3.4x10 14 nv at 120% Rated Power Gamma Flux: Operating: 4.2x10 8 to 1.2x10 9 R/hr at 100% Rated Power Pressure: 1025 psig nominal at 100% Rated Power 1375 psig maximum emergency Temperature 546°F nominal 583°F emergency conditions The Power Range Neutron Monitoring System interfaces with some differential pressure transmitters from the Reactor Recirculation System that are being used to measure recirculation drive flow. The sensing portion of these transmitters is exposed to approximately the same process pressure as are the neutron detectors. The temperature of the fluid has, however, dropped to reactor building ambient temperature by the time it reached the location of the transmitters. Based on References 3.5.s and 3.5.t, 100% Flow in these flow loops is equal to 55,000 GPM. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 28 of 191 8.0 LOOP ELEMENT DATA 8.1 Module 1 Rosemount Differential Pressure Transmitter Model 1152DP5E220280PB (From EWCS) Equipment Numbers FT-1B33-N014A FT-1B33-N024A (From Procedures) FT-1B33-N014B FT-1B33-N024B FT-1B33-N014C FT-1B33-N024C FT-1B33-N014D FT-1B33-N024D FT-2B33-N014A FT-2B33-N024A FT-2B33-N014B FT-2B33-N024B FT-2B33-N014C FT-2B33-N024C FT-2B33-N014D FT-2B33-N024D 8.1.1 Transmitter Specifications (Range 5) (Reference 3.14) Upper Range: 750 in H 2 0 Accuracy: +/-0.25%SP Temperature Effect: +/-(0.5%UR + 0.5%SP) per 100°F Drift: +/-0.2%UR/30 months Power Supply Effect: +/-0.005%SP/volt Static Pressure Zero Effect: +/-0.25%UR/2000 psi Static Pressure Span Effect: +/-0.25% Reading/1000 psi (Correction Uncertainty) Seismic Effect: +/-0.25%UR to 3g Radiation Effect: +/-8%UR for TID = 5x10 6 rads at a dose rate of 0.4x10 6 rad/hr 8.1. 2 Environmental Parameters at Transmitter Location (Zone LH4A from EWCS) The maximum temperature for EQ Zone LH4A is 118°F (See Section 4.3). The minimum temperature is 60°F (Assumption 5.3) From Table 3.11-15 of Reference 3.6, the expected relative humidity is 35%, the pressure is -0.4" W.G., and the integrated gamma dose is 2x10 6 rads. 8.2 Module 2 GE Square Root Converter Model 136B3051AAG003 (Reference 3.31) Equipment Numbers FY-1B33-K608A FY-1B33-K606A (From Section 3.5) FY-1B33-K608B FY-1B33-K606B FY-1B33-K608C FY-1B33-K606C FY-1B33-K608D FY-1B33-K606D REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 29 of 191 FY-2B33-K608A FY-2B33-K606A FY-2B33-K608B FY-2B33-K606B FY-2B33-K608C FY-2B33-K606C FY-2B33-K608D FY-2B33-K606D 8.2.1 Square Root Converter Specifications Per Reference 3.18 the reference accuracy for the square root converter is included in an overall RFM accuracy which will be applied at the output of the Flow Summer (Module 3) . 8.2.2 Environmental Parameters at Square Root Converter Location (Zone LC1A from EWCS) (Reference 3.6, Table 3.11-24) Temperature (OF) 72 - 74 Relative Humidity (%) 35 - 45 Radiation 1x10 3 rads gamma ( integrated) 8.3 Module 3 GE Flow Summer Model 136B3088AAG001 (Reference 3.31) Equipment Numbers FY-1B33-K607A FY-2B33-K607A (From Section 3.5) FY-1B33-K607B FY-2B33-K607B FY-1B33-K607C FY-2B33-K607C FY-1B33-K607D FY-2B33-K607D 8.3.1 Flow Summer Specifications Per Reference 3.18 the following specifications apply to the flow unit in total including the square root converters (Module 2) . Accuracy: +/-2% FS Drift: +/-1.25% FS per 700 hrs. Trip Stability: 2% FS Per Assumption 5.8 stability is divided equally between accuracy and drift. Therefore, Trip Accuracy: 1% FS Trip Drift: 1% FS per 700 hrs. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO" L-001345 I IPAGE 30 of 191 8.3.2 Environmental Parameters at Flow Summer Location (Zone LC1A from EWCS) (Reference 3.6, Table 3.11-24) Temperature (OF) 72 - 74 Relative Humidity (%) 35 - 45 Radiation 1x10 3 rads gamma ( integrated) 8.4 Module 4 Average Power Range Monitor (APRM) Model 145C3096BBG001 & G002 (Reference 3.30) Equipment Numbers RY-1C51-K605GM RY-1C51-K605GN (From Section 3.5) RY-1C51-K605GP RY-1C51-K605GR RY-1C51-K605GS RY-1C51-K605GT RY-2C51-K605GM RY-2C51-K605GN RY-2C51-K605GP RY-2C51-K605GR RY-2C51-K605GS RY-2C51-K605GT 8.4.1 APRM Specifications LPRM Specifications (Reference 3.9) Accuracy: +/-0.8% FS Drift: +/-0.8% FS/700 Hrs. Averaging Circuitry Specifications (Reference 3.11) Accuracy: +/-0.8% FS Drift: +/-0.5% FS/700 Hrs. Gain: 2.5 +/- 40% Trip Circuits (Non-Flow Biased) (Reference 3.11) Accuracy: +/-1% FS Drift: +/-1% FS/700 Hrs. Trip Circuits (Flow Biased) (Reference 3.11) Accuracy: (50 to 100% Flow) +/-1% FS (0 to 50% Flow) +/-2% FS Drift: +/-1% FS/700 Hrs. (Reference 3.9) REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 31 of 191 8.4.2 Environmental Parameters at APRM Location (Zone LC1A from EWCS) (Reference 3.6, Table 3.11-24) Temperature (0 F) 72 - 74 Relative Humidity (%) 35 - 45 Radiation 1x10 3 rads gamma ( integrated) 8.5 Module 5 Rod Block Monitor (RBM) Model 145C3105BBG001 & G002 (Reference 3.30) Equipment Numbers RY-1C51-K605GU RY-1C51-K605GV (Reference 3 .16) RY-2C51-K605GU RY-2C51-K605GV 8.5.1 RBM Specifications (Reference 3.12) Averaging and Gain Adjust Circuitry Accuracy: +/-0.8% FS Drift: +/-0.3% FS per 4 hrs. Gain Range: 1 to 9 Accuracy of Null: +/-1% of Point Trip Circuits (Non-Flow Biased) Same as APRM (Uses same Quad Trip Cards) Trip Circuits (Flow Biased) Same as APRM (Uses same Quad Trip and Flow Biased Trip Unit Cards) 8.5.2 Environmental Parameters at RBM Location (Zone LC1A from EWCS) (Reference 3.6, Table 3.11-24) Temperature (OF) 72 - 74 Relative Humidity (%) 35 - 45 Radiation 1x10 3 rads gamma ( integrated) REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP*12.Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 32 of 191 8.6 Module 6 ABB Recirculation Flow Monitor Model (Reference 3.25) Equipment Numbers Not Known 8.6.1 Flow Unit Specifications (Reference 3.19) Accuracy: +/-1% CS (Total Flow Voltage Output) Temperature Effect: +/-0.5% CS (Total Flow Voltage Output) Drift: +/-0.5% CS per 30 months (Total Flow Voltage Output) Comparator Trip Accuracy: +/-1% CS (+/-2% minus 1% total flow error) Upscale Trip Accuracy: +/-1% CS (+/-2% minus 1% total flow error) Transmitter Power Supply Drift: +/-2% per 30 months 8.6.2 Environmental Parameters at Flow Unit Location (Zone LC1A from EWCS) (Reference 3.6/ Table 3.11-24) [It is assumed that this flow unit will be mounted in the same general area as is the present flow unit] Temperature (OF) 72 - 74 Relative Humidity (%) 35 - 45 Radiation 1x10 3 rads gamma (integrated) REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 33 of 191 9.0 CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT DATA Most of the calibration procedures listed in Section 3.5 specify the specific instrument to be used. However, References 3.5.f, h, 0, and q require only that the DMM used should have an accuracy of at least +/- 0.01 Vdc. If this is considered a two sigma value the one sigma requirement, which makes it compatible with the DMM data from Reference 3.4, would be 0.01/2 or +/-0.005 Vdc. This value will be considered the MTE uncertainty term in the portions of the calculation involving the above four specified procedures. The specified or acceptable DMMs are listed below with the evaluations of Reference 3.4 shown in Section 9.1 Calibration Instrument MTE Error [ 101 Evaluation Parameters MTE for all DMM Calibrations Fluke 45 Med(30 Vdc Rng) +/-0.002462 Vdc @10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8050A(20 Vdc Rng) +/-0.002693 Vdc @10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8060A(20 Vdc Rng) +/-0.003640 Vdc @10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8300A(10 Vdc Rng) +/-0.001005 Vdc @10Vdc, 68-86°F Fluke 8500A(10 Vdc Rng) +/-0.000180 Vdc @10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8505A(10 Vdc Rng) +/-0.000140 Vdc @10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8600A(200 mVdc Rng) +/-0.017205 mV @20 mVdc, 59-95°F Fluke 8600A(200 mVdc Rng) +/-0.022809 mV @20 mVdc, 104°F Fluke 8600A(200 mVdc Rng) +/-0.034961 mV @20 mVdc, 122°F Fluke 8600A(20 Vdc Rng) +/-0.001803 Vdc @10Vdc, 59-95°F Fluke 8800A(20 Vdc Rng) +/-0.000658 Vdc @10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8810A(20 Vdc Rng) +/-0.000658 Vdc @10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8840A Slo(20 Vdc Rng) +/-0.000461 Vdc @10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8840A Med(20 Vdc Rng) +/-0.000559 Vdc @10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F Fluke 8840A Fst(20 Vdc Rng) +/-0.002059 Vdc @10Vdc, 64.4-82.4°F REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 34 of 191 9.1 DMM Measurement Error Evaluations From Reference 3.5 DMMs are used to measure the voltage of various signals during calibration of the analog and trip functions. Therefore, each DMM which is either specified or acceptable for use in these applications will be evaluated on the appropriate Vdc scale and at the maximum voltage to be read. FLUKE 45 MEDIUM READING RATE RANGE: 30 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Reference Accuracyt (RA) +/-(0.025%(RDG) + 2(digits)) [20] Resolution (RES) = 0.001 V Temperature Effect* (TE) = +/- (0.1 (Accuracy Spec.) ;eC) (l'IT) [ 20] t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From 0 °c to 18°C and 28 °c to 50°C Temperature Differential (l'IT) 64.4 -+ 82.4 OF (18 -+ 28°C) Temperature Effect Not Applicable 104 of = 40.0 °c =} l'IT (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0 °c 122 of = 50.0 °c =} l'IT = (50.0 28.0)OC 22.0 °c Total Measurement Error (MTE)

MTE +/- [ (RA/2 + TE/2)2 + RES 2]\.; [ 10] Maximum Zone Temp. MTE at RDG = 10 V MTE at RDG = 30 V 64.4 -+ 82.4 of +/- 0.002462 V +/- 0.004854 V 104 of +/- 0.005050 V +/- 0.010498 V 122 of +/- 0.007269 V +/- 0.015233 V REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 35 of 191 FLUKE 8050A RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Reference Accuracyt (RA) +/-(0.03%(RDG) + 2(digits)) [ 20] Resolution (RES) = 0.001 V Temperature Effect* (TE) = +/-(O.l(Accuracy Spec.);eC) (t,T) [20] t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From 0 °c to 18 °c and 28 °c to 50 °c Temperature Differential (t,T) 64.4 -+ 82.4 OF (18 -+ 28°C) Temperature Effect Not Applicable 104 of = 40.0 °c =} t,T (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0°C 122 of = 50.0 °c =} t,T = (50.0 28.0)OC 22.0 °c Total Measurement Error (MTE)

MTE +/- [ (RA/2 + TE/ 2 ) 2 + RE S 2 ] .. [ 10] Maximum Zone Temp. MTE at RDG = 10 V MTE at RDG = 20 V 64.4 -+ 82.4 of +/- 0.002693 V +/- 0.004123 V 104 of +/- 0.005590 V +/- 0.008857 V 122 of +/- 0.008062 V +/- 0.012839 V FLUKE 8060A RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Reference Accuracyt (RA) +/-(0.05%(RDG) + 2(digits)) [ 20] Resolution (RES) = 0.001 V Temperature Effect* (TE) = +/- (0.1 (Accuracy Spec.) ;eC) (t,T) [ 20] t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From 0 °c to 18 °c and 28 °c to 50 °c Temperature Differential (t,T) 64.4 -+ 82.4 OF (18 -+ 28°C) Temperature Effect Not Applicable 104 of = 40.0 °c =} t,T (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0°C 122 of = 50.0 °c =} t,T = (50.0 28.0)OC 22.0 °c Total Measurement Error (MTE)

MTE +/-[(RA/2 + TE/ 2 ) 2 + RE S 2] .. [ 10] Maximum Zone Temp. MTE at RDG = 10 V MTE at RDG = 20 V 64.4 -+ 82.4 of +/- 0.003640 V +/- 0.006083 V 104 of +/- 0.007765 V +/- 0.013238 V 122 of +/- 0.011245 V +/- 0.019226 V REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 36 of 191 FLUKE 8300A RANGE: 10 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref. Accuracyt (RA) +/-(0.015%(RDG) + 0.005%(RNG)) [20] Resolution (RES) = 0.0001 V Temp. Effect* (TE) = +/-((0.0007%(RDG) + 0.0003%(RNG));oC) (l'.T) [20] t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From a °c to 20 °c and 30 °c to 50 °c Temperature Differential (l'.T) 68 ~ 86 OF (20 ~ 30°C) Temperature Effect Not Applicable 104 OF = 40.0 °c :::} l'.T (40.0 30.0)OC 10.0 °c 122 OF = 50.0 °c :::} l'.T = (50.0 30.0)OC 20.0 °c Total Measurement Error (MTE)

MTE = +/-[ (RA/2 + TE/2)2 + RES 2]" [10] Maximum Zone Temp. MTE at RDG = 2 V MTE at RDG = 10 V 68 -+ 86 +/- 0.000412 V +/- 0.001005 V 104 +/- 0.000628 V +/- 0.001503 V 122 +/- 0.000846 V +/- 0.002003 V FLUKE 8500A 5~ DIGIT RESOLUTION RANGE: 10 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref. Accuracyt (RA) +/- (0.002% (RDG) + 1 (digit) ) [20] Resolution (RES) = 0.0001 V Temp. Effect* (TE) = +/-((0.0002%(RDG) + 0.5(digit));oC) (l'.T) [20] t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From 0 °c to 18 °c and 28 °c to 50 °c Temperature Differential (l'.T) 64.4 ~ 82.4 OF (18 ~ 28°C) Temperature Effect Not Applicable 104 OF = 40.0 °c :::} l'.T (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0°C 122 OF = 50.0 °c :::} l'.T = (50.0 28.0)OC 22.0 °c Total Measurement Error (MTE)

MTE +/-[(RA/2 + TE/2) 2 + REs 2]" [ 10] Maximum Zone Temp. MTE at RDG = 2 V MTE at RDG = 10 V 64.4 ~ 82.4 OF +/- 0.000122 V +/- 0.000180 V 104 OF +/- 0.000406 V +/- 0.000579 V 122 OF +/- 0.000671 V +/- 0.000925 V REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 37 of 191 FLUKE 8600A RANGE: 200 mVdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref. Accuracyt (RA) +/-(0.04%(RDG) + O.Ol%(RNG)) [20] Resolution (RES) = 0.01 mV Temp. Effect* (TE) = +/-((0.003%(RDG) + O.OOl%(RNG));oC) (L\T) [20] t 6 Month Accuracy Specification

From 0 DC to 15 DC and 35 DC to 50 DC Temperature Differential (L\T) 59 ~ 95 of (15 ~ 35°C) Temperature Effect Not Applicable 104 of = 40.0 °c =} L\T (40.0 35.0)OC 5.0°C 122 of = 50.0 °c =} L\T = (50.0 35.0)OC 15.0°C Total Measurement Error (MTE)

MTE = +/-[(RA/2 + TE/ 2 ) 2 + RE S 2 ] ., [ 10] Maximum Zone Temp. MTE at RDG = 20 mV MTE at RDG = 50 mV 59 ~ 95 of +/- 0.017205 mV +/- 0.022361 mV 104 of +/- 0.022809 mV +/- 0.030439 mV 122 of +/- 0.034961 mV +/- 0.047319 mV FLUKE 8600A RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref. Accuracyt (RA) +/-(0.02%(RDG) + 0.005%(RNG)) [20] Resolution (RES) = 0.001 V Temp. Effect' (TE) = +/-((O.OOl%(RDG) + 0.0005%(RNG));oC) (L\T) [20] t 6 Month Accuracy Specification

From 0 DC to 15 DC and 35 DC to 50 DC Temperature Differential (L\T) 59 ~ 95 of (15 ~ 35°C) Temperature Effect Not Applicable 104 of = 40.0 °c =} L\T (40.0 35.0)OC 5.0°C 122 of = 50.0 °c =} L\T = (50.0 35.0)OC 15.0°C Total Measurement Error (MTE)

MTE = +/- [(RA/2 + TE/2) 2 + REs 2 ]" [ 10] Maximum Zone Temp. MTE at RDG = 10 V MTE at RDG = 20 V 59 ~ 95 of +/- 0.001803 V +/- 0.002693 V 104 of +/- 0.002236 V +/- 0.003400 V 122 of +/- 0.003162 V +/- 0.004854 V REVISION NO. I 0 I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 38 of 191 FLUKE 8800A RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref. Accuracyt (RA) +/-(O.Ol%(RDG) + 0.0015%(RNG)) [20] Resolution (RES) = 0.0001 V Temp. Effect' (TE) = +/-((0.0007%(RDG) + 0.0002%(RNG));oC) (L'>T) [20] t 90 Day Accuracy Specification

From 0 °c to 18°C and 28 °c to 50°C Temperature Differential (L'>T) 64.4 --+ 82.4 OF (18 --+ 28°C) Temperature Effect Not Applicable 104 of = 40.0 °c =} L'>T (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0 °c 122 of = 50.0 °c =} L'>T = (50.0 28.0)OC 22.0 °c Total Measurement Error (MTE)

MTE +/- [ (RA/2 + TE/2)2 + RES 2];' [ 10] Maximum Zone Temp. MTE at RDG = 10 V MTE at RDG = 20 V 64.4 --+ 82.4 of +/- 0.000658 V +/- 0.001154 V 104 of +/- 0.001314 V +/- 0.002232 V 122 of +/- 0.001863 V +/- 0.003132 V FLUKE 8810A RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Reference Accuracyt (RA) +/- (0. 01% (RDG) + 3 (digits)) [20] Resolution (RES) = 0.0001 V Temperature Effect' (TE) = +/-((0.0007%(RDG) + l(digit));oC) (L'>T) [20] t 90 Day Accuracy Specification

From 0 °c to 18°C and 28 °c to 50°C Temperature Differential (L'>T) 64.4 --+ 82.4 OF (18 --+ 28°C) Temperature Effect Not Applicable 104 of = 40.0 °c =} L'>T (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0°C 122 of = 50.0 °c =} L'>T = (50.0 28.0)OC 22.0 °c Total Measurement Error (MTE)

MTE +/- [ (RA/2 + TE / 2 ) 2 + RE S2] ;, [ 10] Maximum Zone Temp. MTE at RDG = 10 V MTE at RDG = 20 V 64.4 --+ 82.4 of +/- 0.000658 V +/- 0.001154 V 104 of +/- 0.001673 V +/- 0.002592 V 122 of +/- 0.002522 V +/- 0.003791 V REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 39 of 191 FLUKE 8840A SLOW READING RATE RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref. Accuracyt (RA) +/- (0.006% (RDG) + 3 (digits)) [2a] Resolution (RES) = 0.0001 V Temp. Effect* (TE) = +/-((0.0006%(RDG) + 0.3(digits))/oC) (t~T) [2a] t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From 0 °C to 18°C and 28 °C to 50°C Temperature Differential (~T) 64.4 ~ 82.4 OF (18 ~ 28°C) Temperature Effect Not Applicable 104 of = 40.0 °C ~ ~T = (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0 o C 122 of = 50.0 °C => ~T = (50.0 28.0)OC = 22.0 °C Total Measurement Error (MTE)

MTE +/- [ (RA/2 + TE/2) 2 + REs 2 ] " [la] Maximum Zone Temp. MTE at RDG = 10 V MTE at RDG = 20 V 64.4 ~ 82.4 of +/- 0.000461 V +/- 0.000757 V 104 of +/- 0.000995 V +/- 0.001653 V 122 of +/- 0.001443 V +/- 0.002402 V FLUKE 8840A MEDIUM READING RATE RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref. Accuracyt (RA) +/-(0.006%(RDG) + 5(digits)) [20] Resolution (RES) = 0.0001 V Temp. Effect* (TE) = +/-((0.0006%(RDG) + 0.3(digits))/oC) (~T) [20] t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From 0 °c to 18°C and 28 °c to 50°C Temperature Differential (~T) 64.4 --+ 82.4 OF (18 --+ 28°C) Temperature Effect Not Applicable 104 of = 40.0 °c ::::} ~T (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0°C 122 of = 50.0 °c ::::} ~T = (50.0 28.0)OC 22.0 °c Total Measurement Error (MTE)

MTE +/-[(RA/2 + TE/2)2 + RES 2]'" [10] Maximum Zone Temp. MTE at RDG = 10 V MTE at RDG = 20 V 64.4 --+ 82.4 of +/- 0.000559 V +/- 0.000856 V 104 of +/- 0.001095 V +/- 0.001753 V 122 of +/- 0.001543 V +/- 0.002502 V REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 40 of 191 FLUKE 8840A FAST READING RATE RANGE: 20 Vdc Manufacturer's Specifications Ref. Accuracyt (RA) +/-(0.006%(RDG) + 3(digits)) [20] Resolution (RES) = 0.001 V Temp. Effect* (TE) = +/-((0.0006%(RDG) + 0.3(digits))/oC) (l:IT) [20] t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From 0 °c to 18°C and 28 °c to 50°C Temperature Differential (l:IT) 64.4 -> 82.4 OF (18 -> 28°C) Temperature Effect Not Applicable 104 of = 40.0 °c :::} l:IT (40.0 28.0)OC 12.0 °c 122 of = 50.0 °c :::} l:IT = (50.0 28.0)OC 22.0 °c Total Measurement Error (MTE)

MTE +/-[(RA/2 + TE/2)2 + RES 2]" [ 10] Maximum Zone Temp. MTE at RDG = 10 V MTE at RDG = 20 V 64.4 -> 82.4 of +/- 0.002059 V +/- 0.002326 V 104 of +/- 0.004084 V +/- 0.004727 V 122 of +/- 0.005846 V +/- 0.006794 V REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 41 of 191 9.2 Pressure Measurement Error Evaluation References 3.5.s and 3.5.t specify the use of a "Pneumatic Calibrator, 0-850 11 W.C. (Accuracy: +/-2.0 11 W.C., minimum)." Discussions with site personnel (Reference 3.16) revealed that the instrument used at LaSalle is from Wallace & Tiernan and has a minor scale division of 111 W.C. Of the two possible instruments listed in Reference 3.4 only Model 65-120 meets the accuracy requirement of the procedure at the environmental conditions where it will be used, and then only if the procedural accuracy is considered to be a one sigma value. Also, Reference 3.4 does not indicate that this instrument is used at LaSalle, only at Quad Cities. WALLACE & TIERNAN MODEL 65-120 -100 "WC to 850 "WC Manufacturer's Specifications Reference Accuracy (RA) +/-(2) (O.l%(RNG)) [20] Minor Division (MD) 1.0 IIWC Temperature Effect* (TE) = +/- (0.1% (RNG) /10 DC) (llT) [20]

Referred to 25°C Calibrated Accuracy - RA Rounded ~ To Nearest Minor Division RA = +/- (2) (0. 1 %(RNG) ) +/- 1 . 9 II WC Calibrated Accuracy (CA) = +/- 2.0 IIWC Temperature Differential (llT) 77 OF = 25.0 °c =?- llT = (25.0 - 25.0)OC = 0.0 °c 104 of = 40.0 °c =?- llT = (40.0 - 25.0)OC = 15.0 °c 120 of = 48.9°C =?- llT = (48.9 - 25.0)OC = 23.9 °c Total Measurement Error (MTE)

MTE = +/-[(CA/2 + TE/2)2 + (MD/4)2]V2 [10] Maximum Zone Temperature MTE 77 of +/- 1.030776 IIWC 104 of +/- 1.730652 IIWC 120 of +/- 2.149835 IIWC REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 42 of 191 10.0 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE DATA The loop calibration procedures (Reference 3.5) provide the following information. Information on Nominal Trip Setpoint and Allowable Value (Tech Spec LCO) come from the Technical Specifications (Reference 3.7) or, for the RBM, the Core Operating Limits Reports (Reference 3.15). 10.1 Flow Transmitter Calibration The calibrated span for all flow transmitters represents 0 to 55,000 GPM (Section 7.0). For FT-1B33-N014A/B/C/D and FT-1B33-N024C/D Test Inputs: 0 to 387.1" W.C. Input Tolerance: None Given Desired Output: 4 to 20 mVdc Output Tolerance: +/-0.080 mV For FT-1B33-N024A/B Test Inputs: 25.5 to 272.9" W.C. Input Tolerance: None Given Desired Output: 4 to 20 mVdc Output Tolerance: +/-0.080 mV For FT-2B33-N014A/B Test Inputs: 0 to 390.4" W.C. Input Tolerance: None Given Desired Output: 4 to 20 mVdc Output Tolerance: +/-0.080 mV For FT-2B33-N014C/D and FT-2B33-N024A/B Test Inputs: 0 to 410.7" W.C. Input Tolerance: None Given REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 43 of 191 Desired Output: 4 to 20 mVdc Output Tolerance: +/-0.080 mV For FT-2B33-N024C/D Test Inputs: o to 448.7" W.C. Input Tolerance: None Given Desired Output: 4 to 20 mVdc Output Tolerance: +/-0.080 mV 10.2 Square Root Converter Calibration Test Inputs: 4 to 20 mVdc Input Tolerance: +/-0.050 mV Desired Output: o to 10 Vdc Output Tolerance: +/-0.025 V 10.3 Flow Summer Calibration Analog Circuitry Test Inputs: 7.660 Vdc 1.000 Vdc Input Tolerance: +/-0.010 V Desired Output: 8.000 Vdc 1.044 Vdc Output Tolerance: +/-0.010 V Correlation to Computer +0.0, -0.05 Vdc Calculated Flow Upscale Trip Instrument Setpoint: 8.630 Vdc (increasing) Allowable Range: 8.530 to 8.730 Vdc (+/-0.10 Vdc)

Nominal Trip Setpoint: ~108% Flow (8.640 Vdc)

REVISION NO. I o I 1 I I

Exhibit E NEP*12-02 Revision.!& COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY 4dt5 CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 44 of 191 Tech Spec LCO: $111% Flow (8.88 Vdc) Analytic Limit: $116% Flow (Reference 3.27) Comparator Trip Test Input: 8.000 Vdc (100% Flow) Input Tolerance: +/-0.010 V Instrument Setpoint: 8.790 Vdc (increasing) Allowable Range: 8.710 to 8.870 Vdc (+/-0.080 Vdc)

Instrument Setpoint: 7.210 Vdc (decreasing)

Allowable Range: 7.130 to 7.290 Vdc (+/-0.080 Vdc)

Nominal Trip Setpoint: $10% Flow Deviation (+/-0.8 Vdc)

Tech Spec LCO: $11% Flow Deviation (+/-0.88 Vdc) Analytic Limit: $19% Flow (Reference 3.27)

 *Note: The setting tolerance for theupscale (+/-0.1 Vdc) and comparator trip (+/-0.08 Vdc) are proposed values that will be analyzed by this calculation. The calibration procedure may incorporate tolerances less than or equal to the proposed values.

10.4 APRM Calibration - Note: The following reflects current information that will change as a result of this calculation and the implementation of power uprate (Reference 3.33). AGAF Adjustment AGAF Setpoint: 1. 00 Allowable Range: 0.98 to 1.02 (+/-0.02) Neutron Flux High (Rod Block) - Setdown Instrument Setpoint: 0.920 Vdc (11.5%) Allowable Range: 0.880 to 0.960 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc) Nominal Trip Setpoint: $12% Tech Spec LCO: $14% (1.120 Vdc) Analytic Limit: $19% (Reference 3.27) Neutron Flux High (Scram) - Setdown Instrument Setpoint: 1.160 Vdc (14.5%) Allowable Range: 1.120 to 1.200 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc) REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 45 of 191 Nominal Trip Setpoint: s15% Tech Spec LCO: s20% (1.600 Vdc) Analytic Limit: 25% (Reference 3.27) Neutron Flux High (Scram) Instrument Setpoint: 9.400 Vdc (117.5%) Allowable Range: 9.360 to 9.440 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc) Nominal Trip Setpoint: sl18% Tech Spec LCO: s120% (9.600 Vdc) Analytic Limit: 124.2% (Reference 3.27) Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power - Upscale (Scram) Two Recirculation Loop Operation Instrument Setpoint: 8.390 Vdc (104.9%) (80% Flow) Allowable Range: 8.350 to 8.430 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc) Nominal Trip Setpoint: sO.58W + 59% Tech Spec LCO: sO.58W + 62% Analytic Limit: To be calculated in Section 13. Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power - Upscale (Scram) Single Recirculation Loop Operation Instrument Setpoint: 8.010 Vdc (100.1%) (80% Flow) Allowable Range: 7.970 to 8.050 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc) Nominal Trip Setpoint: sO.58W + 54.3% Tech Spec LCO: sO.58W + 57.3% Analytic Limit: To be calculated in Section 13. Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power - Upscale Clamp (Scram) Two Recirculation Loop Operation Instrument Setpoint: 9.040 vdc (113%) REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 46 of 191 Allowable Range: 9.000 to 9.080 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc) Nominal Trip Setpoint: sl13.5% Tech Spec LCO: sl15.5% (9.240 Vdc) Analytic Limit: To be calculated in Section 13. Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power - Upscale Clamp (Scram) Single Recirculation Loop Operation Instrument Setpoint: 9.040 Vdc (113%) Allowable Range: 9.000 to 9.080 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc) Nominal Trip Setpoint: sl13.5% Tech Spec LCO: sl15.5% (9.240 Vdc) Analytic Limit: To be calculated in Section 13. Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power - Upscale (Rod Block) Two Recirculation Loop Operation Instrument Setpoint: 7.430 Vdc (92.9%) (80% Flow) Allowable Range: 7.390 to 7.470 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc) Nominal Trip Setpoint: sO.58W + 47% Tech Spec LCO: sO.58W + 50% Analytic Limit: To be calculated in Section 13. Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power - Upscale (Rod Block) Single Recirculation Loop Operation Instrument Setpoint: 7.050 Vdc (88.1%) (80% Flow) Allowable Range: 7.010 to 7.090 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc) Nominal Trip Setpoint: sO.58W + 42.3% Tech Spec LCO: sO.58W + 45.3% Analytic Limit: To be calculated in Section 13. Neutron Flux Downscale (Rod Block) REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 47 of 191 Instrument Setpoint: 0.440 Vdc (5.5%) Allowable Range: 0.400 to 0.480 vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc) Nominal Trip Setpoint: Tech Spec LCO: ~3% (0.240 Vdc) Analytic Limit: 0% (Reference 3.27) 10.5 RBM Calibration RBM Upscale (Two Recirculation Loop Operation) Instrument Setpoint: 8.84 Vdc (110.5%) (100% Flow) Allowable Range: 8.80 to 8.88 Vdc (+0.040 Vdc) Nominal Trip Setpoint: ~0.66W + 45% (111%) (Reference 3.15) Tech Spec LCO: ~0.66W + 48% (114%) (Reference 3.15) Analytic Limit: To be calculated in Section 13. RBM Upscale (Single Recirculation Loop Operation) Instrument Setpoint: 8.09 Vdc (101.7%) (100% Flow) Allowable Range: 8.05 to 8.13 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc) Nominal Trip Setpoint: ~0.66W + 39.7% (105.7%) (Reference 3.15) Tech Spec LCO: ~0.66W + 42.7% (108.7%) (Reference 3.15) Analytic Limit: To be calculated in Section 13. RBM Downscale Instrument Setpoint: 0.404 Vdc Allowable Range: 0.400 to 0.408 Vdc (+/-0.004 Vdc) Nominal Trip Setpoint: ~5% (0.400) Tech Spec LCO: ~3% (0.240) Analytic Limit: 0% (Reference 3.27) REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 48 of 191 11.0 MODULE ERRORS 11.1 Module 1 (Flow Transmitter) Classification of Module Since Module 1 is a flow transmitter its input and output are I both analog signals. Therefore Module 1 is classified as an I analog module. 11.1.1 Module 1 Random Error (a1) This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 1. 11.1.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA1) Per Section 8.1.1 the reference accuracy for the flow transmitters is RA1 = 0.25% CS (calibrated span) Per Assumption 5.1 this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. 1 This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. RA1 (la) +/-RA1/2 % CS RA1 (la) +/-0.25/2 % CS RA1(la) +/-0.125% CS 11.1.1.2 Drift (RD1) Per Reference 3.8 drift is considered a random variable for this calculation. Section 8.1.1 gives a value of +/-0.2%UR (upper range) per 30 months for vendor drift (RD FT ) . In order to keep all error terms as a function of calibrated span UR can be converted to CS by multiplying UR by CS/CS l resulting in UR equaling (UR/CS)*CS. Using this gives RD1 +/-RD FT %* (UR/CS) *CS RD1 +/-0.2*(750/247.4)% CS RD1 +/-0.606306% CS Per Assumption 5.1 / this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 49 of 191 RD1 (1<7) +/-RD1/2 % CS RD1(lu) +/-0.606306/2 % CS RD1(lU) = +/-0.303153% CS Table 4.3.6-1 of Reference 3.7 indicates a surveillance interval of 13 weeks (Quarterly) for this instrument loop. However, as stated in Section 2.1.b the drift error term will not be reduced even though the surveillance interval is shorter than the period for which the vendor drift value applies. 11.1.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CALl) The uncertainties associated with calibrating the flow transmitters are composed of the uncertainties in setting the input signal and the uncertainties in reading the output signal. References 3.5.s and 3.5.t do not give a particular instrument to be used for setting the input during calibration. Rather, they simply indicate a "Pneumatic Calibrator, 0-850" W.C. (accuracy: +/-2.0" W.C., minimum)" is required. Per Assumption 5.11 LaSalle is assumed to be using a Wallace and Tiernan Model 65-120 instrument for this input monitoring function. For the maximum temperature applicable to this location the accuracy given by Reference 3.4 for this instrument is 2.149835" W.C. This is the value that will be used in this calculation. The reading error term (REMTE1 FT ) is included in total MTE error term given in Reference 3.4. Therefore, a value of 0 will be used for REMTE1 FT for this calculation. The instrument specified by the procedures for measurement of the flow transmitter output is a Fluke 8600A DMM. For the voltage range of interest for this calculation the reference accuracy, from Reference 3.4, is 0.034961 mVdc. (RAMTE2 FT ) . Since this is a digital instrument, there is no reading error associated with its use (REMTE2 FT = 0). The voltage at the flow transmitter output is measured across a precision one ohm resistor which Reference 3.16 indicates is accurate to 0.005%. This means that the maximum voltage error induced by the resistor is 0.00005x20 mV or 0.001 mV. Since vendor accuracies are considered two sigma values, it must be divided by 2 to be compared with the DMM accuracy value (RAMTE2 n ). The one sigma error is then 0.0005 mVdc. This is a factor of more than 30 less than the DMM error term so it can be ignored in the calculation. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEp*12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 50 of 191 From Reference 3.3, MTE1 = [(RAMTE1/n) 2 + REMTE1 2] 0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term. Reference 3.4 gives a value of 1 for n for both the input and output test instruments. For this calculation MTE1 PT = +/- [ (RAMTE1 PT /n) 2 + REMTE1 PT2] 0.5 "WC

                               +/-[(2.149835/1)2 + 0 2]0.5 "WC
                               +/-2.149835 "WC In order to make this term compatible with the other error terms it must be converted to %CS by dividing by the span and multiplying by 100.

MTE1 PT (CS) MTE1 PT (CSl +/-(2.149835/247.4)*100 % CS MTE1 pT (CSl +/-0.868971% CS The output error MTE2 pT is determined in the same way as was the input error.

                               +/- [ (RAMTE2 PT /n) 2 + REMTE2 PT2] 0.5 mVdc
                               +/- [(0.034961/1) 2 + 0 2] 0.5 mVdc
                               +/-0.034961 mVdc This also must be converted to % CS by dividing by the output span (CSPT(OUT)) and multiplying by 100.

MTE2 PT (CS) = +/- (MTE2 PT /CS PT (OUT1) *100 % CS MTE2 PT (CS) +/- (0.034961/16) *100 % CS MTE2IT(~) = +/-0.218506% CS From Section 5.2 the error attributed to the calibration standards is considered negligible. Therefore, the only terms which contribute to CALl are MTE1 and MTE2. For this calculation REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 51 of 191

                                   +/- [ (MTE1 PT (cs) ) 2 + (MTE2 PT (CS>>) 2] 0.5 % CS
                                   +/-0.S96022% CS 11.1.1.4  Setting Tolerance (ST1)

The setting tolerance for the flow transmitters is the combination of the input and output setting tolerances. From References 3.5.s and 3.5.t the setting tolerance for the flow transmitters' output (STpT(OUT>>) is o. OS mVdc. No setting tolerance is given in the procedures for the input instrument. Therefore, the input setting tolerance (STpT(IN>>) used for this calculation will be one half of one minor division which, from References 3.4 and 3.16, would be 0.5" WC. Both of these setting tolerance terms will now be converted to % CS by dividing by the appropriate span and multiplying by 100. STpT(IN) (CS) STFT(IN) (CS) +/-(0.5/247.4)*100 % CS STpT(IN) (CS) = +/-0.202102% CS STPT (OUT) (CS) +/- (STpT(OUT) / CSPT(OUT) )

100 % CS STpT(OUT) (CS) +/-(0.OS/16)*100 % CS STPT (OUT) (CS) = +/-0.5% CS The total setting tolerance for the flow transmitters is the combination of these two terms by SRSS. Also, from Section 2.1.a these are considered 3 sigma values and must, therefore, be divided by 3 to make them compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms. The total setting tolerance ST1 (1") is then ST1(1") +/- [(STpT(IN) (cs)/3) 2 + (STpT(OUT) (cs)/3) 2] 0.5 % CS ST1(1")

ST1(1") +/-0.179767% CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 52 of 191 11.1.1.5 Static Pressure Span Effect (Correction Uncertainty) (SPSE FT ) References 3.5.s and 3.5.t state that a 1% of span correction has been included in the calibration to compensate for the static pressure span effect. However, Reference 3.14 states that there is a plus/minus correction uncertainty associated with this compensation. Therefore, this uncertainty will be included as a random error term in this calculation. Although the vendor gives this error term as a percent of reading, it will be considered as percent calibrated span which simplifies the calculation and is conservative. SPSE n = +/-0.25% CS/1000 psi Since the normal operating pressure is very near 1000 psi (1025 psi from Section 7.0) this value will be used as is. This must now be divided by 2 since the manufacturer's data is considered a 2 sigma value.

                                +/-0.25/2 % CS
                                +/-0.125% CS 11.1.1.6   Static Pressure Zero Effect (SPZE n )

For this device the vendor lists a Static Pressure Zero Effect of +/-0.25% UR/2000 psi. This must be multiplied by the actual static pressure (STAPRFT ) to find the effect for this application. At this time it will also be converted to

            % CS using the discussion from Section 11.1.2.2 below in order to make it compatible with the other error terms.                 In addition the result must be divided by 2 in order to make it a 1 sigma value.        The result is:

SPZEFT(la) +/- (SPZE FT /2) (STAPRFT /2000) (URn/CS FT ) % CS SPZEFT(la) +/- ( 0 . 25/2) (1025/2000) (750/247. 4 ) % CS SPZEFT(la) = +/-O .194207% CS 11.1.1.7 Input Uncertainty (ainput1) Since module 1 is the first module, there is no input from a previous module. However, per Reference 3.17, there is a 5% error associated with the elbow type flow element. If this REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 53 of 191 is considered a two sigma value, the one sigma value would be 5/2 or 2.5%. This term will be considered the input error. Therefore, ainput1 = +/-2.5% CS Per Section 4.9 this is considered 0 for the Comparator Trip error analysis. ainput1 e = 0 11.1.1.8 Determination of Module Random Error (a1) Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a1 = +/- [ (RA1 (10-)) 2 + (RD1 (10-) ) 2 + (CAL1 PT ) 2 + (ST1 (la) ) 2 + (SPSE pT (10-))2 + (SPZE pT (10-))2 + (ainput1)2]0.5 % CS a1 +/-[(0.125)2 + (0.303153)2 + (0.896022)2 + (0.179767)2 +(0.125)2 + (0.194207)2 + 2.5 2]°.5 % CS a1 = +/-2.691847% CS For the Comparator Trip: ale = +/- [ (RA1 (10-)) 2 + (RD1 (10-)) 2 + (CAL1 FT ) 2 + (ST1 (10-)) 2 + (SPSE pT (lO-)) 2 + (SPZE pT (lo-)) 2 + (ainput1 e ) 2] 0.5 % CS ale +/-[(0.125)2 + (0.303153)2 + (0.896022)2 + (0.179767)2 +(0.125)2 + (0.194207)2 + 0 2]°.5 % CS ale +/-0.998018% CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 54 of 191 11.1.2 Module 1 Non-Random Errors (~e1) 11.1.2.1 Humidity Errors (e1H) Since Reference 3.14 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e1H = 0% CS 11.1.2.2 Temperature Error (e1T) From Section 8.1.1 the temperature effect (VTE pT ) error of the flow transmitters is a function of both the calibrated span (CS) and the upper range (UR) per 100°F temperature change. From Section 4.2 the maximum temperature at the transmitter during normal operation is expected to be 118°F (MAXTEMP PT ) ' From Section 4.6 the minimum calibration temperature for the flow transmitters is considered to be 60°F (CALTEMP PT ) ' Using the vendor's equation VTE pT is then VTE pT = +/-(O.5%UR + 0.5%CS) per 100°F In order to keep all error terms as a function of calibrated span, UR can be converted to CS by multiplying UR by CS/CS resulting in UR equaling (UR/CS)*CS. Using this in the above equation gives VTE pT = +/- [0.5% (URFT/CS PT ) + 0.5] * [ (MAXTEMP PT - CALTEMP PT ) /100] %CS PT For this calculation VTE pT equals e1T. Therefore, e1T +/-[0.5%(URPT /CS PT ) + 0.5] * [(MAXTEMP pT - CALTEMP PT ) /100] % CS PT e1T +/-[0.5(750/247.4) + 0.5]*[(118-60)/100]% CS e1T = +/-1.169143% CS 11.1.2.3 Radiation Error (e1R) Section 8.1.1 gives a radiation effect that is applicable to and following accident conditions. Since this calculation does not apply to accident conditions, and since the transmitters are being calibrated at an interval during which the TID is insignificant (maintenance personnel calibrate the transmitters in place) the radiation error for this calculation is insignificant and does not provide any REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 55 of 191 radiation induced error specifications. Therefore, per Assumption 5.2 these errors are assumed to be included within the vendor's accuracy terms. e1R = 0% CS 11.1.2.4 Seismic Error (e1S) Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e1S = 0% CS 11.1.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e1SP) From References 3.5.s and 3.5.t, these instruments have been compensated for static pressure effect during calibration. Therefore, static pressure effects are considered to be negligible. e1SP = 0% CS 11.1.2.6 Pressure Error (e1P) From Section 8.1.2, these instruments are exposed to an environment whose pressure varies only slightly from ambient conditions (1 atmosphere). Therefore, pressure effects are considered to be negligible. e1P = 0% CS 11.1.2.7 Process Errors (e1p) References 3.5.f and 3.5.0 provide instructions on calibrating the total flow as measured by this instrumentation to the total flow as is calculated by the process computer. Therefore, any process error is compensated for by this calibration. e1p = 0% CS 11.1.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e1V) From Section 8.1.1, the power supply effect (PSE FT ) given by the vendor is 0.005% CS per volt. References 3.5.s and 3.5.t allow a range (~VFT) of 0.5 Vdc for the transmitter power supply, and Reference 3.19 gives this same value (O.02x24 Vdc) as a possible drift amount. This range will be considered the amount by which the power supply can vary. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 56 of 191 Therefore, e1V +/-0.005*0.5 % CS e1V +/-0.0025% CS 11.1.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput1) Since this is the first module, the only input is from the flow element. Non-Random error from this device is considered to be zero. einput1 = 0% CS 11.1.2.10 Non-Random Error (Ze1) From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms. Ze1 = +/-(e1H + e1T + e1R + e1S + e1SP + e1P + e1p + e1V

                        + einput1)% CS Ze1    +/-(O + 1.169143 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0.0025 +

0)% CS Ze1 = +/-1.171643% CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 57 of 191 11.2 Module 2 (Square Root Converter) Classification of Module Since Module 2 is a square root converter, its input and output are both analog signals. Therefore, Module 2 is classified as an analog module. 11.2.1 Module 2 Random Error (a2) This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 2. 11.2.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA2) Per Section 8.2.1 the reference accuracy for the square root converter is included in an overall RFM accuracy which will be applied at the output of the Flow Summer (Module 3) . Therefore, the reference accuracy (RA2) for this module will be considered RA2 = 0% CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. RA2(ler) +/-RA2/2 % CS RA2(ler) +/-0/2 % CS RA2(ler) +/-O% CS 11.2.1.2 Drift (RD2) Per Section 8.2.1 the reference drift for the square root converter is included in an overall RFM accuracy which will be applied at the output of the Flow Summer (Module 3) . Therefore, the reference drift (RD2) for this module will be considered RD2 = 0% CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. RD2 (ler) RD2/2 % CS RD2 (ler) = 0/2 % CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 58 of 191 RD2 (1<r) = +/-O% CS 11.2.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL2) The uncertainties associated with calibrating the square root converters are composed of the uncertainties in setting the input signal and the uncertainties in reading the output signal. References 3.5.s and 3.5.t specify that Fluke 8600A DMMs be used for measurement of the input and output signals. In addition the input voltage is developed by running a current through a precision one ohm resistor. However, as was determined in Section 11.1.1.3 the uncertainty contributed by the precision resistor itself is much smaller than the uncertainty contributed by the DMM and, therefore, can be ignored. For the voltage range of interest for the DMM measuring the input voltage the reference accuracy, from Reference 3.4, is 0.017205 mVdc (RAMTE1 sR ) ' Since this is a digital instrument, there is no reading error associated with its use (REMTE1 AA = 0) . For the voltage range of interest for the DMM measuring the output voltage the reference accuracy, from Reference 3.4, is 0.001803 Vdc (RAMTE2 sR ) ' Since this is a digital instrument, there is no reading error associated with its use (REMTE2 AA = 0). From Reference 3.3, MTE 1 = [( RAMTE 1 / n) 2 + REMTE 1 2] 0. 5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term. Reference 3.4 gives a value of 1 for n for both the input and output test instruments. For this calculation MTE1 sR +/- [ (RAMTE1 sR /n) 2 + REMTE1 s / ] 0.5 mVdc MTE1 sR +/-[(O.017205/1)2 + 0 2]°.5 mVdc MTE1 SR +/-0.017205 mVdc Since the square root converter is not a linear module this value must be converted to an equivalent output value (MTE1 sR (oUT)) by one of the equations of Section 2.1. c. Also, these equations indicate that the conversion factor is a function of the operating point. Therefore, an operating REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 59 of 191 point must be chosen at which the conversion will take place. For this calculation the operating point is considered to be 6 vdc (OP SR ) at the output of the square root converters which is equal to approximately 75% Flow. Choosing this value is a compromise in that the error term is then conservative at flows greater than 75% but non-conservative at flows less than 75%. Using Equation 3 from Section 2.1.c the conversion is MTE1 SR (OUT) = (3 . 125*MTE1 sR ) / (OP SR ) vdc MTE1 SR (OUT) (3.125*0.017205) /6 Vdc MTE1 SR (OUT) +/-O. 008961 Vdc In order to make this term compatible with the other error terms it must be converted to %CS by dividing by the span and multiplying by 100. MTE1 SR (CS) = +/- (MTE1 sR (oUT)/CS SR (OUT)) *100 % CS MTE1 SR (CS) = +/- (0.008961/10) *100 % CS MTE1 SR (CS) +/-0.08961% CS The output error MTE2 sR is determined in the same way as was the input error. MTE2 SR = +/- [ (RAMTE2 sR /n) 2 + REMTE2 sR 2 ] 0.5 Vdc MTE2 sR +/- [(0.001803/1) 2 + 02 ] 0.5 vdc MTE2 SR +/-O. 001803 Vdc This also must be converted to % CS by dividing by the output span (CSPT(OUT)) and multiplying by 100. MTE2 SR (CS) = +/- (MTE2 sR /CS SR (OUT)) *100 % CS MTE2 SR (CS) +/-(0.001803/10)*100 % CS MTE2 SR (CS) +/-0.01803% CS From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only terms which contribute to CAL2 are MTE1 and MTE2. For this calculation REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 60 of 191 CAL2 SR +/- [ (MTE1 SR (CS)) 2 + (MTE2 SR (CS)) 2] 0.5 % CS

                                     +/- [0.08961 2 + 0.01803 2 ]        0.5 % CS
                                     +/-0.091406% CS 11.2.1.4  Setting Tolerance                  (ST2)

The setting tolerance for the square root converters is the combination of the input and output setting tolerances. From References 3.5.s and 3.5.t the setting tolerance for the square root converter's input (STSR(IN)) is 0.05 mVdc. The setting tolerance for the square root converter's output (STSR(OUT)) is given as 0.025 Vdc. The input setting tolerance must now be converted to an equivalent output value as was done in Section 11.2.1.3. The same operating point will also be used. Using Equation 3 from Section 2.1.c, the input setting tolerance converted to the output (STSR(IN) (OUT)) is STSR(IN) (OUT) = (3 . 125*STSR (IN) ) /OP SR vdc STSR(IN) (OUT) = (3.125*0.05) /6 Vdc STSR(IN) (OUT) 0.026042 Vdc Both of these setting tolerance terms will now be converted to % CS by dividing by the square root converter output span and multiplying by 100. STSR(IN) (CS) +/- (STSR(IN) (OUT) /CSSR(OUT)) *100 % CS STSR(IN) (CS) +/-(0.026042/10)*100 % CS STSR(IN) (CS) = +/-O. 26042% CS STSR (OUT) (CS) +/- (STSR(OUT) /CSSR(OUT)) *100 % CS ST SR (OUT) (CS) +/-(0.025/10)*100 % CS STSR (OUT) (CS) +/-0.25% CS The total setting tolerance for the square root converter is the combination of these two terms by SRSS. Also, from Section 2.1.a these are considered 3 sigma values and must, therefore, be divided by 3 to make them compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms. The total setting tolerance ST2 (lcr) is then REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 61 of 191 ST2 (1<1) +/- [(STSR(IN) (CS)/3) 2 + (STSR(OUT) (CS)/3) 2] 0.5 % CS ST2 (1<1) = +/-O .120332% CS 11.2.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput2) In addition to its own error terms, Module 2 also operates on the error terms from Module 1. Therefore, the random error term (a1) from the flow transmitter must be transferred through the square root converter from input to output using the equations from Section 2.1.c. The resultant term will be ainput2 for this module. However, before this can be done a1 must be converted to a millivolt signal. This can be done by dividing a1 by 100 and mul tiplying by the input span CSFT(OUT)' a1 MV = +/- (a1/100) *CSFT(OUT) mVdc a1 MV +/-(2.691847/100)*16 mVdc a1 MV +/-0.430696 mVdc Transferring this through the square root converter using Equation 3 of Section 2.1.c gives ainput2 v +/- (3 .125*a1 MV ) /OP SR Vdc ainput2 v = +/-(3.125*0.430696)/6 Vdc ainput2 v = +/-0.224321 Vdc Next this is changed into % CS by dividing by the output span and multiplying by 100. ainput2 +/- (ainput2 v /CS sR (OUT>>) *100 % CS ainput2 = +/-(0.224321/10)*100 % CS ainput2 +/-2.24321% CS For the Comparator Trip Loop the above nine equations become: a1 MVC +/- (a1 c /100) *CSFT(OUT) mVdc a1 MVC = +/-(0.998018/100)*16 mVdc REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I 1PAGE 62 of 191 a1 mc = +/-0.159683 mVdc Transferring this through the square root converter using Equation 3 of Section 2.1.c gives ainput2 vc +/- (3 .125*a1 mc ) /OP SR Vdc ainput2 vc = +/-(3.125*0.159683)/6 Vdc ainput2 vc +/-0.083168 Vdc Next this is changed into % CS by dividing by the output span and multiplying by 100. ainput2 c +/- (ainput2 vc /CS sR (OUT>>) *100 % CS ainput2 c +/-(O.083168/10)*100 % CS ainput2 c +/-0.83168% CS 11.2.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (a2) Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a2 = +/- [(RA2 (la>>) 2 + (RD2 (la>>) 2 + (CAL2 sR ) 2 + (ST2 (la>>) 2 + (ainput2) 2] 0.5 % CS a2 +/-[(O)2 + (0)2 + (0.091406)2 + (0.120332)2 + (2.24321) 2] 0.5 % CS a2 +/-2.248294% CS For the Comparator Trip this becomes: a2 c +/- [ (RA2 (la) ) 2 + (RD2 (la) ) 2 + (CAL2 SR ) 2 + (ST2 (la) ) 2 + (ainput2 c ) 2] 0.5 % CS a2 c +/-[(O)2 + (0)2 + (0.091406)2 + (0.120332)2 + (0.83168) 2] 0.5 % CS a2 c = +/-0.845297% CS REVISION NO. I o I 1 1

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I 1PAGE 63 of 191

11. 2.2 Module 2 Non-Random Errors (6e2)

As is indicated in Section 8.2 the specifications for the square root converters are included in an overall recirculation flow monitor specification which will be applied at the output of the flow summer, Module 3. Therefore, all the non-random error terms will be considered to be 0 except for einput2 which is the non-random error from Module 1 (6el). 11.2.2.1 Humidity Errors (e2H) Per Section 11.2.2 this error is considered to be zero. e2H = 0% CS 11.2.2.2 Temperature Error (e2T) Per Section 11. 2.2 this error is considered to be zero. e2T = 0% CS 11.2.2.3 Radiation Error (e2R) Per Section 11. 2.2 this error is considered to be zero. e2R = 0% CS 11.2.2.4 Seismic Error (e2S) Per Section 11. 2.2 this error is considered to be zero. e2S = 0% CS 11.2.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e2SP) Per Section 11. 2.2 this error is considered to be zero. e2SP = 0% CS 11.2.2.6 Pressure Error (e2P) Per Section 11. 2.2 this error is considered to be zero. e2P = 0% CS 11.2.2.7 Process Errors (e2p) Per Section 11. 2.2 this error is considered to be zero. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 64 of 191 e2p = 0% CS 11.2.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e2V) Per Section 11.2.2 this error is considered to be zero. e2V = 0% CS 11.2.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput2) In addition to its own error terms, Module 2 also operates on the error terms from Module 1. Therefore, the non-random error term (~e1) from the flow transmitter must be transferred through the square root converter from input to output using the equations from Section 2.1.c. The resultant term will be einput2 for this module. However, before this can be done ~e1 must be converted to a millivolt signal. This can be done by dividing ~e1 by 100 and multiplying by the input span CS FTWUT )'

                 ~e1MV =   +/- (~e1/100) *CSFT(OUT) mVdc
                 ~e1MV     +/-(1.171643/100)*16 mVdc
                 ~e1MV     +/-0.187463 mVdc Transferring this through the square root converter using Equation 3 of Section 2.1.c gives einput2 v      +/-(3.125*0.187463)/6 Vdc einput2 v = +/-0.097637 Vdc Next this is changed into % CS by dividing by the output span and multiplying by 100.

einput2 +/- (einput2 v /CS sR (OUT)) *100 % CS einput2 +/-(0.097637/10)*100 % CS einput2 +/-0.97637% CS 11.2.2.10 Non-Random Error (~e2) From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 65 of 191 6e2 +/-(e2H + e2T + e2R + e2S + e2SP + e2P + e2p + e2V

                      + einput2)% CS 6e2    +/-(O + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0.97637)% CS 6e2 = +/-0.97637% CS REVISION NO. I      o       I              r               I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 66 of 191 11.3 Module 3 (Flow Summer) Classification of Module Module 3 is an analog summer. As such its input and output are both analog signals. Therefore, Module 3 is classified as an analog module. 11.3.1 Module 3 Random Error (a3) This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 3. 11.3.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA3) Per Section 8.3.1 the reference accuracy applied to this module is the overall RFM accuracy which will be applied at the output of this module, the Flow Summer. Per Reference 3.18 the reference accuracy for this unit is +/-2%. Since the vendor does not state percent of what, this value will be considered percent of calibrated span. This is conservative and makes it compatible with the other error terms. RA3 = 2% CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. RA3(ler) +/-RA3/2 % CS RA3(ler) = +/-2/2 % CS RA3 (ler) +/-1% CS 11.3.1.2 Drift (RD3 ) Per Section 8.3.1 the reference drift applied to this module is the overall RFM drift which will be applied at the output of this module. Per Reference 3.18 the reference drift for this unit is +/-1.25% per 700 Hrs. Since the vendor does not state percent of what, this value will be considered percent of calibrated span. This is conservative and makes it compatible with the other error terms. Reference 3.7, Table 4.3.1.1-1, Note (e) indicates that the RFM is adjusted weekly to a calibrated flow signal. Therefore, this drift term does not need to be extended to a longer period. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 67 of 191 RD3 = 1. 25% CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. RD3 (la) RD3/2 % CS RD3 (la) 1. 25/2 % CS RD3 (la) = +/-O. 625% CS 11.3.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL3) The uncertainties associated with calibrating the flow summer are composed of the uncertainties in setting the input signal and the uncertainties in reading the output signal. References 3.5.s and 3.5.t specify that Fluke 8600A DMMs be used for measurement of the input and output signals. Both input and output signals of the flow summer are 0 to 10 Vdc signals. Therefore, the MTE error terms will be the same for both of them. For the voltage range of interest for the DMMs measuring the input and output voltages the reference accuracy, from Reference 3.4, is 0.001803 Vdc (RAMTE1s~' RAMTE2s~). Since this is a digital instrument, there is no reading error associated with its use (REMTE1s~ and REMTE2 S~ = 0). From Reference 3.3, MTE 1 = [( RAMTE1/n) 2 + REMTE 1 2] o. 5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term. Reference 3.4 gives a value of 1 for n for both the input and output test instruments. For this calculation MTE1s~ +/-[ (RAMTE1s~/n) 2 + REMTE1s~2] 0.5 Vdc MTE1s~ MTE1s~ +/-0.001803 Vdc In order to make this term compatible with the other error terms it must be converted to %CS by dividing by the span (CSSR(OUT) will be used since the input span of the summer is the same as the output span of the square root converter) REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 68 of 191 and multiplying by 100. MTE1 SUM (CS) +/- (MTE1 sUM /CS sR (OUT>>) *100 % CS MTE1 SUM (CS) +/-(0.001803/10)*100 % CS MTE1 SUM (CS) = +/-O. 01803% CS Since the input and output use the same instrument and have the same range the output MTE term (MTE2 sUM (cs)) is equal to the input term or MTE2 SUM (CS) = MTE1 sUM (cs) From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only terms which contribute to CAL3 are MTE1 and MTE2. For this calculation

                                 +/- [ (MTE1 sUM (cs>>) 2  + (MTE2 SUM (CS>>) 2] 0.5 % CS
                                 +/- [0.01803 2 + 0.01803 2 ]       0.5 % CS
                                  +/-0.025498% CS 11.3.1.4  Setting Tolerance             (ST3)

The setting tolerance for the flow summer is the combination of the input and output setting tolerances. From References 3.5.s and 3.5.t the setting tolerance for the flow summer's input (STSUM(IN>>) is 0.01 Vdc. The setting tolerance for the flow summer's output (STSUM(OUT>>) is given as 0.01 Vdc. Since both input and output have the same span, both of these setting tolerance terms will now be converted to % CS by dividing by the flow summer output span (CSSUM(OUT>>) and multiplying by 100. STSUM(IN) (CS) +/- (STSUM(IN) /CSSUM(OUT>>) *100 % CS STSUM(IN) (CS) +/-(0.01/10)*100 % CS STSUM(INl (CSl +/-0.1% CS STSUM (OUT) (CS) +/- (STSUM(OUT) /CSSUM(OUT>>) *100 % CS ST SUMWUT ) (CS) = +/-(0.01/10)*100 % CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 69 of 191 STSUM(OUT) (CS) = +/-O. 1% CS The total setting tolerance for the flow summer is the combination of these two terms by SRSS. Also, from Section 2.1.a these are considered 3 sigma values and must, therefore, be divided by 3 to make them compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms. The total setting tolerance ST3 (1cr) is then ST3(lcr) = +/-[(STSUM (IN)(Cs)/3)2 + (ST sUM (oUT)(cs)/3)2]o.s % cs ST3(lcr) = +/-0.04714% CS 11.3.1.5 Input Uncertainty (oinput3) In addition to its own error terms, Module 3 also operates on the error terms from Module 2. Therefore, the random error terms 02 and 02 c from the square root converter must be transferred through the flow summer from input to output factoring in the gain of the summing circuit. The resultant terms will be oinput3 and oinput3 c for this module. From References 3.5.s and 3.5.t the gain of the summer (GSUM ) is equal to 1.044386. Since the flow summer is adding the outputs of two square root converters, and since the output spans of the square root converters and the flow summer are the same, the effective gain from each input of the flow summer to its output is GsUM /2. Therefore, the transfer of each input error through the summer is 02 3 = +/-02* (G sUM /2) % CS 02 3 = +/-2.248294*(1.044386/2) % CS 02 3 +/-1.174043% CS For the Comparator Trip this is: 02 3C = +/-02 c * (G sUM /2) % CS 02 3C = +/-0.845297*(1.044386/2) % CS a2 3C +/-0.441408% CS For both inputs the resulting errors (ainput3 and ainput3 c ) at the output of the summer would be REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP*12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 70 of 191 CTinput3 CTinput3 CTinput3 +/-1.660348% CS For the Comparator Trip: CTinput3 c CTinput3 c CTinput3 c +/-0.624245% CS 11.3.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (CT3 and CT3 c ) Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, and converting to % Flow by multiplying by 125/100: CT3 = +/-(125/100)*[(RA3(1<T))2 + (RD3(1<T))2 + (CAL3 SUM )2 + (ST3(1<T))2 + (CTinput3)2]o.5 % Flow CT3 = +/-(125/100)*[(1)2 + (0.625)2 + (0.025498)2 + (0.04714)2 + (1.660348)2]0.5 % Flow CT3 +/-2.546521% Flow For the Comparator Trip: CT3 c +/-(125/100)*[(RA3(1<T))2 + (RD3(1<T))2 + (CAL3 SUM )2 + (ST3 (1<T)) 2 + (CTinput3 c ) 2] 0.5 % Flow CT3 c +/-(125/100)*[(1)2 + (0.625)2 + (0.025498)2 + (0 . 04714 ) 2 + ( 0 . 624245 ) 2] 0.5 % Flow CT3 c = +/-1.669197% Flow Per Reference 3.3 the Allowable Value calculation uses all error terms except those pertaining to the process. Therefore, since CT3 c is the same as CT3 except for the removal of the process terms, CT3 c will also be used for the Allowable Value calculation. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 71 of 191 11.3.2 Module 3 Non-Random Errors (~e3) Per Section 8.3.1 the errors applied to this module are the overall RFM error terms. 11.3.2.1 Humidity Errors (e3H) Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e3H = 0% CS 11.3.2.2 Temperature Error (e3T) Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e3T = 0% CS 11.3.2.3 Radiation Error (e3R) Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e3R = 0% CS 11.3.2.4 Seismic Error (e3S) Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e3S = 0% CS 11.3.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e3SP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect. e3SP = 0% CS 11.3.2.6 Pressure Error (e3P) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect. e3P = 0% CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 72 of 191 11.3.2.7 Process Errors (e3p) This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors. e3p = 0% CS 11.3.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e3V) Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e3V = 0% CS 11.3.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput3) In addition to its own error terms, Module 3 also operates on the error terms from Module 2. Therefore, the non-random error term (~e2) from the square root converter must be transferred through the flow summer from input to output factoring in the gain of the summing circuit. The resultant term will be einput3 for this module. Using the discussion from Section 11.3.1.5 the input of a single square root converter is transferred through the flow summer as follows:

                 ~e23     +/-~e2*(Gs~/2)  % CS
                 ~e23     +/-0.97637*(1.044386/2) % CS
                 ~e23  =  +/-0.509854% CS Since this is a non-random error the sum for both inputs at the output of the summer (einput3) would be the algebraic sum of the inputs.

einput3 einput3 +/-(0.509854 + 0.509854) % CS einput3 +/-1.019708% CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 73 of 191 11.3.2.10 Non-Random Error (~e3) From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms. In addition, this term can be converted to % Flow by multiplying by 125/100. The result is;

                 ~e3     +/-(125/100)*(e3H + e3T + e3R + e3S + e3SP + e3P +

e3p + e3V + einput3)% Flow

                 ~e3     +/-(125/100)*(O + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 +

1.019708)% Flow

                 ~e3  =  +/-1.274635% Flow REVISION NO. I       o        I             I                I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 74 of 191

11. 3.3 Module 3A and 3B (RFM Trip Circuits)

Classification of Module Module 3A receives an analog input from the Flow Summer (Module 3) and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal and the reference value. Therefore, Module 3A is a bistable module. There are actually two separate trip circuits in each flow unit. The Hi Flow trip looks at the output of the Flow Summer and compares its magnitude to a fixed reference value (Module 3A above). The Comparator Trip Circuit looks at the output of the Flow Summer and compares it to the output of a Flow Summer from another RFM (Module 3B) and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the two input signals. Therefore, Module 3B is a bistable module. The Comparator Trip will have to combine the error terms from two Flow Summers. 11.3.3.1 Module 3A and 3B Random Error (a3A and a3B) This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the outputs of Modules 3A and 3B. 11.3.3.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA3A) Per Assumption 5.8 the reference accuracy for this module is included in the Module 3 accuracy term: RA3A = 1% CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. In the same step this will be converted to % Flow by multiplying by 125/100. RA3A(lCf) = +/-(RA3A/2)*(125/100) % Flow

                               +/-(1/2)*(125/100) % Flow RA3A(lCf)    +/-0.625% Flow REVISION NO. I        o         I              I               I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 75 of 191 11.3.3.1.2 Drift (RD3A) Per Assumption 5.8 the reference drift for this module is included in the Module 3 drift term: RD3A = 1% CS/700 HRS Table 4.3.6-1 of Reference 3.7 gives the surveillance interval (RD3ATSI) for these trip functions as 13 weeks (quarterly). In addition, a 25% late factor will added to the required value. Per Reference 3.8 drift is considered a random function and can be extended to a longer period by the square root of the ratio of the time periods per Section 2.2.5 of Reference 3.13. Per Assumption 5.1, the drift value is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2, and then to % Flow by multiplying by 125/100. RD3ATSI is converted to hours by multiplying by 168. The one sigma drift is then:

                               +/- (RD3A/2) * {125/100} * [{1.25*RD3ATSI*168} /RD3AT]  0.5
                               % Flow RD3A(l(J) =  +/-{1/2)*{125/100)*[{1.25*13*168)/700]0.s % Flow RD3A(l(Jl    +/-1.234276% Flow 11.3.3.1.3       Calibration Uncertainty (CAL3A)

The uncertainties associated with calibrating the trip circuits are composed entirely of the uncertainties associated with the DMM used to set the input trip voltage. References 3.5.s and 3.5.t specify that A Fluke 8600A DMM be used for this measurement. From Section 9.1 the error associated with this instrument is 0.001803 Vdc (RAMTE1 3A ) . Since this is a digital instrument REMTE1 3A is equal to zero. From Reference 3.3, MTE1 = [(RAMTE1/n) 2 + REMTE1 2 ] 0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term. The values of the error terms from Reference 9.1 are already expressed in one sigma terms. Therefore, the value of n is 1. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 76 of 191 MTE1 3A = +/- [(0.001803/1) 2 + 02 ] 0.5 Vdc MTE1 3A = +/-O. 001803 Vdc This can be converted to % Flow by dividing by the voltage span (SPANs~) and mUltiplying by the full scale flow (125). MTE1 3A1P F) = +/- [ (MTE13A/SPANs~) *125] % Flow MTE1 3A1P F) = +/- [(0.001803/10) *125] % Flow MTE1 3A1P F) = +/-O. 022538% Flow From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only term which contributes to CAL3A is the MTE1 term. Therefore, for this section CAL3A = +/-MTE1 3A1P F) = +/-O. 022538% Flow 11.3.3.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST3A) From Design Input 10.3, the setting tolerance to be evaluated for the upscale and comparator trip functions is

            +/-0.1 Vdc and +/-0.08 Vdc, respectively.                 This can be converted to % Flow by dividing by the voltage span (SPANs~) and multiplying by the full scale flow (125).

From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values. Therefore, ST3A must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms. Combining this operation with the conversion to percent flow gives ST3A(10) = +/-[ (ST3A/SPANs~) *125] /3 % Flow Upscale Trip: ST3AA(lo) = +/-[(0.1/10)*125]/3 % Flow ST3AA11o ) = +/-O. 416667% Flow Comparator Trip: ST3AB (lO) = +/- [(0.08/10) *125] /3 % Flow ST3AB (lo) = +/-O. 333333% Flow 11.3.3.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput3A, ainput3B) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 3 must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal ainput3A becomes REVISION NO. I o I 1 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 77 of 191 equal to the random input terms 03 for the Hi Flow trip. However, the Comparator Trip is also looking at the output of another RFM so both inputs also have a 03 c term impressed on them. Therefore, the uncertainty term oinput3B for the Comparator Trip will combine two 03 c terms by SRSS. oinput3A = +/-03 = +/-2.546521% Flow And oinput3B = +/-(03 c2 + 03 c2)0.5 % Flow oinput3B = +/- (1. 669197 2 + 1.669197 2) 0.5 % Flow oinput3B = +/-2.360601% Flow A new term (oinput3A~) will be introduced at this time to account for errors associated only with the Allowable Value calculation. Per Reference 3.3 the Allowable Value determination involves all the error terms except those pertaining to the process. Therefore, oinput3A~ will equal 03 c since the difference between 03 c and 03 is the absence of the flow element error. oinput3A~ = 03 c = 1.669197% Flow 11.3.3.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (03A, 03B) Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, 03A = +/- [ (RA3A(lQ}) 2 + (RD3A(lQ) 2 + (CAL3A) 2 + (ST3AA (lQ) 2 + (oinput3A) 2] 0.5 % Flow 03A = +/-[(0.625)2 + (1.234276)2 + (0.022538)2 + ( 0 .416667) 2 + (2. 546521) 2] 0.5 % Flow 03A = +/-2.92796% Flow And 03B = +/- [(RA3A(lQ) 2 + (RD3A(lQ) 2 + (CAL3A) 2 + (ST3AB (lQ) 2 + (oinput3B)2]0.5 % Flow 03B = +/-(0.625 2 + 1.234276 2 + 0.022538 2 + 0.333333 2 + 2.360601 2) 0.5 % Flow 03B = +/-2. 756468% Flow REVISION NO. I o I 1 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 78 of 191 And 03AAV = +/- [ (RA3A(1CJ) ) 2 + (RD3A(1CJ)) 2 + (CAL3A) 2 + (ST3AA (lCJ)) 2

                         + (0input3AAV )2]0.5 % Flow 03AAV = +/-[(0.625)2 + (1.234276)2 + (0.022538)2 +

(0.416667)2 + (1.669197) 2] 0.5 % Flow 03AAV = +/-2.207804% Flow I REVISION NO. I 0 I 1 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 79 of 191 11.3.3.2 Module 3A Non-Random Errors (6e3A) 11.3.3.2.1 Humidity Errors (e3AH) Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e3AH = 0% Flow

11. 3.3.2.2 Temperature Error (e3AT)

Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e3AT = 0% Flow

11. 3.3.2.3 Radiation Error (e3AR)

Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e3AR = 0% Flow

11. 3.3.2.4 Seismic Error (e3AS)

Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e3AS = 0% Flow 11.3.3.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e3ASP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect. e3ASP = 0% Flow 11.3.3.2.6 Pressure Error (e3AP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect. e3AP = 0% Flow REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 80 of 191 11.3.3.2.7 Process Errors(e3Ap) This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors. e3Ap = 0% Flow 11.3.3.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e3AV) Since Reference 3.18 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e3AV = 0% Flow 11.3.3.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput3A, einput3B) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 3 must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal einput3A becomes equal to the non-random input term 6e3 for the Hi Flow trip. However, the Comparator Trip is also looking at the output of another RFM so the reference input also has a 6e3 term impressed on it. Since these are not random terms, it is expected that their magnitudes would be the same from each Module 3. However, the methodology of Reference 3.3 does not allow the cancellation of non-random terms. Therefore, the total error at the comparator will be the algebraic sum of two 6e3 terms. einput3A = +/-6e3 +/-1.274635% Flow And einput3B = +/-(6e3 + 6e3) % Flow einput3B = +/-(1.274635 + 1.274635) einput3B +/-2.54927% Flow REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 81 of 191 11.3.3.2.10 Non-Random Error (~e3A, ~e3B) From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.

                ~e3A =   +/-(e3AH + e3AT + e3AR + e3AS + e3ASP + e3AP +

e3Ap + e3AV + einput3A)% Flow

                ~e3A     +/-(O + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 1.274635)%

Flow

                ~e3A =   +/-1.274635% Flow And
                ~e3B     +/-(e3AH + e3AT + e3AR + e3AS + e3ASP + e3AP +

e3Ap + e3AV + einput3B)% Flow

                ~e3B     +/-(O + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 2.54927) %

Flow

                ~e3B     +/-2.54927% Flow REVISION NO. I      o       I               I              I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 82 of 191 11.4 Module 4 (APRM) The APRM will be divided into four parts for this calculation; LPRM, APRM Averaging Circuitry, Trip Circuits (Fixed), and Trip Circuits (Flow Biased). These will be designated Module 4A, 4B, 4C, and 4D respectively. This separation is performed because the vendor lists the specifications for these items separately in References 3.9 and 3.11, and because the calibration procedures of Reference 3.5 effectively make this separation. 11.4.1 Module 4A (LPRM) Classification of Module Module 4A receives a current from an incore fission chamber and provides an analog voltage output that is proportional to the input current. Therefore, Module 4A is an analog module. 11.4.1.1 Module 4A Random Error (a4A) This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 4. 11.4.1.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA4A) Per Section 8.4.1 the reference accuracy for this module is 0.8% CS. However, the reference also states that this is referred to a full scale value of 125% Power. Therefore, this value will be considered to be 0.8 x 125 or 1% Power. RA4A = 1% Power Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. RA4A(la) tRA4A/2 % Power RA4A(la) = t1/2 % Power RA4A(la) = to. 5% Power 11.4.1.1.2 Drift (RD4A) Per Section 8.4.1 the reference drift for this module is 0.8% CS per 700 hours. However, the reference also states that this is referred to a full scale value of 125% Power. Therefore, this value will be considered to be 0.8 x 125 or 1% Power. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 83 of 191 RD4A = 1% Power/700 HRS Table 4.3.1.1-1 of Reference 3.7 states that "The LPRMs shall be calibrated at least once per 1000 effective full power hours (EFPH)." However, Table 4.3.1.1-1 of Reference 3.7 states that the APRM Gain Adjustment Factor (GAF) shall be calibrated weekly. This effectively calibrates out the LPRM drift term each week. Since this time period plus the 25% late factor is shorter than vendor specified drift time period, the vendor drift value will be used as is (Section 2.1.b). Therefore, the value used for the Surveillance Interval (RD4ATSI) will be 700 hours, thereby making the drift extension term equal to 1. Also, per Assumption 5.1, RD4A is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This will be converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2.

                                +/- (RD4A/2) * (RD4ATSI/RD4AT) 0.5 % Power
                                +/-(1/2)*(700/700)0.s % Power
                                +/-0.5% Power 11.4.1.1.3      Calibration Uncertainty (CAL4A)

The uncertainties associated with calibrating the LPRM Card are composed of the uncertainties in setting the input signal and the uncertainties in reading the output signal. Per References 3.5.h, and 3.5.q the DMM used should have an accuracy of at least +/- 0.01 Vdc. If this is considered a two sigma value per Assumption 5.1, the one sigma requirement, which makes it compatible with the DMM data from Reference 3.4, would be 0.01/2 or +/-0.005 Vdc. Since both uses of the DMM in measurements applicable to this calculation are to measure 10 Vdc, the span (RV4ACURS) is the same for both measurements. Converting this error term to % CS gives RAMTE 1 4A (DMM) +/-(RA4ADMM /RV4ACURS)*100 % CS RAMTE1 4A (DMM) +/-(0.005/10)*100 % CS RAMTE1 4A (DMM) = +/-O. 05% CS This value will also be used for RAMTE2 4A (DMM) since the output span is also 10 Vdc. The first use of the DMM is to set the reference voltage for the built-in input current source. Once the reference voltage is set the accuracy of the current source is +/-1.0% REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 84 of 191 (Reference 3.9) Since the procedures use the current source to make the LPRM read full scale, this error term will be considered +/-1% CS. Since the DMM is a digital instrument the reading error terms at both the input and output (REMTEI 4A (DMM)' REMTE2 4A (DMM>>) are equal to 0% CS. The input current source is also digital since the current is set by digital decade switches. Therefore, REMTEI 4A (CURS) is also 0% CS. From Reference 3.3, MTEI = [(RAMTEl/n) 2 + REMTEI 2 ] 0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term. The DMM has been converted to a one sigma term in the text above; therefore, n is equal to 1 for this term. The current source, however, is a vendor specified error term and is, therefore, considered to be a two sigma term. MTEI for this calculation is, therefore, MTE1 4A = +/- [ (RAMTEI 4A (DMM) In) 2 + (RAMTEI 4A (CURs) In) 2 REMTEI 4A (DMM)2 + REMTEI 4A (CURs)2] 0.5 % CS MTE1 4A +/- [(0.05/1) 2 + (1/2) 2 + 0 2 + 0 2 ] 0.5 % CS MTE1 4A +/-O. 502494% CS The output calibration uses only the DMM and its error terms have been discussed above. Therefore, the total output MTE error term is MTE2 4A = +/- [ (RAMTE2 4A (DMM) ) 2 + (REMTE2 4A (DMM>>) 2] 0.5 % CS

                              +/-0.05% CS From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only terms which contribute to CAL4A are the MTEI and MTE2 terms.

For this calculation CAL4A +/- [ (MTEI 4A ) 2 + (MTE2 4A ) 2] 0.5 % CS CAL4A +/- [0.502494 2 + 0.05 2 ] 0.5 % CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 85 of 191 CAL4A = +/-0.504975% CS 11.4.1.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST4A) The setting tolerance for the LPRM is the combination of the input and output setting tolerances. However, References 3.5.h and 3.5.q give no setting tolerances for the three measurements used to calibrate the LPRM gain. From Assumption 5.4 the setting tolerance will, therefore, be assumed equal to the reference accuracy of the applicable test instrument. For this particular application then the setting tolerances are: ST4ADMM = +/-RAMTE1 4A (DMM) = +/-RAMTE2 4A (DMMl = +/-O. 05% CS ST4Aam.s = +/-RAMTE1 4A (CURS) = +/-1% CS The total setting tolerance for the LPRM is the combination of two input terms (ST4ADMM and ST4Aam.s) and one output term (ST4ADMM ) by SRSS. From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values. However, ST4ADMM is already the result of dividing the original procedural value by 2. Therefore, it must now be multiplied by 2/3 to make it a one sigma value for setting tolerance. ST4Aam.s is still as it was given by the vendor and, therefore, must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms. The total setting tolerance ST4A(10") is then

                                +/- { [ (ST4ADMM ) * (2/3) ] 2 + (ST4Aam.s/3) 2 +

[(ST4ADMM )*(2/3)]2}O.S % CS

                                +/-{[(0.05)*(2/3)P + (1/3)2 +

[(0.05) * (2/3)] 2}O.S % CS ST4A(10") = +/-0.33665% CS 11.4.1.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput4A) In addition to its own error terms, Module 4A also operates on the error terms from an incore fission detector. From Section 4.5 of Reference 3.13 the primary element accuracy (PEA) for the incore fission detector is a combination of sensor sensitivity and sensor non-linearity uncertainties. The sensitivity of the detectors decreases with neutron fluence. The average sensitivity loss, and its two sigma variation, for all GE LPRM detectors has been determined to be: REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 86 of 191 Sensor Sensitivity Loss (SSL B ) 0.33% (bias term) (100% Power) Sensor Sensitivity Loss (SSL R ) +/-0.20% (random term) (100% Power) The detector non-linearity and its two sigma variation (in the power range) have been determined to be: Sensor Non-linearity (SNL B ) = 0.49% (bias term) (100% Power) Sensor Non-linearity (SNL R ) +/-1% (random term) (0 to 120% Power) The total sensor uncertainty can be obtained by adding the bias terms (PEA4A (B)) and combining the random terms by SRSS (PEA4A (R))' The result is: PEA4A (B) SSLB + SNLB % Power PEA4A (B) 0.33 + 0.49 % Power PEA4A (B) 0.82 % Power From Section 4.11, for the three low power trips, SNL B will be set to zero leaving only SSLB as the bias term for PEA. PEA4A (LPB) = SSLB = 0.33 % Power Combining the random terms gives: PEA4A (R) = +/-[(SSL R )2 + (SNL R )2]o.5 % Power PEA4A (R) +/- [(0.2) 2 + (1) 2] 0.5 % Power PEA4A (R) +/-1.019804% Power For the low power trips the random terms of PEA are the same as for the high power trips. Therefore, PEA4A (LPR) = PEA4A (R) = 1.019804% Power For this calculation the random uncertainty terms (PEA4A (R) and PEA4A (LPR)) are equal to ainput4A and ainput4ALP respectively. The bias uncertainty terms (PEA4A (B) and PEA4 4A (LPB)) are equal to einput4A and einput4ALP respectively. The bias terms will be covered in Section 11.4.1.2.9. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 87 of 191 ainput4A +/-PEA4A (R) +/-1.019804% Power And ainput4ALP = +/-PEA4A (LPR) = +/-1.019804% Power Per Reference 3.3 the process errors are not included in the determination of Allowable Value. Therefore, ainput4A~ = 0% Power 11.4.1.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (a4A and a4ALP ) Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a4A = +/-[(RA4A(lU))2 + (RD4A(lu))2 + (CAL4A)2 + (ST4A(lU))2 + (ainput4A) 2] 0.5 % CS However, since RA4A, RD4A, and ainput4A are in terms of percent power while the other terms are percent calibrated span, these terms will be removed from the equation and carried through to the APRM Averaging Circuitry separately. Therefore, for this section the equation for a4A is: a4A = +/- [ (CAL4A) 2 + (ST4A(lU)) 2] 0.5 % CS a4A = +/-[(0.504975)2 + (0.33665)2]O.5 % CS a4A +/-O. 606904% CS And a4App = +/- [ (RA4A(lU)) 2 + (RD4A(lU)) 2] 0.5% Power a4App a4App +/-0.707107% Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 88 of 191 11.4.1.2 Module 4A Non-Random Errors (6e4A) 11.4.1.2.1 Humidity Errors (e4AH) Since Reference 3.9 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4AH = 0% CS 11.4.1.2.2 Temperature Error (e4AT) Since Reference 3.9 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4AT = 0% CS 11.4.1.2.3 Radiation Error (e4AR) Since Reference 3.9 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4AR = 0% CS 11.4.1.2.4 Seismic Error (e4AS) Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e4AS = 0% CS 11.4.1.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e4ASP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect. e4ASP = 0% CS 11.4.1.2.6 Pressure Error (e4AP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect. e4AP = 0% CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 89 of 191 11.4.1.2.7 Process Errors(e4Ap) This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors. e4Ap = 0% CS 11.4.1.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e4AV) Since Reference 3.9 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4AV = 0% CS 11.4.1.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput4A) In addition to its own error terms, Module 4A also operates on the error terms from an incore fission detector. This was discussed in Section 11.4.1.1.5. The value of einput4A was determined to be: einput4A = (PEA4A (Bl) 0.82% Power And einput4ALP = PEA4A (LPBl = 0.33% Power Per Reference 3.3 the process errors are not included in the determination of Allowable Value. Therefore, einput4A~ = 0% Power 11.4.1.2.10 Non-Random Error (~e4A) From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.

                 ~e4A =  +/-(e4AH + e4AT + e4AR + e4AS + e4ASP + e4AP +

e4Ap + e4AV + einput4A)% CS However, since einput4A, einput4A~,and einput4ALP are in terms of percent power while the other terms are percent calibrated span, these terms will be removed from the equation and carried through to the APRM Averaging Circuitry separately. Therefore, for this section the equation for

            ~e4A is:

REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 90 of 191

               ~e4A   +/-(e4AH + e4AT + e4AR + e4AS + e4ASP + e4AP +

e4Ap + e4AV)% CS

               ~e4A   +/-(O + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0)% CS
               ~e4A   +/-O% CS REVISION NO. I      o      I              I               I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 91 of 191

11. 4.2 Module 4B (APRM Averaging Circuitry)

Classification of Module Module 4B receives analog inputs from multiple LPRM cards. These signals are averaged and then operated on by an adjustable gain factor resulting in an analog output that is some multiple of the average of the input signals. Therefore, Module 4B is an analog module. 11.4.2.1 Module 4B Random Error (a4B) This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 4B. 11.4.2.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA4B) Per Section 8.4.1 the reference accuracy for this module is: RA4B = 0.8% CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. RA4B (la) = +/-RA4B/2 % CS RA4B(la) = +/-O. 8/2 % CS RA4B(la) +/-0.4% CS 11.4.2.1.2 Drift (RD4B) Per Section 8.4.1 the reference drift for this module is: RD4B = 0.5% CS/700 Hrs Table 4.3.1.1-1 of Reference 3.7 states that the APRM Gain Adjustment Factor (GAF) shall be calibrated weekly. Since this time period is shorter than vendor specified drift time period, the vendor drift value will be used as is. Also, per Assumption 5.1, RD4B is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This will be converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. RD4B (la) +/- (RD4B/2) % CS RD4B(la} = +/- (0.5/2) % CS RD4B(la) +/-0.25% CS REVISION NO. I a I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 92 of 191 11.4.2.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL4B) The uncertainties associated with calibrating the APRM gain are composed entirely of the uncertainties associated with the process computer. The process computer determines the core thermal power by heat balance. This can be considered the input to the calibration. The process computer also reads the APRM output and compares the two. The result of the comparison is the APRM Gain Adjustment Factor term (AGAF). Therefore for this calculation RAMTE1 4B is the 1 accuracy with which the process computer determines core thermal power and RAMTE2 4B is the accuracy with which the l process computer reads the APRM output signal. Per Assumption 5.5 1 both of these terms are considered zero. In addition since the output of the process computer is a l digi tal printout REMTE1 4B and REMTE2 4B are zero. 1 From Reference 3.3 1 MTE1 = [(RAMTE1/n) 2 + REMTE1 2] 0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term. If the reference accuracy terms for the process computer are considered two sigma values MTE1 for l this calculation is: MTE1 4B +/- [(0/2) 2 + 0 2] 0.5 % CS MTE1 4B = +/-O% CS Likewise 1 MTE2 4B is:

                                +/- [ (RAMTE2 4B /2) 2 + (REMTE2 4B ) 2] 0.5 % CS MTE2 4A  =    +/- [(0/2) 2 + 0 2] 0.5 % CS MTE2 4A       +/-O% CS From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible.                 Therefore the only 1

terms which contribute to CAL4B are the MTE1 and MTE2 terms. For this calculation CAL4B CAL4B = +/-[02 + 0 2]0.5 % CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 93 of 191 CAL4B = +/-O% CS 11.4.2.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST4B) The setting tolerance for the APRM gain calibration is the allowance in the AGAF setting. From References 3.5.g and 3.5.p this allowance (ST4B) is +/-0.02 from the ideal value of 1.00. Since the AGAF calibration is usually performed when the reactor is operating near 100% power this translates into an setting tolerance (ST4B%)of +/-2% Power. Since full scale output of the APRM is 125% this term can be converted to percent calibrated span by multiplying by 100/125. From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values. Therefore, ST4B% must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms. Combining this operation with the conversion to percent calibrated span gives ST4B(la) +/-ST4B%*(100/125)/3 % CS ST4B(la) +/-2*(100/125)/3 % CS ST4B(la) +/-0.533333% CS 11.4.2.1.5 Process Measurement Accuracy (PMA) Section 4.5 of Reference 3.13 contains an error term called PMA which is applicable to the APRMs. PMA is a combination of APRM tracking error and the uncertainty due to neutron noise. This reference states that for the MSIV closure transient event, which is one of the more severe events, the APRM tracking error (TRAC) is 1.11% and the uncertainty due to neutron noise (NN) is typically 2.0% for fixed upscale trips. However, for trips primarily involved with slow transients (flow biased trips including STP, APRM Downscale, APRM Setdown Rod Block, and APRM Setdown Scram ) the neutron noise will help the signal actuate the trip. Therefore, a value of zero will be used for neutron noise for these trips. The tracking error is the uncertainty of the maximum deviation of APRM readings with LPRM failures or bypasses during a power transient. For the low power trips the tracking accuracy is negligible. The neutron noise is the global neutron flux noise in the reactor core with a typical dominant frequency of approximately 0.3 to 0.5 Hertz and a typical maximum peak-to-peak amplitude of approximately 5 to 10 percent. Since both error terms are independent and random they can be combined by SRSS. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 94 of 191 PMA +/- (TRAC 2 + NN 2 ) 0.5 % Power PMA = +/-(1.11 2 + 2 2 )°.5 % Power PMA +/-2.287378% Power And PMAFB = 1.11% Power For the low power trips: PMALP = 0% Power These are considered to be a 2 sigma values and must be divided by 2 in order to make them compatible with the other error terms. PMAla +/-PMA/2 % Power PMA la = +/-2. 287378/2 % Power PMAla +/-1.143689% Power And PMAFB (la) = +/-PMAFB /2 % Power PMAFB(la) = +/-1.11/2 % Power PMAFB(la) = +/-O. 555% Power Per Reference 3.3 the process errors are not included in the determination of Allowable Value. Therefore, PMAAV = 0% Power 11.4.2.1.6 Input Uncertainty (ainput4B) In addition to its own error terms, Module 4B also operates on the error terms from Module 4A. Therefore, the random error terms a4A, a4App , ainput4A, ainput4AAv ' and ainput4ALP from the LPRMs must be transferred through the Averaging Circuitry. The resultant terms will be ainput4B, ainput4B~, and ainput4B LP for this module. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 95 of 191 Since a4A is in % CS and a4App , ainput4A, ainput4A~, and ainput4ALP are in % power the terms must be treated differently when being transferred through the Averaging Circuitry. If N LPRMs are being averaged the gain associated with each LPRM through the averaging circuit is l/N. This applies to a4A, a4App , ainput4A, ainput4AAv ' and ainput4ALP . Following the averaging function there is a gain function (GAP~) that is used for the AGAF adjustment. Since a4App , ainput4A, ainput4A~, and ainput4ALP are in % power and the output is also in % power the gain function has no effect. However, a4A is in % CS and the gain function has the effect of changing the calibrated span. Therefore, a4A must be multiplied by GAP~. Based on this discussion then a4A is propagated through the Averaging Circuitry by the factor G~~/N while ainput4A is only operated on by liN. If the random error terms from N LPRMs are combined by SRSS the result is: ainput4B cs and ainput4B pp +/- [N (ainput4A/N) 2 + N (a4App /N) 2] 0.5 % Power ainput4B pp +/- [ (ainput4A) 2 + (a4App ) 2] o,s/N°' S % Power From Table 3.3.1-1 of Reference 3.7 the minimum number of LPRMs which must be in the average in order for an APRM to be considered operable is 14. Using this value in the above equations gives: ainput4B cs ainput4B cs = +/- (0.606904*2.5) /14°*5 % CS ainput4B cs +/-0.405505% CS And ainput4B pp = +/- [ (ainput4A) 2 + (a4App ) 2] o,s/N°' S % Power ainput4B pp +/- [(1.019804) 2 + (0.707107) 2] 114°. 5 % Power ainput4B pp +/-0.331663 % Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 96 of 191 And ainput4B pp (LP) +/- [ (ainput4ALP ) 2 + (a4App ) 2] 0.5/NO. 5 % Power ainput4B pp (LP) +/-[(1.019804)2 + (0.707107)2]0.5/14°*5 % Power ainput4B pp (LP) = +/-O. 331663 % Power And ainput4B Av +/- [ (ainput4AAv ) 2 + (a4A pp ) 2] 0.5 /NO. 5 % Power ainput4B Av +/-0.188982% Power 11.4.2.1.7 Determination of Module Random Error (a4B) Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a4B = +/-[(RA4B(lU>>)2 + (RD4B(lu>>)2 + (CAL4B)2 + (ST4B(lu>>)2 + (PMA1U ) 2 + (ainput4B) 2] 0.5 % CS However, since ainput4B pp , ainput4B pp (LP)' PMA1u , PMAFB (lU)' PMALP ' and PMA~ are in terms of percent power while the other terms are percent calibrated span, these terms will be removed from the equation until the combination of the first four terms, plus ainput4B cs ' has been performed and the result converted to percent power by multiplying by 125/100. Then this result will be combined with ainput4B pp , ainput4B pp (LP)' and PMA1U using SRSS. Therefore, for this section the equation for a4BI is: a4BI = +/-[(RA4B(lU>>)2 + (RD4B(lu>>)2 + (CAL4B)2 + (ST4B(lu>>)2

                             + (ainput4B cs ) 2] 0.5 % CS a4BI =    +/-[(O.4)2 + (0.25)2 + (0)2 + (0.533333)2 +

( 0 . 405505) 2] 0.5 % CS a4BI = +/-O. 819377% CS Converting this to percent power gives: a4BI pp +/-a4BI*(125/100) % Power a4BI pp +/-0.819377*(125/100) % Power a4BI w = +/-1.024221% Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 97 of 191 Now this can be combined with ainput4B and + PMAl~ using SRSS to obtain a4B. a4B pB will be created for use with the flow biased trips, a4B~ will be created for use with the Allowable Value calculation, and a4B LP will be created for use with the low power trips. a4B = +/- [ (a4BI pp ) 2 + (ainput4B pp ) 2 + (PMAl~) 2] 0.5 % Power a4B = +/-[(1.024221)2 + (0.331663)2 + (1.143689)2]0.5 % Power a4B = +/-1.570686% Power And a4B pB = +/-[(a4Bl pp )2 + (ainput4B pp )2 + (PMAFB(1~>>)2]0.5 % Power a4B pB +/-[(1.024221)2 + (0.331663)2 + (0.555)2]0.5 % Power a4B~ = +/-1.21122% Power And a4B LP = a4B LP +/-[(1.024221)2 + (0.331663)2 + (0)2]0.5 % Power a4B LP +/-1.076582% Power And a4B AV +/- [(a4Bl pp ) 2 + (ainput4B Av ) 2 + (PMAAV ) 2] 0.5 % Power a4B AV +/-[(1.024221)2 + (0.188982)2 + (0)2]0.5 % Power a4B AV +/-1.041510% Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 98 of 191 11.4.2.2 Module 4B Non-Random Errors (~e4B) 11.4.2.2.1 Humidity Errors (e4BH) Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4BH = 0% CS

11. 4.2.2.2 Temperature Error (e4BT)

Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4BT = 0% CS 11.4.2.2.3 Radiation Error (e4BR) Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4BR = 0% CS 11.4.2.2.4 Seismic Error (e4BS) Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e4BS = 0% CS 11.4.2.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e4BSP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect. e4BSP = 0% CS 11.4.2.2.6 Pressure Error (e4BP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect. e4BP = 0% CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 99 of 191

11. 4.2.2.7 Process Errors(e4Bp)

This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors other than that previously discussed in Section 11.4.2.1.5. e4Bp = 0% CS

11. 4.2.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e4BV)

Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4BV = 0% CS 11.4.2.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput4B) In addition to its own error terms, Module 4B also operates on the error terms from the LPRMs. The non-random error from the LPRMs was kept in two terms since one is in % CS (~e4A) and the other in % Power (einput4A). As was done for the random terms the % CS term must be operated on by the APRM gain (GM~) whereas the % Power term is not affected by the gain. For N LPRMs being averaged the result is: einput4B cs einput4B~ = 2.5*0 % CS einput4B~ = 0% CS And einput4B pp = N*(l/N)*(einput4A) = einput4A % Power einput4B~ = 0.82% Power And einput4B pp (LP) N* (l/N) * (einput4ALP ) einput4ALP % Power einput4B~(~) = 0.33% Power And einput4B~ = N*(l/N)*(einput4A~) = einput4A~ % Power einput4B AV 0% Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 100 of 191 These four terms will be carried forward to the next section where they will be combined after the % CS terms are converted to % Power. 11.4.2.2.10 Non-Random Error (~e4B) From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.

                 ~e4B~        +/-(e4BH + e4BT + e4BR + e4BS + e4BSP + e4BP +

e4Bp + e4BV + einput4B cs )% CS

                 ~e4Bcs   =   +/- (0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) % CS L;e4B cs =   +/-O% CS This will now be converted to % Power and added to einput4B pp to obtain the total L;e4B.

L;e4B +/-L;e4B~*(125/100) + einput4B~ % Power L;e4B +/-0*(125/100) + 0.82 % Power L;e4B = +/-0.82% Power And

                             +/-L;e4B cs * (125/100) + einput4B pp (LP) % Power L;e4B LP = +/-0*(125/100) + 0.33 % Power
                 ~e4B~     = +/-0.33% Power And
                             +/-~e4B~*(125/100) + einput4B~          % Power
                             +/-0*(125/100) + 0 % Power
                             +/-O% Power REVISION NO. I        o          I                 I                   I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 101 of 191

11. 4.3 Module 4C (Trip Circuits - Fixed)

Classification of Module Module 4C receives an analog input from the Averaging Circuitry and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal and the reference value. Therefore, Module 4C is a bistable module. 11.4.3.1 Module 4C Random Error (a4C) This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 4C. 11.4.3.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA4C) Per Section 8.4.1 the reference accuracy for this module is: RA4C = 1% CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. In the same step this will be converted to % Power by multiplying by 125/100. RA4C(1<T) = +/-(RA4C/2)*(125/100) % Power RA4C(1<T) +/-(1/2)*(125/100) % Power RA4C(1<T) = +/-O. 625% Power 11.4.3.1.2 Drift (RD4C) Per Section 8.4.1 the reference drift for this module is: RD4C = 1% CS/700 HRS Tables 4.3.1.1-1 and 4.3.6-1 of Reference 3.7 give the surveillance interval (RD4CTSI) for all trip functions as 26 weeks (semi-annually). In addition, a 25% late factor will added to the required value. Per Reference 3.8 drift is considered a random function and can be extended to a longer period by the square root of the ratio of the time periods per Section 2.2.5 of Reference 3.13. Per Assumption 5.1, the drift value is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2, and then to % Power by multiplying by REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-G2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 102 of 191 125/100. RD4CTSI is converted to hours by multiplying by 168. The one sigma drift is then: RD4C (1<1) +/- (RD4C/2) * (125/100) * [ (1.25 *RD4CTSI *168) /RD4CT] 0.5

                                    % Power RD4C(1<1) =      +/-(1/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*26*168)/700]O.5 % Power RD4C(1<1)        +/-1.74553% Power 11.4.3.1.3        Calibration Uncertainty (CAL4C)

The uncertainties associated with calibrating the trip circuits are composed entirely of the uncertainties associated with the DMM used to set the input trip voltage. Per the applicable procedures of Reference 3.5 a Fluke Model 8500A is specified for this function. From Section 9.1 the error associated with this instrument is 0.00018 Vdc (RAMTEI 4c ) ' Since this is a digital instrument REMTE1 4c is equal to zero. From Reference 3.3, MTEI = [(RAMTEl/n) 2 + REMTEI 2] 0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term. The values of the error terms from Reference 9.1 are already expressed in one sigma terms. Therefore, the value of n is 1. MTE1 4C = +/- [ (RAMTEI 4c /l) 2 + REMTEI 4c2] 0.5 Vdc MTE1 4c = +/-[(0.00018/1)2 + 0 2]°.5 Vdc MTE1 4C +/-O. 00018 Vdc This can be converted to % Power by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN) and multiplying by the full scale power (125) . MTEI 4C (pp) +/- [ (MTEI 4c /SPAN4CIN) *125] % Power MTEI 4C (pp) = +/- [(0.00018/10) *125] % Power MTEI 4C (pp) +/-0.00225% Power From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only term which contributes to CAL4C is the MTEI term. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 103 of 191 Therefore, for this section CAL4C +/-MTEI 4C (pp) = +/-O. 00225% Power 11.4.3.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST4C) The setting tolerance listed in the applicable procedures of Reference 3.5 for this function is 0.04 Vdc. This can be converted to % Power by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN) and multiplying by the full scale power (125). From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values. Therefore, ST4C must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms. Combining this operation with the conversion to percent power gives ST4C(l(1) = +/- [(ST4CISPAN4CIN) *125] 13 % Power ST4C(1(1) +/-[(0.04/10)*125]/3 % Power ST4C(1(1) +/-0.166667% Power 11.4.3.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput4C and ainput4C LP ) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 4B must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal ainput4C and ainput4C LP become equal to the random input terms a4B and a4B~ respectively. ainput4C = +/-a4B = +/-1.570686% Power And ainput4C LP = +/-a4B LP = +/-1.076582% Power And ainput4C~ = +/-a4B~ = +/-1.04151% Power

11. 4.3.1. 6 Determination of Module Random Error (a4C, a4C~, and a4C LP )

Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a4C = +/- [ (RA4C (1(1) ) 2 + (RD4C (1(1) ) 2 + (CAL4C) 2 + (ST4C (1(1)) 2 + (ainput4C) 2] 0.5 % Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY I CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 104 of 191 a4C = +/-[(0.625)2 + (1.74553)2 + (0.00225)2 + (0.166667)2

                            + (1.570686)2]0.5 % Power a4C       +/-2. 435639% Power And a4C LP     +/- [ (RA4C(11J)) 2 + (RD4C(11J)) 2 + (CAL4C) 2 + (ST4C(lIJ)) 2
                             + (ainput4CLP ) 2] 0.5 % Power a 4 CLP    +/- [ (0 . 625) 2 + ( 1 . 74553 ) 2 + ( 0 . 00225) 2 +

( 0 . 1666 6 7 ) 2 + ( 1 . 076 582 ) 2] 0.5 % Powe r a4C LP = +/-2.150421% Power And

                             +/-[(RA4C(11J))2 + (RD4C(11J))2 +           (CAL4C)2 +   (ST4C(11J)) 2
                             + (ainput4C Av ) 2] 0.5 % Power
                             +/-[(0.625)2 + (1.74553)2 + (0.00225)2 +

(0.166667) 2 + (1.04151) 2] 0.5 % Power

                             +/-2.133079% Power I

REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY I CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 105 of 191 11.4.3.2 Module 4C Non-Random Errors (L:e4C, L:e4CAv , and L:e4CLP ) 11.4.3.2.1 Humidity Errors (e4CH) Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4CH = 0% CS 11.4.3.2.2 Temperature Error (e4CT) Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4CT = 0% CS 11.4.3.2.3 Radiation Error (e4CR) Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4CR = 0% CS 11.4.3.2.4 Seismic Error (e4CS) Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e4CS = 0% CS

11. 4.3.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e4CSP)

This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect. e4CSP = 0% CS 11.4.3.2.6 Pressure Error (e4CP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect. e4CP = 0% CS I REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY I CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 106 of 191

11. 4.3.2.7 Process Errors(e4Cp)

This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors. e4Cp = 0% CS 11.4.3.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e4CV) Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4CV = 0% CS 11.4.3.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput4C and einput4CLP ) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 4B must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal, einput4C and einput4C LP become equal to the non-random input terms ~e4B and ~e4B~ respectively. einput4C = +/-~e4B = +/-0.82% Power And einput4CLP = +/-~e4BLP +/-0.33% % Power And einput4C~ = +/-~e4B~ = +/-O% Power 11.4.3.2.10 Non-Random Error (~e4C) From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms. The % CS terms will also be converted to % Power by multiplying by 125/100.

                     ~e4C      +/-(125/100)*(e4CH + e4CT + e4CR + e4CS + e4CSP
                               + e4CP + e4Cp + e4CV) + einput4C% Power
                     ~e4C      +/-(125/100)*(0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) +

0.82 % Power

                     ~e4C      +/-0.82% Power I

REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY I CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 107 of 191 And

                          +/-(125/100)*(e4CH + e4CT + e4CR + e4CS + e4CSP
                          + e4CP + e4Cp + e4CV) + einput4C u % Power
                          +/-(125/100)*(0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) +

0.33 % Power

                          +/-0.33% Power And
                 ~e4C~ =  +/-(125/100)*(e4CH + e4CT + e4CR + e4CS + e4CSP
                          + e4CP + e4Cp + e4CV) + einput4C~ % Power
                 ~e4C~    +/-(125/100)*(0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) + 0
                          % Power
                          +/-O% Power REVISION NO. I      o       I              I               I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 PAGE 108 of 191

11. 4.4 Module 4D (Trip Circuit - Flow Biased)

Classification of Module Module 4D receives an analog input from the Averaging Circuitry and the Flow Summer (Module 3), and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal from the Averaging Circuitry and the reference value, which is a function of the Flow Summer signal. Therefore, Module 4D is a bistable module. 11.4.4.1 Module 4D Random Error (a4D) This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 4D. 11.4.4.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA4D) Per Section 8.4.1 the reference accuracy for this module is: RA4D = 1% CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. In the same step this will be converted to % Power by multiplying by 125/100. RA4D(1<T) +/-(RA4D/2) *(125/100) % Power RA4D(1<T) +/-(1/2)*(125/100) % Power RA4D(1<T) +/-0.625% Power

11. 4.4.1. 2 Drift (RD4D)

Per Section 8.4.1 the reference drift for this module is: RD4D = 1% CS/700 HRS Table 4.3.1.1-1 and 4.3.6-1 of Reference 3.7 give the surveillance interval (RD4DTSI) for all trip functions as 26 weeks (semi-annually). In addition, a 25% late factor will added to the required value. Per Reference 3.8 drift is considered a random function and can be extended to a longer period by the square root of the ratio of the time periods per Section 2.2.5 of Reference 3.13. Per Assumption 5.1, the drift value is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by REVISION NO. o

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY I CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 109 of 191 dividing by 2, and then to % Power by multiplying by 125/100. RD4DTSI is converted to hours by multiplying by 168. The one sigma drift is then: RD4D (la) +/- (RD4D/2) * (125/100) * [ (1.25 *RD4DTSI* 168) /RD4DT] 0.5

                                       % Power RD4D(la)     =    +/-(1/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*26*168)/700P*s % Power RD4D(la)          +/-1.74553% Power 11.4.4.1.3        Calibration Uncertainty (CAL4D)

The uncertainties associated with calibrating the trip circuits are composed entirely of the uncertainties associated with the DMM used to set the input trip voltage. Per the applicable procedures of Reference 3.5 a Fluke Model 8500A is specified for this function. From Section 9.1 the error associated with this instrument is 0.00018 Vdc (RAMTE1 4D ) . Since this is a digital instrument REMTE1 4D is equal to zero. From Reference 3.3, MTE1 = [(RAMTE1/n) 2 + REMTE1 2 ] 0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term. The values of the error terms from Reference 9.1 are already expressed in one sigma terms. Therefore, the value of n is 1. MTE1 4D +/- [(RAMTE1 4D /1) 2 + REMTE1 4D 2 ] 0.5 Vdc MTE1 4D +/- [(0.00018/1) 2 + 02 ] 0.5 Vdc MTE1 4D = +/-O. 00018 Vdc This can be converted to % Power by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN - Both Fixed and Flow Biased trips have the same input span) and multiplying by the full scale power (125) . MTE1 4D (pp) +/- [ (MTE1 4D /SPAN4CIN) *125] % Power MTE1 4D (pp) = +/-[(0.00018/10)*125] % Power MTE1 4D (PPl +/-0.00225% Power From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration i REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision Iftt COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY q1t6 CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 110 of 191 standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only term which contributes to CAL4D is the MTE1 term. Therefore, for this section CAL4D = +/-MTE1 4D (pp) = +/-O. 00225% Power 11.4.4.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST4D) The setting tolerance listed in the applicable procedures for this function is 0.04 Vdc. This can be converted to % Power by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN) and multiplying by the full scale power (125). From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values. Therefore, ST4D must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms. Combining this operation with the conversion to percent power gives ST4D(lO) = +/- [ (ST4D/SPAN4CIN) *125] /3 % Power ST4D(lo) = +/-[(0.04/10)*125]/3 % = +/-0.166667% Power 11.4.4.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput4D) The Module 4D input error (ainput4D) is the SRSS combination of random input terms from Module 4B (a4B FB )and Module 3 (a3). However, a3 must be converted from % Flow to % Power using the flow biased trip slope adjustment from Section 2.2 which accounts for setting uncertainties. 11.4.4.1.5.1 Two Loop Operation (TLO) - From Design Input 4.14, the TLO flow biased slope (FCS sp ) is 0.62 which is adjusted as FCS = FCS sp + [(0.04+0.04)/0.08]/80

                          =   0.62 + [(0.04+0.04)/0.08]/80              =  0.6325 The module 4D input uncertainty for TLO is determined as ainput4D     =   +/- [a4B FB 2 + (FCS

a3) 2] 0.5 ainput4D = +/-[1.21122 2 + (0.6325
2.546521)2]0.5 ainput4D = +/-2.015273% Power And the module 4D AV uncertainty for TLO is determined as ainput4D AV = +/-[a4BA / + (FCS
a3 c )2]O.5 ainput4DAv = +/-[(1.041510)2 + (0.6325
1.669197)2]0.5 ainput4DAv = +/-1.483033% Power REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 1(p COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY q~ CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 111 of 191 11.4.4.1.5.2 Single Loop Operation (SLO) - From Design Input 4.14, the SLO flow biased slope (FCSs~w) is 0.55 which is adjusted as FCS SW = FCS spsw + [(0.04+0.04) /0.08] /80

                       = 0.55 + [(0.04+0.04)/0.08]/80 = 0.5625 The module 4D input uncertainty for SLO is determined as ainput4D sw = +/-[a4B FB 2 + (FCS sw * (3)2]0.S ainput4D sw = +/-{1.21122 2+[(0.5625)*(2.546521)]2}0.s ainput4D~o     = +/-1.875867% Power And the module 4D AV uncertainty for SLO is determined as ainput4DAVSW = +/- [a4B AV 2 + (FCS sw

a3 c ) 2] 0.5 ainput4D AVSW = +/-[(1.041510)2 +(0.5625
1.669197)2]0.5 ainput4DAVSW = +/-1. 402255% Power 11.4.4.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error 11.4.4.1.6.1 Two Loop Operation - Total module 4D random error is a4D = +/- [RA4D(la) 2 +RD4D(la) 2 +CAL4D 2 +ST4D(la) 2 +ainput4D 2] 0.5 a4D = +/- [0.625 2 +1.74553 2 +0.00225 2 +0.166667 2 +2.015273 2] 0.5 a4D = +/-2.743466% Power And the module 4D AV random error is a4DAV = +/- [RA4D(la) 2 +RD4D(la) 2 +CAL4D 2 +ST4D(la) 2 +ainput4D A/] 0.5 a4D AV = +/- [0.625 2 +1.74553 2 +0.00225 2 +0.166667 2 +1.4830332] 0.5 a4DAV = +/-2. 380057% Power 11.4.4.1.6.2 Single Loop Operation - Total module 4D random error is a4D SW = +/- [RA4D(la)2+RD4D(la)2+CAL4D2+ST4D(la)2+(J"input4Dsw2] 0.5 a4D sw = +/- [0.625 2 +1.745532+0.002252+0.1666672+1.8758672] 0.5 a4D SW = +/-2.642756% Power And the module 4D AV random error is a4D AVSW = +/- [RA4D(la) 2+RD4D(la) 2+CAL4D 2+ST4D(la) 2+ainput4DAVSw2] os a4DAVSW = +/- [0.6252+1.745532+0.002252+0.1666672+1.4022552] 0.5 a4D AVSW = +/-2.330580% Power REVISION NO.

I 0 I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 112 of 191 11.4.4.2 Module 4D Non-Random Errors (6e4D) 11.4.4.2.1 Humidity Errors (e4DH) Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4DH = 0% CS 11.4.4.2.2 Temperature Error (e4DT) Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4DT = 0% CS 11.4.4.2.3 Radiation Error (e4DR) Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4DR = 0% CS 11.4.4.2.4 Seismic Error (e4DS) Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e4DS = 0% CS 11.4.4.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e4DSP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect. e4DSP = 0% CS 11.4.4.2.6 Pressure Error (e4DP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect. e4DP = 0% CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revisionlrc COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY qW) CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 113 of 191 11.4.4.2.7 Process Errors (e4Dp) This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors. e4Dp = 0% CS 11.4.4.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e4DV) Since Reference 3.11 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e4DV = 0% CS 11.4.4.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput4D) The module 4D input error (einput4D) is equal to the combination by algebraic addition of the non-random input terms from Module 4B (~e4B) and Module 3 (~e3). However,

            ~e3 must be converted from % Flow to % Power using the same flow biased trip slope adjustments determined in Section 11.4.4.1.5.

11.4.4.2.9.1 Two Loop Operation (TLO) - Using the FCS determined in Section 11.4.4.1.5.1, the module 4D input error for TLO is determined as einput4D = +/-[~e4B + (FCS * ~e3)] einput4D = +/-[0.82 + (0.632500

1.274635)]

einput4D = +/-1.626207% Power And the module 4D AV error for TLO is determined as einput4D~ = +/-[~e4B~ + (FCS * ~e3)] einput4D~ = +/-[O + (0.632500*1.274635)] einput4DAV = +/-O. 806207% Power 11.4.4.2.9.2 Single Loop Operation (SLO) - Using the FCS determined in Section 11.4.4.1.5.2, the module 4D input error for SLO is determined as einput4D sw = +/-[~e4B + (FCS * ~e3)] einput4D sw = +/-[0.82 + (0.562500

1.274635)]

einput4D sw = +/-1.536982% Power REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 ReViSiOn}J& COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY yIL6 CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 114 of 191 And the module 4D AV error for SLO is determined as einput4DAvSLO = +/- [L:e4B Av + (FCS

L:e3)]

einput4DAvsLO = +/- [0 + (0.562500

1.274635)]

einput4DAvSLO = +/-O. 716982% Power 11.4.4.2.10 Module 4D Non-Random Error (L:e4D) 11.4.4.2.10.1 Two Loop Operation (TLO) - the module 4D total random error for TLO is L:e4D = +/-(125/100)*(e4DH + e4DT + e4DR + e4DS + e4DSP + e4DP + e4Dp + e4DV) + einput4D L:e4D = +/-(125/100)*(0 +0 +0 +0 +0 +0 +0 +0)+ 1.626207 L:e4D = +/-1.626207 % Power And the module 4D AV error for TLO is determined as L:e4D Av = +/-(125/100)*(e4DH + e4DT + e4DR + e4DS + e4DSP + e4DP + e4Dp + e4DV) + einput4D~ L:e4D~ = +/-(125/100)*(0+0+0+0+0+0+0+0) + 0.806207 L:e4D~ = +/-0.806207 % Power 11.4.4.2.10.2 Single Loop Operation (SLO) - the module 4D total random error for SLO is L:e4D SLO = +/-(125/100)*(e4DH + e4DT + e4DR + e4DS + e4DSP + e4DP + e4Dp + e4DV) + einput4D sLO L:e4D sLO = +/-(125/100)*(0 +0 +0 +0 +0 +0 +0 +0)+ 1.536982 L:e4D sLO = +/-1.536982 % Power And the module 4D AV error for SLO is determined as L:e4D AvSLO = +/- (125/100) * (e4DH + e4DT + e4DR + e4DS + e4DSP + e4DP + e4Dp + e4DV) + einput4D~sLO L:e4DAvsLO = +/- (125/100) * (0+0+0+0+0+0+0+0) + 0.716982 L:e4D AwLO = +/-0.716982 % Power REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 115 of 191 11.5 Module 5 (RBM) The RBM will be divided into three parts for this calculation; RBM Averaging and Gain Change CircuitrYr Trip Circuits (Fixed), and Trip Circuits (Flow Biased). These will be designated Module 5A, 5B, and 5C respectively. This separation is performed for convenience and because the calibration procedures of Reference 3.5 effectively make this separation.

11. 5.1 Module 5A (RBM Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry)

Classification of Module Module 5A receives analog inputs from multiple LPRM cards. These signals are averaged and then operated on by the Gain Change Circuitry resulting in an analog output that is some multiple of the average of the input signals. Therefore r Module 5A is an analog module. 11.5.1.1 Module 5A Random Error (a5A) This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 5A. 11.5.1.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA5A) Per Section 8.5.1 the reference accuracy for this module is: RA5A = 0.8% CS The vendor also lists another accuracy term called "Accuracy of Null". This is the accuracy with which the RBM can adjust its gain so that its output is equal to the output of the reference APRM. The value for this term is: RA5ANULL = +/-1% of Point Since the maximum power at which the RBM is used is essentially 100% Power, this nulling error represents a maximum of 1% Power which can be converted to % CS by multiplying by 100/125. The nulling error and the reference accuracy can be combined using SRSS. Per Assumption 5.1, these are assumed to be 2 sigma values. They are then converted to 1 sigma values by dividing by 2. RA5A(1(T) = +/-{ (RA5A/2) 2 + [(100/125) * (RA5ANULL /2) F}o.s CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP*12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 116 of 191

                                +/- { (O . 8/2) 2 + [( 100/125) * (1 /2) ] 2}0.5 % CS RA5A(10') = +/-O. 565685% CS 11.5.1.1.2       Drift (RD5A)

Per Section 8.5.1 the reference drift for this module is: RD5A = 0.3% CS/4 Hrs The RBM automatically performs a gain adjustment each time a control rod is selected. This control rod selection process occurs much more frequently than the drift interval. Therefore, per Section 2.1.b the vendor drift data can be used as is. Per Assumption 5.1, RD5A is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This will be converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. RD5A(10') +/- (RD5A/2) % CS RD5A n O') +/- (O .3/2) % CS RD5A n O') = +/-O. 15% CS 11.5.1.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL5A) The uncertainties associated with calibrating the RBM Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry are composed entirely of the uncertainties associated with the DMM used to measure the zero offset of the amplifier on the Driver Card. Per the applicable procedures of Reference 3.5 a Fluke Model 8500A is specified for this function. From Section 9.1 the error associated with this instrument is 0.00018 Vdc (RAMTE1 5A ) . Since this is a digital instrument REMTE1 5A is equal to zero. From Reference 3.3, MTE1 = [(RAMTE1/n) 2 + REMTE1 2] 0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term. The values of the error terms from Reference 9.1 are already expressed in one sigma terms. Therefore, the value of n is 1. MTE1 5A +/- [(RAMTE1 5A /1) 2 + REMTE1 5 / ] 0.5 Vdc MTE1 4c = +/-[{0.00018/1)2 + 0 2]°.5 Vdc REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-00134S I I PAGE 117 of 191 MTE1 4C = +/-O. 00018 Vdc From Section S.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only term which contributes to CALSA is MTE1. In order to convert CALSA to % CS, MTE1 sA will be divided by the RBM span (SPAN~M) and multiplied by 100. For this calculation CALSA +/- (MTE1sA/SPAN~M) *100 % CS CALSA +/-(0.00018/10)*100 % CS CALSA +/-0.0018% CS 11.S.1.1.4 Setting Tolerance (STSA) The setting tolerance for the RBM Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry calibration is the allowance in setting the zero offset of the amplifier on the Driver Card. From the applicable procedures in Reference 3.S this allowance (STSA) is +/-0.02S Vdc. This can be converted to % CS by dividing by the RBM span (SPAN~M) and multiplying by 100. From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values. Therefore, STSA must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms. Combining this operation with the conversion to percent calibrated span gives STSA(lal = +/- [(STSA/SPAN~M) *100] /3 % CS STSA(lal +/-[(0.02S/10)*100]/3 % CS STSA(la) +/-0.083333% CS 11.S.1.1.S Process Measurement Accuracy (PMA~M) Section 4.S of Reference 3.13 contains an error term called PMA of which part is applicable to the RBMs. Although primarily applicable to large and rapid transient events, the tracking portion of this error is considered applicable to the RBM. Therefore, PMA~M = +/-1.11% Power This is considered to be a 2 sigma value and must be divided by 2 in order to make it compatible with the other error terms. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I 1PAGE 118 of 191 PMARBM(la) +/-PMARBM /2 % Power PMARBM(la) = +/-1. 11/2 % Power PMARBM(la) = +/-O. 555% Power Per Reference 3.3 process terms are not to be included in the Allowable Value determination. Therefore, PMARBM(AV) = 0% Power 11.5.1.1.6 Input Uncertainty (ainput5A) In addition to its own error terms, Module 5A also operates on the error terms from Module 4A. Therefore, the random error terms a4A, a4App , ainput4A~, and ainput4A from the LPRMs must be transferred through the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry. The resultant term will be ainput5A for this module. Since a4A is in % CS and a4App , ainput4A~, and ainput4A are in % power they term must be treated differently when being transferred through the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry. If N LPRMs are being averaged the gain associated with each LPRM through the averaging circuit is l/N. This applies to both a4A and ainput4A. Following the averaging function there is a gain function (GRBM ) that adjusts the RBM output to read the same as the reference APRM (Section 4.8). Since a4App , ainput4A~, and ainput4A are in % power and the output is also in % power the gain function has no effect. However, a4A is in % CS and the gain function has the effect of changing the calibrated span. Therefore, a4A must be multiplied by GRBM . Based on this discussion then a4A is propagated through the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry by the factor GRBM/NRBM while a4App , ainput4AAv ' and ainput4A are only operated on by l/NRBM . If the random error terms from N LPRMs are combined by SRSS the result is: ainput5Acs and ainput5App +/- {NRBM * [ (ainput4A/NRBM ) 2 + (a4App/NRBM) 2] }0.5 ainput5App = +/-[(ainput4A)2 + (a4App )2]0.s/(NRBM )0.s

                                      % Power From Section 4.5.6 of Reference 3.10 the minimum number of REVISION NO. I         o         I                  1                    r

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 119 of 191 LPRMs which must be in the average in order for an RBM to be considered operable is 2. Using this value in the above equations gives: ainput5Acs +/- (a4A*GRBM ) / (NRBM ) 0.5 % CS ainput5Acs +/- ( 0 . 606904

2 . 5) /2 0. 5 % CS ainput5Acs +/-1.072865% CS And ainput5App +/- [ (ainput4A) 2 + (a4App ) 2] 0.5/ (NRBM ) 0.5 % Power ainput5App +/- [ (1.019804) 2+ (0.707107) 2] 0.5/2 0. 5 % Power ainput5App +/-0.877496 % Power And ainput5AAv +/- [ (ainput4AAv ) 2 + (a4A pp ) 2] 0.5/ (NRBM ) 0.5 % Power ainput5A~ = +/-0.500000% Power Since the output of the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry is the output of the RBM it is desirable to have the terms 1

in % Power. ainput5Acs can be converted to % Power by multiplying by the output span (125%) and dividing by 100%. The result is: ainput5Acs(pp) = +/-ainput5Acs (125/100) % Power ainput5Acs(PPl +/-1. 072865* (125/100) % Power ainput5AcS(PPl +/-1.341081% Power Now that all uncertainty terms are in % Power they may be combined by SRSS. ainput5A +/- [ (ainput5App ) 2 + (ainput5Acs (PP) ) 2] 0.5 % Power ainput5A = +/- [(0.877496) 2 + (1.341081) 2] 0.5 % Power ainput5A +/-1.602653% Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 120 of 191 And ainput5AAAv +/- [ (ainput5AAv ) 2 + (ainput5Acs (PP) ) 2] 0.5 % Power a input 5AAAV +/- [(0.5) 2 + (1.341081) 2] 0.5 % Power ainput5AA~ = +/-1.431258% Power 11.5.1.1.7 Determination of Module Random Error (a5A) Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a5A = +/- [ (RA5A(lCT) 2 + (RD5A(lCT>> 2 + (CAL5A) 2 + (ST5A(lCT>> 2 + (PMARBM (lCT)2 + (ainput5A)2]0.5 % CS However, since ainput5A and PMARBM(lCT) are in terms of percent power while the other terms are percent calibrated span, these terms will be removed from the equation until the combination of the first four terms has been performed and the result converted to percent power by multiplying by 125/100. Then this result will be combined with ainput5A and PMARBM(lCT) using SRSS. Therefore, for this section the equation for a5AI is: a5AI = +/- [ (RA5A(lCT>> 2 + (RD5A(lCT>> 2 + (CAL5A) 2 + (ST5A(lCT>> 2] 0.5 % CS a5AI +/-[(0.565685)2 + (0.15)2 + (0.0018)2 + (0.083333)2]0.5 % CS a5AI = +/-O. 591141% CS Converting this to percent power gives: a5AI pp +/-a5AI*(125/100) % Power a5AI pp +/-0.591141*(125/100) % Power a5AI~ = +/-0.738926% Power Now this can be combined with ainput5A and PMARBM(lCT using SRSS to obtain a5A. a5A +/- [ (a5AI pp ) 2 + (ainput5A) 2 + (PMARBM(lCT>> 2] 0.5 % Power a5A +/-[(0.738926)2 + (1.602653)2 + (0.555)2]0.5 % Power a5A = +/-1.850009% Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 121 of 191 And a5AAV = +/- [ (a5AI pp ) 2+ (ainput5AAAV ) 2+ (PMARBM(AV)) 2] 0.5 % Power

                        +/- [ (0 . 73 8 92 6 ) 2+ ( 1 . 43 1258 ) 2+  (0) 2] 0.5  % Powe r a5A~   = +/-1.610749% Power REVISION NO. I       o           I                        I                         I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 122 of 191 11.5.1.2 Module 5A Non-Random Errors (~e5A) 11.5.1.2.1 Humidity Errors (e5AH) Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e5AH = 0% CS 11.5.1.2.2 Temperature Error (e5AT) Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e5AT = 0% CS

11. 5.1. 2.3 Radiation Error (e5AR)

Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e5AR = 0% CS 11.5.1.2.4 Seismic Error (e5AS) Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e5AS = 0% CS 11.5.1.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e5ASP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect. e5ASP = 0% CS 11.5.1.2.6 Pressure Error (e5AP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect. e5AP = 0% CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 123 of 191 11.5.1.2.7 Process Errors(e5Ap) This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors other than that previously discussed in Section 11.5.1.1.5. e5Ap = 0% CS 11.5.1.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e5AV) Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e5AV = 0% CS 11.5.1.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput5A) In addition to its own error terms, Module 5A also operates on the error terms from the LPRMs. The non-random error from the LPRMs was kept in three terms since one is in % CS (~e4A) and the other two in % Power (einput4A and einput4A~). As was done for the random terms the % CS term must be operated on by the RBM gain (G~M) whereas the % Power terms are not affected by the gain. For N LPRMs being averaged the result is: einput5Acs = G~M*N*(1/N)*(~e4A) = G~M*~e4A % CS einput5Acs = 2.5*0 % CS einput5Acs 0% CS And einput5App N*(1/N)*(einput4A) = einput4A % Power einput5App 0.82% Power And for the Allowable Value term: einput5AAv = N*(1/N)*(einput4A~) = einput4AAv % Power einput5AAv 0% Power These three terms will be carried forward to the next section where they will be combined after the % CS terms are converted to % Power. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 124 of 191 11.5.1.2.10 Non-Random Error (~e5A) From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.

                 ~e5Acs     +/-(e5AH + e5AT + e5AR + e5AS + e5ASP + e5AP +

e5Ap + e5AV + einput5Acs)% CS

                 ~e5Acs     +/-(O + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0)% CS
                 ~e5Acs     +/-O% CS This will now be converted to % Power and added to einput5App to obtain the total ~e5A.
                 ~e5A =  +/-~e5Acs* (125/100) + einput5App % Power
                 ~e5A =  +/-0*(125/100) + 0.82 % Power
                 ~e5A    +/-0.82% Power And
                 ~e5A~  =  +/-~e5Acs*(125/100) + einput5A~ % Power
                           +/-0*(125/100) + 0 % Power
                           +/-O% Power REVISION NO. I      o         I              I                I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-00134S I IPAGE 12S of 191

11. S. 2 Module SB (Trip Circuit - Fixed)

Classification of Module Module SB receives an analog input from the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry and provides a bistable output the I state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal and the reference value. Therefore Module SB I is a bistable module. 11.S.2.1 Module SB Random Error (aSB) This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module SB. 11.S.2.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RASB) Per Section 8.S.1 the reference accuracy for this module is: RASB = 1% CS Per Assumption S.1 this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. 1 This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. In the same step this will be converted to % Power by multiplying by 12S/100. RASB(lU) +/-(RASB/2)*(12S/100) % Power RASB(lU) = +/-(l/2)*(12S/100) % Power RASB(lU) +/-0.62S% Power 11.S.2.1.2 Drift (RDSB) Per Section 8.S.1 the reference drift for this module is: RDSB = 1% CS/700 HRS Table 4.3.6-1 of Reference 3.7 gives the surveillance interval (RDSBTSI) for all trip functions as 13 weeks (quarterly). In addition a 2S% late factor will added to l the required value. Per Reference 3.8 drift is considered a random function and can be extended to a longer period by the square root of the ratio of the time periods per Section 2.2.S of Reference 3.13. Per Assumption S.1 the drift value is assumed to be a 2 1 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2 1 and then to % Power by multiplying by REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 126 of 191 125/100. RD5BTSI is converted to hours by multiplying by 168. The one sigma drift is then: RD5B (10") +/- (RD5B/2) * (125/100) * [ (1.25 *RD5BTSI* 16 8) /RD5BT] 0.5

                                  % Power RD5B(1O") =      +/-(1/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*13*168)/700]O.S % Power RD5B(1O")        +/-1.234276% Power 11.5.2.1.3      Calibration Uncertainty (CAL5B)

The uncertainties associated with calibrating the trip circuits are composed entirely of the uncertainties associated with the DMM used to set the input trip voltage. Per the applicable procedures of Reference 3.5 a Fluke Model 8500A is specified for this function. From Section 9.1 the error associated with this instrument is 0.00018 Vdc (RAMTE1 sB ) ' Since this is a digital instrument REMTE1 sB is equal to zero. From Reference 3.3, MTE1 = [(RAMTE1/n) 2 + REMTE1 2 ] O.S where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term. The values of the error terms from Reference 9.1 are already expressed in one sigma terms. Therefore, the value of n is 1. MTE1 sB = +/- [ (RAMTE1 sB /1) 2 + REMTE1 SB 2] O.S Vdc MTE1 sB = +/- [(0.00018/1) 2 + 02 ] O.S Vdc MTE1~ +/-0.00018 Vdc This can be converted to % Power by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN - the RBM output has the same span as does the APRM) and multiplying by the full scale power (125). MTE1 sB (pp) +/- [ (MTE1 sB /SPAN4CIN) *125] % Power MTE1 SB (PPl +/-[(0.00018/10)*125] % Power MTE1 SB (pp) +/-0.00225% Power From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only term which contributes to CAL5B is the MTE1 term. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 127 of 191 Therefore, for this section CAL5B +/-MTE1 5B (pp) = +/-O. 00225% Power 11.5.2.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST5B) The setting tolerance listed in the applicable procedures for this function is 0.04 Vdc. This can be converted to % Power by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN) and multiplying by the full scale power (125). From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values. Therefore, ST5B must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms. Combining this operation with the conversion to percent power gives ST5B(1<7) = +/- [(ST5B/SPAN4CIN) *125] /3 % Power ST5B(l<7) = +/-[(0.04/10)*125]/3 % Power ST5B(1<7) +/-0.166667% Power 11.5.2.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput5B and ainput5B~) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 5A must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal ainput5B and ainput5B~ become equal to the random input terms a5A and a5AAV ' ainput5B = +/-a5A = +/-1.850009% Power And ainput5B~ = +/-a5A~ = 1.610749% Power 11.5.2.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (a5B) Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a5B = +/- [(RA5B(1<7)) 2 + (RD5B(1<7)) 2 + (CAL5B) 2 + (ST5B(1<7)) 2 + (ainput5B) 2] 0.5 % Power a5B = +/-[(0.625)2 + (1.234276)2 + (0.00225)2 + (0.166667)2 + (1.850009)2]0.5 % Power a5B +/-2.316113% Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 128 of 191 And

                      +/- [ (RA5B(11J)) 2 + (RD5B(11J>>) 2 + (CAL5B) 2 +  (ST5B(lIJ)) 2
                      + (ainput5B~)2]0.5 % Power
                      +/-[(0.625)2+(1.234276)2+(0.00225)2+(0.166667)2+

(1.610749)2]0.5 % Power

                      +/-2.129873% Power REVISION NO. I      o        I                    I                 I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 129 of 191 11.5.2.2 Module 5B Non-Random Errors (6e5B) 11.5.2.2.1 Humidity Errors (e5BH) Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e5BH = 0% CS 11.5.2.2.2 Temperature Error (e5BT) Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e5BT = 0% CS 11.5.2.2.3 Radiation Error (e5BR) Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e5BR = 0% CS

11. 5.2.2.4 Seismic Error (e5BS)

Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e5BS = 0% CS 11.5.2.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e5BSP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect. e5BSP = 0% CS 11.5.2.2.6 Pressure Error (e5BP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect. e5BP = 0% CS

11. 5.2.2.7 Process Errors(e5Bp)

This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 130 of 191 exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors. eSBp = 0% CS 11.5.2.2.8 Power Supply Effects (eSBV) Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. eSBV = 0% CS

11. 5.2.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput5B)

In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 5A must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal, einputSB and einputSB~ become equal to the non-random input term ~e5A and ~eSAAV' einputSB +/-~eSA +/-0.82% Power And einputSB~ = +/-~eSA~ = +/-O% Power

11. S .2.2.10 Non-Random Error (~eSB and ~e5B~)

From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.

                   ~e5B  =    +/-(12S/100)*(eSBH + e5BT + e5BR + eSBS + eSBSP
                              + e5BP + eSBp + eSBV) + einputSB% Power
                   ~e5B  =    +/-(12S/100)*(O + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0)+

0.82% Power

                   ~eSB       +/-0.82% Power And
                   ~e5B~      +/-(12S/100)*(eSBH + eSBT + eSBR + eSBS + eSBSP
                              + eSBP + eSBp + e5BV) + einputSB~ % Power
                   ~e5B~   = +/-(12S/100)*(0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) + 0
                              % Power
                   ~eSBAV =   +/-O% Power REVISION NO. I       o         I               I               I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-00134S I I PAGE 131 of 191

11. S. 3 Module SC (Trip Circuit - Flow Biased)

Classification of Module Module SC receives an analog input from the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry and the Flow Summer (Module 3), and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal from the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry and the reference value, which is a function of the Flow Summer signal. Therefore, Module Sc is a bistable module. 11.S.3.1 Module SC Random Error (aSC) This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module SC. 11.S.3.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RASC) Per Section 8.S.1 the reference accuracy for this module is: RASC = 1% CS Per Assumption S.l, this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. In the same step this will be converted to % Power by multiplying by 12S/100. RASC(l<T) = +/- (RASC/2) * (12S/100) % Power RASC(l<T) = +/-(1/2)*(125/100) % Power RASC(l<T) = +/-0.625% Power 11.S.3.1.2 Drift (RDSC) Per Section 8.5.1 the reference drift for this module is: RD5C = 1% CS/700 HRS Table 4.3.6-1 of Reference 3.7 gives the surveillance interval (RDSCTSI) for all trip functions as 13 weeks (semi-annually). In addition, a 2S% late factor will added to the required value. Per Reference 3.8 drift is considered a random function and can be extended to a longer period by the square root of the ratio of the time periods per Section 2.2.5 of Reference 3.13. Per Assumption 5.1, the drift value is assumed to be a 2 REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 132 of 191 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2, and then to ~ Power by multiplying by 125/100. RD5CTSI is converted to hours by multiplying by 16S. The one sigma drift is then: RD5C (1<1) +/- (RD5C/2) * (125/100) * [ (1. 25*RD5CTSI *16 8) /RD5CT] 0.5

                                   % Power RD5C(1<1) =       +/-(1/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*13*168)/700]0.5 % Power RD5C(1<1)         +/-1.234276% Power 11.5.3.1.3      Calibration Uncertainty (CAL5C)

The uncertainties associated with calibrating the trip circuits are composed entirely of the uncertainties associated with the DMM used to set the input trip voltage. Per the applicable procedures of Reference 3.5 a Fluke Model S500A is specified for this function. From Section 9.1 the error associated with this instrument is O.OOOlS vdc (RAMTE1 sc ). Since this is a digital instrument REMTE1 sc is equal to zero. From Reference 3.3, MTE1 = [(RAMTE1/n) 2 + REMTE1 2 ] 0.5 where n is the number of standard deviations applicable to the error term. The values of the error terms from Reference 9.1 are already expressed in one sigma terms. Therefore, the value of n is 1. MTE1 sc = +/- [ (RAMTE1 sc /1) 2 + REMTE1 sc 2 ] 0.5 Vdc MTE1 sc +/- [(0. 0001S/1) 2 + 02 ] 0.5 Vdc MTE1 sc +/-O. 0001S Vdc This can be converted to ~ Power by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN - Both Fixed and Flow Biased trips have the same input span as the APRM trip circuits) and multiplying by the full scale power (125). MTE1 sc (pp) +/- [ (MTE1 sc /SPAN4CIN) *125] ~ Power MTE1 sc (pp) +/-[(0.0001S/10)*125] % Power MTE1 sC (pp) +/-0.00225~ Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 133 of 191 From Section 5.2 the errors attributed to the calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only term which contributes to CAL5C is the MTEI term. Therefore, for this section CAL5C = +/-MTEl sc (pp) = +/-O. 00225% Power

11. 5.3.1. 4 Setting Tolerance (ST5C)

The setting tolerance listed in the applicable procedures for this function is 0.04 Vdc. This can be converted to % Power by dividing by the voltage span (SPAN4CIN) and multiplying by the full scale power (125). From Section 2.1.a the given setting tolerances are considered 3 sigma values. Therefore, ST4D must be divided by 3 to make it compatible with the other 1 sigma error terms. Combining this operation with the conversion to percent power gives ST5C (Ia) +/-[(ST5C/SPAN4CIN)*125]/3 % Power ST5C (la) +/-[(O.04/10)*125]/3 % Power ST5C (Ia) +/-0.166667% Power 11.5.3.1.5 Input Uncertainty (oinput5C) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 5A and Module 3 must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on these input signals oinput5C and oinput5C~ become equal to the combination by SRSS of the random input terms 05A and 03, and 05A~ and 03 c . However, before 05A and 03, and 05A~ and 03 c can be combined, 03 and 03 c must be converted from % Flow to % Power by multiplying by the slope of the curve in the Flow Controlled Trip Reference Unit. From the applicable procedures in Reference 3.5 this slope (FCSRBM(sP)) is equal to 0.66% Power per % Flow. However, per Section 2.2 this slope has been modified to account for setting uncertainties. Therefore, oinput5C = +/- [05A2 + (FCS RBM

03) 2] 0.5 % Power oinput5C = +/-{(1.850009)2 + [(O.668750)*(2.546521)]2}0.s %

Power oinput5C +/-2.514497% Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP*12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 134 of 191 For the Allowable Value determination this becomes: ainput5CAv = +/- [1.610749 2 + (0.668750*1.669197) 2] 0.5 % Power ainput5C~ = +/-1.959740% Power 11.5.3.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (a5C and a5C~) Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a5C = +/-[(RA5C(1<7)2 + (RD5C(1<7>>2 + (CAL5C)2 + (ST5C(1<7>>2 + (ainput5C) 2] 0.5 % Power a5C +/-[(0.625)2 + (1.234276)2 + (0.00225)2 + (0.166667) 2 + (2.514497) 2] 0.5 % Power a5C +/-2.874811% Power And

                          +/- [ (RA5C(1<7>> 2 + (RD5C(1<7>> 2 + (CAL5C) 2 + (ST5C(1<7>> 2
                          + (ainput5CAv ) 2] 0.5 % Power
                          +/-[(0.625)2+(1.234276)2+(0.00225)2+(0.166667)2+

(1.95974) 2] 0.5 % Power

                          +/-2.404668% Power REVISION NO. I        o          r                  1                1

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 135 of 191 11.5.3.2 Module 5C Non-Random Errors (~e5C) 11.5.3.2.1 Humidity Errors (e5CH) Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e5CH = 0% CS 11.5.3.2.2 Temperature Error (e5CT) Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e5CT = 0% CS 11.5.3.2.3 Radiation Error (e5CR) Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e5CR = 0% CS 11.5.3.2.4 Seismic Error (e5CS) Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e5CS = 0% CS 11.5.3.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e5CSP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect. e5CSP = 0% CS 11.5.3.2.6 Pressure Error (e5CP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect. e5CP = 0% CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP*12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 136 of 191 11.5.3.2.7 Process Errors (e5Cp) This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors. e5Cp = 0% CS 11.5.3.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e5CV) Since Reference 3.12 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e5CV = 0% CS 11.5.3.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput5C) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 5A and Module 3 must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on these input signals einput5C becomes equal to the combination by algebraic addition of the non-random input terms ~e5A and ~e3, and

            ~e5Aw and ~e3w. However, before ~e5A and ~e3, and ~e5Aw and ~e3w can be combined, ~e3 and ~e3w must be converted from % Flow to % Power by multiplying by the slope of the curve in the Flow Controlled Trip Reference Unit. From the applicable procedures in Reference 3.5 this slope (FCSRBM(sP))

is equal to 0.66 % Power per % Flow. However, per Section 2.2 this slope has been modified to account for setting uncertainties. Therefore, einput5C = +/-[~e5A + (FCSRBM*~e3)] % Power einput5C +/-[0.82 + (0.668750*1.274635)] % Power einput5C = +/-1.672412% Power And einput5CAv einput5CAv +/-[O + (0.668750*1.274635)] % Power einput5Cw = +/-0.852412% Power REVISION NO. I o I I 1

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 137 of 191 11.5.3.2.10 Non-Random Error (~e5C) From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms.

                ~e5C =   +/-(125/100)*(e5CH + e5CT + e5CR + e5CS + e5CSP
                         + e5CP + e5Cp + e5CV) + einput5C% Power
                ~e5C     +/-(125/100)*(O + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0)+

1.672412% Power

                ~e5C     +/-1.672412% Power And
                         +/-(125/100)*(e5CH + e5CT + e5CR + e5CS + e5CSP
                         + e5CP + e5Cp + e5CV) + einput5C~ % Power
                         +/-(125/100)*(O + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) +

0.852412 % Power

                         +/-0.852412% Power REVISION NO. I      o       I              I               I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 138 of 191 11.6 ABB Flow Unit (Module 6) Classification of Module Module 6 receives analog inputs from flow transmitters and another flow unit, and provides an output that represents the sum of two flow loops in addition to two bistable outputs representing high flow and mismatch flow. Therefore, Module 6 is both an analog and a bistable module. 11.6.1 Module 6 Analog Section This portion of the calculation evaluates the uncertainties associated with the square root converters and summer sections of the flow unit. 11.6.1.1 Module 6 Random Error (a6) This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 6. 11.6.1.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA6) Per Section 8.6.1 the reference accuracy applied to this module is the overall RFM accuracy. Per Reference 3.19 the reference accuracy for this unit is +/-1~. RA6 = 1~ CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. RA6(1") +/-RA6/2 ~ CS RA6 (1") = +/-1/2 ~ CS RA6 (1") +/-O . 5~ CS 11.6.1.1.2 Drift (RD6) Per Section 8.6.1 the reference drift applied to this module is the overall RFM drift. Per Reference 3.19 the reference drift for this unit is +/-0.5~ CS per 30 months. Since this interval is greater than the surveillance interval no adjustment needs to be made. RD6 = 0.5~ CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 139 of 191 This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. RD6(la) RD6/2 %" CS RD6(la) 0.5/2 %" CS RD6(la) +/-0.25%" CS 11.6.1.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL6) The uncertainties associated with calibrating the flow summer are composed of the uncertainties in setting the input signal and the uncertainties in reading the output signal. Per Assumption 5.9 the calibration uncertainties for this module are assumed to be the same as those for Module 3. Therefore CAL6 is equal to CAL3. I CAL6 = CAL3s~ = +/-0.025498%" CS 11.6.1.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST6) The setting tolerance for the flow summer is the combination of the input and output setting tolerances. Per Assumption 5.9 the setting tolerances for this module are assumed to be the same as those for Module 3. Therefore ST6 is equal to I ST3 and consequently ST6 (la) is equal to ST3 (la)

l I ST6(la) = ST3(la) = +/-0.04714%" CS 11.6.1.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput6)

In addition to its own error terms Module 6 also operates l on the error terms from Module 1. Per Assumption 5.9 the calibration uncertainties for this module are assumed to be similar to those for Module 3. Also since Module 2 had no l error terms (RA2 RD2) of its own its only errors were due 1 I to calibration and inputs from Module 1. Therefore the I random error terms ainput6 and ainput6 c will be equal to ainput3 and ainput3 c for this calculation. ainput6 = ainput3 = +/-1.660348%" CS For the Comparator Trip: ainput6 c = ainput3 c = +/-0.624245%" CS 11.6.1.1. 6 Determination of Module Random Error (a6) Using the methodology of Reference 3.3 1 and converting to %" REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 140 of 191 Flow by multiplying by 125/100: a6 +/-(125/100)*[(RA6(l0"))2 + (RD6(10"))2 + (CAL6)2 + (ST6 (10")) 2 + (ainput6) 2] 0.5 % Flow a6 +/-(125/100)*[(0.5)2 + (0.25)2 + (0.025498)2 + (0.04714)2 + (1.660348)2]0.5 % Flow a6 +/-2.190936% Flow For the Comparator Trip: a6 e = +/-(125/100)*[(RA6(10">>)2 + (RD6(1<J>>)2 + (CAL6)2 + (ST6 (10">>) 2 + (ainput6 e ) 2] 0.5 % Flow a6 e +/-(125/100)*[(0.5)2 + (0.25)2 + (0.025498)2 + (0.04714)2 + (0.624245)2]0.5 % Flow a6 e +/-1.049594% Flow REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 141 of 191 11.6.1.2 Module 6 Non-Random Errors (~e6) Per Section 8.6.1 the errors applied to this module are the overall RFM error terms. 11.6.1.2.1 Humidity Errors (e6H) Since Reference 3.19 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e6H = O%' CS 11.6.1.2.2 Temperature Error (e6T) Per Reference 3.19 the "Total Flow Voltage Output Temperature Effect" is e6T = 0.5%' CS 11.6.1.2.3 Radiation Error (e6R) Since Reference 3.19 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e6R = O%' CS

11. 6.1. 2.4 Seismic Error (e6S)

Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e6S = O%' CS 11.6.1.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e6SP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no static pressure effect. e6SP = 0% CS 11.6.1.2.6 Pressure Error (e6P) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore, there is no pressure effect. e6P O%' CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 142 of 191 11.6.1.2.7 Process Errors (e6p) This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors. e6p = O%" CS 11.6.1.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e6V) Since Reference 3.19 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e6V = O%" CS 11.6.1.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput6) In addition to its own error terms, Module 6 also operates on the error terms from Module 1. Per Assumption 5.9 the calibration uncertainties for this module are assumed to be similar to those for Module 3. Also, since Module 2 had no error terms (e2H, e2T, e2R, e2S, e2SP, e2P, e2p, e2V) of its own, its only errors were due to calibration and inputs from Module 1. Therefore, the random error term einput6 will be equal to einput3 for this calculation. einput6 = einput3 = +/-1.019708%" CS 11.6.1.2.10 Non-Random Error (6e3) From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms. In addition, this term can be converted to %" Flow by multiplying by 125/100. The result is; 6e6 +/-(125/100)*(e6H + e6T + e6R + e6S + e6SP + e6P + e6p + e6V + einput6)%" Flow 6e6 = +/-(125/100)*(0 + 0.5 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 1.019708)%" Flow 6e6 +/-1.899635%" Flow REVISION NO. I o 1 I 1

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 143 of 191 11.6.2 Module 6A and 6B(ABB RFM Trip Circuits) Classification of Module Module 6A receives an analog input from the Flow Summer (Module 6) and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal and the reference value. Therefore, Module 6A is a bistable module. There are actually two separate trip circuits in each flow unit. The Hi Flow trip looks at the output of the Flow Summer and compares its magnitude to a fixed reference value (Module 6A). The Comparator Trip Circuit looks at the output of the Flow Summer and compares it to the output of a Flow Summer from another RFM (Module 6B) and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the two input signals. Therefore, Module 6B is a bistable module. The Comparator Trip will have to combine the error terms from two Flow Summers. 11.6.2.1 Module 6A Random Error (a6A) This section addresses random uncertainties that have the potential to be expressed in the output of Module 6A. 11.6.2.1.1 Reference Accuracy (RA6A) Per Section 8.6.1 the reference accuracy for this module is: RA6A = 1% CS Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. In the same step this will be converted to % Flow by multiplying by 125/100. RA6A(la) +/-(RA6A/2)*(125/100) % Flow

                              +/-(1/2)*(125/100) % Flow
                              +/-0.625% Flow 11.6.2.1.2       Drift (RD6A)

Per Assumption 5.10 drift is assumed to be included in the reference accuracy term. Therefore: RD6A = 0% CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 144 of 191 Per Assumption 5.1, the drift value is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2, and then to % Flow by multiplying by 125/100. RD6A(l0) = +/-(RD6A/2)*(125/100) % Flow RD6A(l0) = +/- (0/2) * (125/100) % Flow RD6A(l0) = +/-O% Flow 11.6.2.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL6A) Per Assumption 5.9 the calibration uncertainties for this module are assumed to be the same as those for Module 3. Therefore, CAL6A is equal to CAL3A. CAL6A = CAL3A = +/-0.022538% Flow 11.6.2.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST6A) Per Assumption 5.9 the setting tolerances for this module are assumed to be the same as those for Module 3. Therefore, ST6A = ST3A, and consequently, ST6AA (10) = ST3AA (10) and ST6AB (lo) = ST3AB (10)

Upscale Trip:

ST6AA (10) = ST3AA (10) = +/-O. 416667% Flow Comparator Trip: ST6AB (10) = ST3AB (10) = +/-O. 333333% Flow 11.6.2.1.5 Input Uncertainty (oinput6A, oinput6B) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 6 must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal oinput6A becomes equal to the random input term 06 for the Hi Flow trip. However, the Comparator Trip is also looking at the output of another RFM so both inputs have a 06 e term impressed on them. Therefore, the uncertainty term oinput6B for the Comparator Trip will combine two 06 e terms by SRSS. oinput6A = +/-06 = +/-2.190936% Flow And oinput6B = +/- (06 e 2 + 06 e 2 ) 0.5 % Flow oinput6B = +/-(1.049594 2 + 1.049594 2 )°.5 % Flow REVISION NO. I o I 1 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 145 of 191 ainput6B = +/-1.48435% Flow 11.6.2.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (a6A, a6B) Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, a6A = +/- [ (RA6A(lO) ) 2 + (RD6A(lo) 2 + (CAL6A) ~" + (ST6AA (lo) 2 + (ainput6A)2]0.5 % Flow a6A = +/-[(0.625)2 + (0)2 + (0.022538)2 + (0.416667)2 + (2.190936) 2] 0.5 % Flow a6A = +/-2. 316235% Flow And a6B = +/-[(RA6A(lo)2 + (RD6A(lo)2 + (CAL6A)2 + (ST6AB (lo)2 + (ainput6B) 2] 0.5 % Flow 2 2 2 2 a6B = +/- (0.625 + 0 + 0.022538 + 0.333333 + 2 1.48435 ) 0.5 % Flow a6B = +/-1.644852% Flow REVISION NO. I o I 1 I I

Exhibit E NEP*12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 146 of 191 11.6.2.2 Module 6A Non-Random Errors (~e6A) 11.6.2.2.1 Humidity Errors (e6AH) Since Reference 3.19 does not identify a humidity error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e6AH = 0% CS 11.6.2.2.2 Temperature Error (e6AT) Since Reference 3.19 does not identify a temperature error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e6AT = 0% CS 11.6.2.2.3 Radiation Error (e6AR) Since Reference 3.19 does not identify a radiation error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e6AR = 0% CS 11.6.2.2.4 Seismic Error (e6AS) Per Section 4.7 seismic error for this module is considered negligible. e6AS = 0% CS 11.6.2.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e6ASP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore there is I no static pressure effect. e6ASP = 0% CS 11.6.2.2.6 Pressure Error (e6AP) This module is an all electronic device that is not exposed to any pressure other than atmospheric. Therefore there is I no pressure effect. e6AP = 0% CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 147 of 191 11.6.2.2.7 Process Errors(e6Ap) This module is intermediate in the loop and, as such, is not exposed to any process parameters. Therefore, there are no process errors. e6Ap = 0% CS 11.6.2.2.8 Power Supply Effects (e6AV) Since Reference 3.19 does not identify a power supply effect error term a value of zero will be used per Section 4.3. e6AV = 0% CS 11.6.2.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput6A, einput6B) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 6 must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on the input signal einput6A becomes equal to the non-random input term ~e6 for the Hi Flow trip. However, the Comparator Trip is also looking at the output of another RFM so the reference input also has a ~e6 term impressed on it. Since these are not random terms, it is expected that their magnitudes would be the same from each Module 6. However, the methodology of Reference 3.3 does not allow the cancellation of non-random terms. Therefore, the total error at the comparator will be the algebraic sum of two ~e6 terms. einput6A = +/-~e6 +/-1.899635% Flow And einput6B = +/-(~e6 + ~e6) % Flow einput6B = +/-(1.899635 + 1.899635) % Flow einput6B +/-3.799270% Flow REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 148 of 191 11.6.2.2.10 Non-Random Error (~e6A, ~e6B) From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms. In addition, all terms except einput6A and einput6B are in % CS and must be multiplied by 125/100 to convert to % Flow.

                ~e6A  =   +/-(125/100)*(e6AH + e6AT + e6AR + e6AS + e6ASP
                          + e6AP + e6Ap + e6AV) + einput6A% Flow
                ~e6A  =   +/-(125/100)*(0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) +

1.899635 % Flow l:e6A = +/-1.899635% Flow And l:e6B = +/-(125/100)*(e6AH + e6AT + e6AR + e6AS + e6ASP

                          + e6AP + e6Ap + e6AV) + einput6B% Flow l:e6B =   +/-(125/100)*(0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) +

3.799270 % Flow

                ~e6B  =   +/-3.799270% Flow REVISION NO. I       o       I               I               I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 'r,.., COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY 9M CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 149 of 191 12 . 0 INSTRUMENT CHANNEL TOTAL ERRORS From Reference 3.3 total instrument error is determined by the following equation: Total Loop Error - Normal Conditions (Ten) Ten = +/-(2a + ~en) For this calculation there are eight different groups of Ten terms. These terms are listed below: TenAFB , TenAFBCAV) - APRM Flow Biased Trips, Two Loop TenAFBSLO' TenAFB(AV)SLO - APRM Flow Biased Trips, Single Loop Ten AF , TenAF(AV) - APRM Fixed High Power Trips TenRFB , TenRFB(AV) - RBM Flow Biased Trips TenRF , TenRFCAV) - RBM Fixed Trip TenRFMU , TenRFMU(AV) - Recirculation Flow Monitor - Upscale TenRFMC ' TenRFMC(AV) - Recirculation Flow Monitor - Comparator Ten AFLP ' TenAFLPCAV) - APRM Fixed Low Power Trips The above terms with an (~) subscript have had the error terms associated with the process removed and will, therefore, be used in the Allowable Value calculations. The terms without the C~) subscript are used in the Analytical Limit calculations. 12.1 APRM Flow Biased Trips TenAFB and TenAFBCAV) are made up of the uncertainty terms from the APRM Flow Biased Trip Module 4D. These uncertainty terms include both the uncertainties associated with the APRM neutron signal and the Recirculation Flow Monitor. 12.1.1 Two Loop Operation (TenAFB , TenAFB(AV>>) - Using errors from Sections 11.4.4.1.6.1 and 11.4.4.2.10.1 for TLO, the errors are TenAFB = +/-(2

a4D + ~e4D)

TenAFB = +/- (2

2.743466 + 1.626207)

TenAFB = +/-7.113139 % Power REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02. Revision -,Je COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY qll.A6 CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 150 of 191 And the AV total error for TLO is determined as TenAFB CAV) = +/- (2 oA D AV + L: e4 D AV ) TenAFB(AV) = +/- (2*2.380057 + 0.806207) TenAFBCAV) = +/-5. 566321% Power 12.1.2 Single Loop Operation (TenAFBf TenAFBCAV>>) - Using errors from Sections 11.4.4.1.6.2 and 11.4.4.2.10.2 for SLO f the error is TenAFBSLO = +/- (2

a4D sLO + L:e4D sLO )

TenAFBSLO = +/- (2

2. 642756 + 1. 536982 )

TenAFBSLO = +/-6. 822494 % Power And the AV total error for SLO is determined as TenAFBCAV)SLO = +/- (2

a4DAVSLO + L:e4DAVSLO )

TenAFB(AV)SLO = +/- (2

2.330580 + 0.716982)

TenAFBCAV)SLO = +/-5.378142% Power 12.2 APRM Fixed Trips - TenAFf TenAF(AV) TenAF and TenAFCAV) are made up of the uncertainty terms from APRM Fixed Trip Module 4C. From Sections 11.4.3.1.6 and 11.4.3.2.10: TenAF = +/-(2a4C + L:e4C)% Power TenAF = +/-(2*2.435639 + 0.82)% Power TenAF = +/-5. 691278% Power And TenAFCAV) = +/- (2a4C AV + L:e4C AV ) % Power TenAF(AV) = +/-(2*2.133079 + 0)% Power TenAFCAV) = +/-4. 266158% Power 12.3 RBM Flow Biased Trips - TenRFBf TenRFBCAV) Ten RFB and TenRFBCAV) are made up of the uncertainty terms from the RBM Flow Biased Trip Module 5C. These uncertainty terms include both the uncertainties associated with the RBM neutron signal and the Recirculation Flow Monitor. From Sections 11.5.3.1.6 and 11.5.3.2.10: TenRrn = +/-(2a5C + L:e5C)% Power TenRFB = +/- (2*2.874811 + 1.672412) % Power TenRrn = +/-7.422034% Power And TenRFBCAV) = +/- (2a5CAV + L:e5C AV ) % Power TenRFBCAV) = +/-(2*2.404668 + 0.852412)% Power TenRrn(~) = +/-5.661747% Power REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 151 of 191 12.4 RBM Fixed Trip - Ten RF , TenRF(AV) TenRF and TenRF(AV) are made up of the uncertainty terms from RBM Fixed Trip Module 5B. From Sections 11.5.2.1.6 and 11.5.2.2.10:

                           +/-(205B +  ~e5B)%    Power TenRF   = +/-(2*2.316113       + 0.82)   % Power
                           +/-5.452226% Power And TenRF(AV)

TenRF(AV) +/-(2*2.129873 + 0)% Power TenRF(AV) +/-4.259745% Power 12.5 Recirculation Flow Monitor - Upscale - Ten RFMU , TenRFMU(AV) Ten RFMU and TenRFMU(AV) are made up of the uncertainty terms from Recirculation Flow Monitor 3A. From Sections 11.3.3.1.6 and 11.3.3.2.10:

                            +/-(203A +  ~e3A)    % Flow
                            +/-(2*2.92796 + 1.274635)% Flow
                            +/-7.130555% Flow And Ten RFMU (AV)    +/-(203A~   +  ~e3A)  % Flow TenRFMU(AV)      +/-(2*2.207804 + 1.274635)      % Flow Ten RFMU (AV)     +/-5.690244% Flow Note that for the RFM loops there were no non-random terms associated with the process.               Therefore, the non-random term
      ~e3A is applicable to both the AL and AV total error terms.

12.6 Recirculation Flow Monitor - Upscale - Comparator - TenRFMC , Ten RFMC (AV) TenRFMC and TenRFMC(AV) are made up of the uncertainty terms from Recirculation Flow Monitor 3B. From Sections 11.3.3.1.6 and 11.3.3.2.10: REVISION NO. I o I 1 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 152 of 191 Ten RFMC +/-(203B + ~e3B)% Flow TenRFMC +/-(2*2.756468 + 2.54927)% Flow TenRFMC +/-8.062206% Flow Per Section 4.9 the process variables have already been removed from the uncertainty terms for the comparator trip. Therefore, TenRFMC(AV) = Ten RFMC = +/-8. 062206% Flow 12.7 APRM Fixed Low Power Trips - TenAFLP , TenAFLP(AV) Ten AFLP and TenAFLP(AV} are made up of the uncertainty terms from APRM Fixed Trip Module 4C LP ' From Sections 11.4.3.1.6 and 11.4.3.2.10: Ten AFLP +/- (204C LP + ~e4CLP) % Power

                            +/-(2*2.150421 + 0.33)% Power TenAFLP        +/-4.630842% Power For the Allowable Value calculation the uncertainties for the fixed low power trips are the same as for the fixed high power trip. Therefore, TenAFLP (AV)   =  TenAF (AV)    +/-4.266158% Power REVISION NO.      I           o           I          1        I             I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 ReViS.i~";1" COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY qal> CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 153 of 191 13.0 ERROR ANALYSIS

SUMMARY

& CONCLUSIONS The total uncertainties applicable to the ABB Flow Unit are smaller than those associated with the GE Flow Unit.           Therefore, all calculations will be performed using those terms applicable to the GE Flow Unit since the results will then be conservative for operation using the ABB Flow Unit.

13.1 APRM Flow Biased Trips The APRM Flow Biased Trips have a different total uncertainty term for both single (TenAFBSLO) and two (TenAFB ) recirculation loop operation. This results from the difference in the flow biased trip slope for the analytical limits in design input 4.14. 13.1.1 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Scram) - Two Loop Operation Using the Reference 3.34 methodology, the nominal trip setpoint for an upscale or increasing trip is determined as follows: NTSP = AL - Ten For this calculation this becomes: NTSP STP2 = AL sTP2 - TenAFB For software reasons the AL and NTSP are broken into two parts: AL STP2 = FCS sp*w + ALsTP20S NTSP STP2 = FCSsp*W + NTSPSTP20S Substituting the analytical limit from Design Input 4.14 and the total uncertainty from Section 12.1.1 yields: NTSP STP2 = FCSsp*W + (ALSTP20S - TenAFB ) NTSPSTP2 = O. 62 W + ( 70 . 9 - 7. 113 13 9 ) NTSP STP2 = O.62W+63.786861%, rounded to O.62W + 63.7 % Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.566321% Power) from Section 12.1.1. AVSTP2 = FCSsp*W + NTSPSTP20S + TenAFB(AV) AVSTP2 = O.62W + 63.786861 % Power + 5.566321 AVSTP2 = O.62W + 69.353182%, rounded to O.62W + 69.3% Power REVISION NO. I 0 I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP*12-Q2 Revision It:.- COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY C}d6 CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 154 of 191 13.1.2 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Scram)-Single Loop Operation Using the Reference 3.34 methodology, the nominal trip setpoint for an upscale or increasing trip is determined as follows: NTSP = AL - Ten For this calculation this becomes: NTSP STP1 = AL sTP1 - TenAFB For software reasons the AL and NTSP are broken into two parts: NTSP STP1 = FCSsp*W + NTSPSTPlOS Substituting the analytical limit from Design Input 4.14 and the total uncertainty from Section 12.1.2 yields: NTSP STP1 = FCSsp*W + ALsTPlOS - TenAFB % Power NTSP STP1 = O. 55W + 58.33 - 6.822494 % Power NTSP STP1 = O. 55W+51. 507506%, rounded to O. 55W + 51.5 % Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.378142% Power) from Section 12.1.2. AVSTP1 = FCSsp*W + NTSPSTPlOS + TenAFB(AV) % Power AVSTP1 = O. 55W + 51.507506 + 5.378142 % Power AVSTP1 = O. 55W + 56.885648%, rounded to O. 55W + 56.8% 13.1.3 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Rod Block)-Two Loop Operation Using the Reference 3.34 methodology, the nominal trip setpoint for an upscale or increasing trip is determined as follows: NTSP = AL - Ten For this calculation this becomes: NTSPSTP2RB = ALsTP2RB - TenAFB REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP*12*02 Revision f" COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY qat) CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 155 of 191 For software reasons the AL and NTSP are broken into two parts: ALSTP2RB = FCSsp*W + ALsTP2RBOS NTSPSTP2RB = FCSsp*W + NTSPSTP2RBOS Substituting the analytical limit from Design Input 4.14 and the total uncertainty from Section 12.1.1 yields: NTSPSTP2RB = FCSsp*W + ALsTP2RBOS - TenAFB NTSPSTP2RB = O. 62W + 59.47 - 7.113139 NTSPSTP2RB = O. 62W + 52.356861%, rounded to O. 62W + 52.3 % In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.566321% Power) from Section 12.1.1. AVSTP2RB = FCSsp*W + NTSPSTP2RBOS + TenAFB(AV) AVSTP2RB = 0.62W + 52.356861 + 5.566321 AVSTP2RB = 0.62W + 57.923182%, rounded to 0.62W + 57.9% 13.1.4 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Rod Block) - Single Loop Using the Reference 3.34 methodology, the nominal trip setpoint for an upscale or increasing trip is determined as follows: NTSP = AL - Ten For this calculation this becomes: NTSPSTP1RB = ALsTP1RB - TenAFB For software reasons the AL and NTSP are broken into two parts: ALSTP1RB = FCSsp*W + ALsTP1RBOS NTSPSTP1RB = FCSsp*W + NTSPSTP1RBOS Substituting the analytical limit from Design Input 4.14 and the total uncertainty from Section 12.1.2 yields: NTSPSTP1RB = FCSsp*W + ALsTP1RBOS - TenAFB NTSPSTP1RB = O.55W + 46.9 - 6.822494 NTSPSTP1RB = O.55W + 40.077506%, rounded to O.55W + 40.0 s-o REVISION NO. I 0 I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision t~ COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY qdfi CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 156 of 191 In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.378142% Power) from Section 12.1.2. AVSTPIRB = FCSsp*W + NTSPsTPIRBos + TenAFB(AV) % Power AVSTPIRB = O. 55W + 40. 077506 + 5.378142 % Power AVSTPIRB = 0.55W + 45.455648%, rounded to 0.55W + 45.4% REVISION NO. I a I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001 345 I IPAGE 157 of 191 13.2 APRM Fixed Trip s The APRM Fixe d Trip s are divid ed into two grou ps, Leve l Trip s and Low Powe r Leve l Trip s. The unce High Powe r rtain ty term s for these trips are TenAF and Ten AFLP resp ectiv ely. 13.2 .1 Neut ron Flux High (Scra m) From Sect ion 10.4 the exis ting Tech nical Spec ifica Trip Setp oint (NTSP) for this func tion is $118% tions Nomi nal Powe r. For this calc ulati on this will be the start ing poin t and the resu lting Anal ytica l Limi t will be calc ulate d. From Sect ion 12.2 the tota l unce rtain ty for this

         +/-5.69 1278% Powe r.                                         func tion is From Refe rence 3.3 the relat ions hip betw een NTSP and AL for an upsc ale trip is:

AL = NTSP + Ten For this calc ulati on this becom es: AL FS = NTSP FS + TenAF % Powe r AL FS = 118 + 5.691 278 % Powe r AL FS = 123.6 91278 % Powe r In a simi lar fashi on the Allow able Valu e can be calc ulate d using the appl icab le unce rtain ty (4.26 6158% Powe r) from Sect ion 12.2 . AVFS = NTSP FS + TenAF(Av) % Powe r AVFS = 118 + 4.266 158 % Powe r AVFS = 122.2 66158 % powe r 13.2 .2 Neut ron Flux High - Setdo wn (Scra m) From Sect ion 10.4 the exis ting Tech nical Spec ifica Trip Setp oint (NTSP) for this func tion is $15% tions Nomi nal Powe r. For this calc ulati on this will be the start ing poin t and the resu lting Anal ytica l Limi t will be calc ulate d. From Sect ion 12.7 the tota l unce rtain ty for this func tion is

       +/-4.63 0842% Powe r.      From Refe rence 3.3 the relat ions hip betw een NTSP and AL for an upsc ale trip is:

AL = NTSP + Ten REVI SION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001 345 I I PAGE 158 of 191 For this calc ulati on this becom es: AL pss = NTSP pss + TenAFLP % Powe r AL pss = 15 + 4.630 842 % Powe r AL pss = 19.63 0842% Powe r In a simi lar fashi on the Allow able Valu e can be calc ulate d using the appl icab le unce rtain ty (4.26 6158% Powe r) from Sect ion 12.7 . AVpss = NTSP pss + TenAF(AV} % Powe r AVpss = 15 + 4.266 158 % Powe r AVpss = 19.26 6158% Powe r Thes e valu es for AL and AV will not supp ort the Spec AV of s20 % Powe r. Ther efore , the calc ulatiexis ting Tech perfo rmed using the AL prov ided in Sect ion 4.14 on will be (and Refe rence 3.27) (s25 % Powe r) . For an upsc ale trip: NTSP = AL - Ten For this calc ulati on: NTSP pSSN = AL pSSN - TenAFLP % Powe r NTSP ~g = 25 - 4.630 842 % Powe r NTSP ~g = 20.36 9158% Powe r From this a new AV can be calc ulate d: AV PSSN = NTSP pSSN + TenAF(AV) % Powe r AVpSSN = 20.36 9158 + 4.266 158 % Powe r AVPSSN = 24.63 5316% Powe r 13.2 .3 Neut ron Flux High - Setdo wn (Rod Block ) From Sect ion 10.4 the exis ting Tech nical Spec ifica Trip Setp oint (NTSP) for this func tion is s12% tions Nomi nal Powe r. For this calc ulati on this will be the start ing poin t and the resu lting Anal ytica l Limi t will be calc ulate d. REVI SION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 159 of 191 From Section 12.7 the total uncertainty for this function is

      +/-4.630842% Power.        From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is:

AL = NTSP + Ten For this calculation this becomes: ALRBS = NTSPRBS + TenAFLP % Power ALRBS = 12 + 4.630842 % Power ALRBS = 16.630842% Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.266158% Power) from Section 12.7. AVRBS = NTSP RBS + TenAF(AV) % Power AVRBS = 12 + 4.266158 % Power AVRBS = 16.266158% Power These values for AL and AV will not support the existing Tech Spec AV of s14 % Power. Therefore, the calculation will be performed using the AL provided in Section 4.14 (and Reference 3.27) (s19 % Power}. For an upscale trip: NTSP = AL - Ten For this calculation: NTSPRBSN = ALRBSN - TenAFLP % Power NTSP RBSN = 19 - 4.630842 % Power NTSPRBSN = 14.369158% Power From this a new AV can be calculated: AVRBSN = NTSP RBSN + TenAFAV % Power AVRBSN = 14.369158 + 4.266158 % Power AVRBSN = 18.635316% Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 ReviSion?~ COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY c-1UJ5 CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 160 of 191 13.2.4 Neutron Flux Downscale (Rod Block) From Section 10.4 the existing Technical Specifications Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) for this function is ~5% Power. For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit will be calculated. From Section 12.7 the total uncertainty for this function is

      +/-4.630842% Power.          From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for a downscale trip is:

AL = NTSP - Ten For this calculation this becomes: ALos = NTSPos - TenAFLP % Power ALos = 5 - 4.630842 % Power ALos = 0.369158% Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.266158% Power) from Section 12.7. AVos = NTSPos - TenAFCAV) % Power AVos = 5 - 4.266158 % Power AVos = 0.733842% Power 13.2.5 Neutron Flux High Flow Clamped - Two Loop Operation (Scram) From Section 10.4 the existing Technical Specifications Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) for this function is sl13.5% Power. For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit will be calculated. From Section 12.2 the total uncertainty for this function is

      +/-5.691278% Power.         From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is:

AL = NTSP + Ten For this calculation this becomes: AL HFC = NTSP HFC + TenAF % Power AL HFC = 113.5 + 5.691278 % Power REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision I" COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY qli.6 CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 161 of 191 AL HFC = 119.19128% Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.266158% Power) from Section 12.2. AVHFC = NTSP HFC + TenAF(AV) % Power AVHFC = 113.5 + 4.266158 % Power AV HFC = 117.766158% Power 13.2.6 Neutron Flux High Flow Clamped - Single Loop Operation (Scram) From Design Input 4.14, the revised Analytical Limit (AL) resulting from Power Uprate for this function is 113.8% Power. Using this and the total uncertainty for this function from Section 12.2 of +/-5.691278% Power, the resulting Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) will be calculated. From Reference 3.34 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is: NTSP = AL - Ten For this calculation this becomes: NTSPHFCSLO = ALHFCSLO - TenAF % Power NTSPHFCSLO= 113. 8 % - 5. 6 912 78 % NTSP~~LO= 108.108722%, rounded to 108.1% In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.266158% Power) from Section 12.2. AVHFCSLO = NTSPHFCSLO + TenAF(AV) % Power AVHFCSLO= 108.108722 + 4.266158 % Power AVHFCSLO= 112.37488 % Power, rounded to 112.3 % Power REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 162 of 191 13.3 RBM Flow Biased Trips The RBM Flow Biased Trips have the same total uncertainty term (TenRFB ) whether in Two Recirculation Loop Operation or Single Recirculation Loop Operation. This is because there are no changes made to the method of operation of the Recirculation Flow Monitor for either Single or Two Loop Operation. Therefore, the error analysis for the RFM is the same. 13.3.1 Upscale Trip - Two Loop Operation From Section 10.5 the existing Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) for this function is ~0.66W + 45% Power. For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit will be calculated. From Section 12.3 the total uncertainty for this function is

      +/-7.422034% Power.         From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is:

AL = NTSP + Ten For this calculation this becomes: AL RBM2 = NTSP RBM2 + TenRFB For software reasons the AL and NTSP are broken into two parts: AL RBM2 = FCSRBM(SP) *w + ALRBM20S NTSP RBM2 = FCSRBM(SP) *w + NTSP RBM20S Substituting and solving yields: AL RBM2 = FCSRBM(SP) *w + NTSP RBM20S + TenRFB % Power AL RBM2 = 0.66W + 45 + 7.422034 % Power AL RBM2 = O. 66W + 52.422034 % Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.661747% Power) from Section 12.3. AVRBM2 = FCSRBM(SP) *W + NTSP RBM20S + TenRFB(AV) % Power AVRBM2 = 0.66W + 45 + 5.661747 % Power AVRBM2 = O. 66W + 50.661747% Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 163 of 191 13.3.2 Upscale Trip - Single Loop Operation From Section 10.5 the existing Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) for this function is sO.66W + 39.7% Power. For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit will be calculated. From Section 12.3 the total uncertainty for this function is

      +/-7.422034% Power.       From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is:

AL = NTSP + Ten For this calculation this becomes: AL RBM1 = NTSP RBM1 + TenRFB For software reasons the AL and NTSP are broken into two parts: AL RBM1 = FCSRBM(sP) *w + ALRBMlOS NTSP RBM1 = FCSRBM(SP) *w + NTSPRBMIOS Substituting and solving yields: AL RBM1 = FCSRBM(sP) *w + NTSP RBMlOS + TenRFB % Power AL RBM1 = 0.66W + 39.7 + 7.422034 % Power AL RBM1 = O. 66W + 47.122034 % Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.661747% Power) from Section 12.3. AVRBM1 = FCSRBM(SP) *w + NTSP RBMlOS + TenRFB(AV) % Power AVRBM1 = 0.66W + 39.7 + 5.661747 % Power AVRBM1 = O. 66W + 45.361747% Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 164 of 191 13.4 RBM Downscale Trip From Section 10.4 the existing Technical Specifications Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) for this function is ~5% Power. For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit will be calculated. From Section 12.4 the total uncertainty for this function is

      +/-5.452226% Power.          From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for a downscale trip is:

AL = NTSP - Ten For this calculation this becomes: ALRBMDS = NTSPRBMDS - TenRF % Power ALRBMDS = 5 - 5.452226 % Power ALRBMDS = -0.452226% Power In a similar fashion the current Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.259745% Power) from Section 12.4. The starting point will be the current NTSP. AVRBMDSC = NTSP RBMDS - TenRF(AV) % Power AVRBMDSC = 5 - 4.259745 % Power AVRBMDSC = 0.740255% Power Since a negative power is not possible a new calculation will be performed starting with AL equal to 0 (Section 4.14 and Reference 3.27) and determining a new NTSP. NTSP DSN = ALa + TenRF % Power NTSP DSN = 0 + 5.452226 % Power NTSP OON = 5.452226% Power In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.259745% Power) from Section 12.4. For ease of calibration, the new NTSP will be selected to be 5.5%, NTSPRBMDSS ' and this will be the starting point. AVRBMDS = NTSPRBMDSS - TenRF(AV) % Power AVRBMDS = 5.5 - 4.259745 % Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 165 of 191 AVRBMDS = 1.240255% Power REVISION NO. I 0 I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 166 of 191 13.5 Recirculation Flow Monitor - Upscale From Section 10.3 the existing Technical Specifications Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) for this function is ~108% Flow. For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit (AL) will be calculated. From Section 12.5 the total uncertainty for this function is

      +/-7.130555% Flow.        From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is:

AL = NTSP + Ten For this calculation this becomes: AL RFMU = NTSP RFMU + TenRFMU % Flow AL RFMU = 108 + 7.130555 % Flow AL RFMU = 115.130555% Flow In a similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.690244% Flow) from Section 12.5. AV RFMU = NTSP RFMU + TenRFMuIAV) % Flow AVRFMU = 108 + 5.690244 % Flow AV RFMU = 113.690244% Flow REVISION NO. I o I 1 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 167 of 191 13.6 Recirculation Flow Monitor - Comparator From Section 10.3 the existing Technical Specifications Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) for this function is ~10% Flow. For this calculation this will be the starting point and the resulting Analytical Limit (AL) will be calculated. From Section 12.6 the total uncertainty for this function is

      +/-8.062206% Flow. From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is:

AL = NTSP + Ten For this calculation this becomes: AL RFMC = NTSP RFMC + TenRFMc % Flow AL RFMC = 10 + 8.062206 % Flow AL RFMC = 18.062206% Flow Per Section 4.9 the process term has already been removed from the uncertainty terms for the comparator trip. Therefore, AVRFMC = AL RFMC = 18.062206% Flow REVISION NO. I o I 1 I I

Exhibit E NEP*12*02 Revision l0 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY QM 7 CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 168 of 191

14.0 CONCLUSION

S This calculation indicates that the following Nominal Trip Setpoints and Allowable Values are acceptable except for the RBM Downscale Trip function for which a new setpoint needed to be calculated. Use of the setpoint values either validated or determined by this calculation provides a high degree of confidence that the Allowable Values will not be exceeded during normal operating conditions. 14.1 APRM Flow Biased Trips 14.1.1 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Scram) - Two Loop Operation Analytical Limit: 0.62W + 70.9 % Power Tech Spec AV: 0.62W + 69.3 % Power Tech Spec NTSP: 0.62W + 63.7 % Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of +/- 0.04 Vdc. For example, with an 80% drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 113.3% (0.62*80 +63.7). Since 113.3% on a 125% scale corresponds to 9.064 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale [10Vdc*113.3%/125%] / a setpoint of 9.020 +/- 0.04 Vdc is recommended for 80% drive flow. 14.1.2 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Scram) Single Loop Operation Analytical Limit: 0.55W + 58.33 % Power Tech Spec AV: 0.55W + 56.8 % Power Tech Spec NTSP: 0.55W + 51.5 % Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at aspecific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with an tolerance of +/- 0.04 Vdc. For example, with an 80% drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 95.5% (0.55*80

 +51.5). Since 95.5% on a 125% scale corresponds to 7.640 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale [10Vdc*95.5%/125%] / a setpoint of 7.600 +/- 0.04 Vdc is recommended for 80% drive flow.

14.1.3 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Rod Block) Two Loop Operation Analytical Limit: 0.62W + 59.47 % Power Tech Spec AV: 0.62W + 57.9 % Power Tech Spec NTSP: 0.62W + 52.3 % Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of +/- 0.04 Vdc. For example, with an 80% drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 101.9% (0.62*80 +52.3). Since 101.9% on a 125% scale corresponds to 8.152 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale [10Vdc*10l.9%/125%] / a setpoint of 8.110 +/- 0.04 Vdc is recommended for 80% drive flow. REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12*02 ReviSion/? COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY qttfJ CALCULATION NO. L-00134S I I PAGE 169 of 191 14.1.4 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Rod Block) Single Loop Operation Analytical Limit: O.SSW + 46.9 "- Power 0 Tech Spec AV: O.SSW + 45.4 "- Power 0 Tech Spec NTSP: O.SSW + 40 "- Power 0 Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of +/- 0.04 Vdc. For example, with an 80% drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 84.0% (0.55*80 +40.0). Since 84.0% on a 125% scale corresponds to 6.720 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale [10Vdc*84.0%/125%], a setpoint of 6.680 +/- 0.04 Vdc is recommended for 80% drive flow. 14.2 APRM Fixed Trips 14.2.1 Neutron Flux High (Scram) Tech Spec NTSP: 118 % Power Tech Spec AV: 120 % Power Calculated AV: 122.27 % Power Calculated AL: 123.69 % Power Reference 3.27 requested that these values be evaluated against two Analytical Limits, 122.4 and 124.2 % Power. As shown above this calculation will not support an AL of 122.4. It does show, however, that there is positive margin between the calculated AL and 124.2 % Power. The Reload Analysis must be changed to justify the use of a new AL of 124.2 % Power. 14.2.2 Neutron Flux High - Setdown (Scram) Tech Spec NTSP: 15 % Power Tech Spec AV: 20 % Power Calculated AV: 19.27 % Power Calculated AL: 19.63 % Power REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY f-----------------------,...----------,------------, CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 170 of 191 AL: 25 %- Power (from Ref. 3.27) Calculated NTSP: 20.37 %- Power (from Ref. 3.27 AL) Calculated AV: 24.64 % Power (from Ref. 3.27 AL) This calculation shows that an AL as low as approximately 20.5 %- Power would support the existing Tech Spec NTSP and AV. However, using an AL of 25 %- Power gives a positive margin of more than 4

       %- Power between the existing AV and the AV calculated from an AL of 25 % Power.

14.2.3 Neutron Flux High - Setdown (Rod Block) Tech Spec NTSP: 12 %- Power Tech Spec AV: 14 %- Power Calculated AV: 16.27 %- Power Calculated AL: 16.63 %- Power AL: 19 %- Power (from Ref. 3.27) Calculated NTSP: 14.37 %- Power (from Ref. 3.27 AL) Calculated AV: 18.64 % Power (from Ref. 3.27 AL) This calculation shows that the existing Tech Spec NTSP and AV are supported by an AL of 16.63 % Power. Therefore, there is greater than 2 %- Power positive margin between the calculated AL and that proposed in Reference 3.27. 14.2.4 Neutron Flux Downscale (Rod Block) Tech Spec NTSP: 5 %- Power Tech Spec AV: 3 %- Power Calculated AV: 0.73 %- Power Calculated AL: 0.37 %- Power Reference 3.27 proposed an AL of 0% Power for this function. REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 ReVisioni~ COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY qli.6 CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 171 of 191 This calculation shows that there is a 0.37 % Power positive margin between the this and the calculated AL. 14.2.5 Neutron Flux High Flow Clamped - Two Loop Operation (Scram) Tech Spec NTSP: 113.5 % Power Tech Spec AV: 115.5 % Power Calculated AV: 117.77 % Power Calculated AL: 119.19 % Power Reference 3.27 requests that these results be evaluated against ALs of 115.5% Power and 119.5% Power. As shown above this calculation will not support an AL of 115.5. However, there is a positive margin of about 0.3% Power between the calculated AL and the 119.5% Power value proposed by Reference 3.27. The Reload Analysis must be changed to justify the use of a new AL of 119.5 % Power. 14.2.6 Neutron Flux High Flow Clamped-Single Loop Operation (Scram) Analytical Limit: 113.8 % Tech Spec NTSP: 108.1 % Tech Spec AV: 112.3 % The calibration setpoint should be at least 0.04 Vdc below the Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of +/- 0.04 Vdc. Since 108.1% on a 125% scale corresponds with 8.648 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale, [10Vdc*108.1%/125%] , a setpoint of 8.600 +/- 0.04 Vdc is recommended. 14.3 RBM Flow Biased Trips 14.3.1 Upscale Trip - Two Loop Operation Tech Spec NTSP: 0.66W + 45 % Power Tech Spec AV: 0.66W + 48 % Power Calculated AV: 0.66W + 50.66 % Power Calculated AL: 0.66W + 52.42 % Power This shows a positive margin of over 2.5 % Power between the calculated AV and Tech Spec AV for the current NTSP, and a positive margin of over 1.5 % Power between the calculated AL and the calculated AV. From Reference 3.27, current LaSalle transient analyses do not take credit for this AL. Therefore, this calculated AL is considered acceptable. 14.3.2 Upscale Trip - Single Loop Operation Tech Spec NTSP: 0.66W + 39.7 % Power Tech Spec AV: 0.66W + 42.7 % Power Calculated AV: 0.66W + 45.36 % Power REVISION NO. I o I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 172 of 191 Calculated AL: 0.66W + 47.12 % Power This shows a positive margin of over 2.5 % Power between the calculated AV and Tech Spec AV for the current NTSP, and a positive margin of over 1.5 % Power between the calculated AL and the calculated AV. From Reference 3.27, current LaSalle transient analyses do not take credit for this AL. Therefore, this calculated AL is considered acceptable. 14.4 RBM Downscale Trip Tech Spec NTSP: 5 % Power Tech Spec AV: 3 % Power Calculated AL: -0.452226 % Power AL: o % Power (from Ref. 3.27) Calculated NTSP: 5.45 % Power (from Ref. 3.27 AL) Selected NTSP: 5.50 % Power (from Section 13.4) Calculated AV: 1.24 % Power (from Ref. 3.27 AL and selected setpoint) The present procedural setpoint for this function is 0.404 Vdc which is equivalent to 5.05% Power. Therefore, this should be changed to at least 5.5% Power in order to be compatible with the uncertainties evaluated in this calculation (Section 13.4). 14.5 Recirculation Flow Monitor - Upscale Tech Spec NTSP: 108 % Flow Tech Spec AV: 111 % Flow Calculated AV: 113.69 % Flow Calculated AL: 115.13 % Flow Reference 3.27 requested that these values be evaluated against an AL of 116% Flow. As the calculation shows there is a positive margin of about 0.87% Flow between the calculated AL and that of Reference 3.27. REVISION NO. I o I 1 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 173 of 191 14.6 Recirculation Flow Monitor - Comparator Tech Spec NTSP: 10 % Flow Tech Spec AV: 11 % Flow Calculated AV: 18.06 % Flow Calculated AL: 18.06 % Flow Reference 3.27 requested that these values be evaluated against an AL of 19% Flow. This calculation indicates that there is positive margin between the calculated AL and the value from Reference 3.27. 14.7 From References 3.5.s and 3.5.t, the required accuracy for the pneumatic calibrator is specified as +/-2.0" W.C. For the normal temperatures involved in the Reactor Building, i.e., up to 118 of, the calculated accuracy of the Wallace and Tiernan pneumatic calibrator exceeds this value (Section 9.2). Therefore, the calibration procedures should be revised to indicate the increased uncertainty or to limit the ambient temperature allowed during calibration. 14.8 In accordance with Design Input 10.3, the recirculation flow monitor upscale trip setpoint calibration tolerance shall not exceed +/-0.1 Vdc and the recirculation flow monitor comparator trip setpoint calibration tolerance shall not exceed +/-0.08 Vdc. REVISION NO. I o I 1 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 174 of 191 15.0 CALCULATION SPREADSHEET Symbol Formula or Input Value Value Units RA FE 1 1 % es eSFT(MIN) 247.4 247.4 "we esFT(MAX) 448.7 448.7 "we eS FT eSFT(MIN) 247.4 "we UR FT 750 750 "we URFT(cs) URFT/eS FT 3.031528 es RA1 0.25 0.25 % es eALTEMP FT 60 60 of MAXTEMP FT 118 118 of e1T (0.5*UR FT (cs) + 0.5) * (MAXTEMP FT - 1.169143 ° es

£.

eALTEMP FT ) /100 RA1 (10) RA1/2 0.125 % es RD FT 0.2 0.2 % URI 30 mo. RD1 URFT(CS) *RD FT 0.606306 £. 0 es RD1 (10) RD1/2 0.303153 £. 0 es PSE FT 0.005 0.005 %es/v AV FT 0.5 Vdc 0.5 Vdc SPZE FT 0.25 0.25 %UR/200 0 PSI SPZEpT(lCT) (SPZE pT /2) * (STAPR FT /2 000) * (UR pT / CS PT ) 0.194207 % CS STAPRpT 1025 1025 PSI SPSE pT 0.25 0.25 %CS/100 0 PSI SPSEpT(lCT) SPSE FT /2 0.125 9-0 es SE FT 0.25 0.25 % UR REVISION NO. I 0 I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 175 of 191 SE FT ICS) UR FT (CS)

SE FT 0.757882 % CS CS FT lOUT) 16 16 mVdc RAMTE1 FT 2.149835 2.149835 " we REMTE1 FT 0 0 " WC RAMTE2 FT 0.034961 0.034961 mVdc REMTE2 FT 0 0 mVdc MTE1 FT ( (RAMTE1 FT /1) 2 + REMTE 1 FT 2) O. 5 2.149835 " we MTE1 FTICS ) (MTE1 FT /eS FT ) *100 0.868971 % CS MTE2 FT ( (RAMTE2 FT /1) 2 + REMTE2FT2) 0.5 0.034961 mVdc

MTE2 FT (cs) (MTE2 FT /CS FT (OUT)) *100 0.218506 0 es eAL1 FT 2 + MTE2 (CS) 2) 0.896022 % es (MTE1 FT (CS) FT 0.5 STFT(IN) 0.5 0.5 " we STFTIIN) (CS) (STFT(IN)/es FT ) *100 0.202102 % es ST FT(OUT) 0.08 0.08 mVdc ST FT (OUT) (CS) ( ST FT (OUT,I CSFT (OUT) )

1 0 0 0.500000 % es ST1 (10) [ (ST FT (IN)(Cs)/3)2 + (STFT(OUT) (cs)/3) 2] 0.5 0.179767 % es

oinput1 2.5 2.5 0 es oinput1 c 0 0 % es 01 [(RA1(10))2 + (RD1(10)) 2 + (CAL1 FT ) 2 + 2.691847 % CS (ST1(10))2 + (SPSE FT (10))2 + (SPZE FT (1o)) 2 + (oinput1) 2] 0.5 ol c [(RA1 110 ))2 + (RD1(10))2 + (eAL1 FT ) 2 + 0.998018 % CS (ST1(10))2 + (SPSEFTIlO)) 2 + (SPZE FTIlo )) 2 + (oinput1 c ) 2] 0.5 e1H 0 0 % CS e1R 0 0 % CS e1S 0 0 % CS e1SP 0 0 % CS e1P 0 0 % CS REVISION NO. I 0 I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALC ULAT ION NO. L-001 345 I I PAGE 176 of 191 e1p o o % CS e1V 0.002 500 % CS einp ut1 o o % CS L:e1 e1H + e1T + e1R + e1S + e1SP + e1P + 1.171 643 % CS e1p + e1V + einp ut1 RA2 0 o % CS RA2 (la) RA2/2 o % CS RD2 0 o % CS RD2 RD2/2 (la) o % CS RAMT E1 sR 0.017 205 0.017 205 mVdc REMT E1 SR 0 o mVdc RAMT E2 sR 0.001 803 0.001 803 Vdc REMT E2 SR 0 o Vdc MTE1 SR ( (RAMT E1 sR /1) 2 + REMT E1 s/) 0.5 0.017 205 mVdc MTE1 SR (CS) (MTE1 sR (oUT) /CSSR(OUT)) *100 0.089 610 % CS CSSR(OUT) 10 10 vdc 6 Vdc MTE1 SR (OUT) (3 . 125*M TE1 sR ) /OP SR 0.008 961 Vdc 0.001 803 Vdc MTE2 sR (CS) (MTE2 sR /CS SR (OUT)) *100 0.018 030 % CS CAL2 SR ( (MTE1 sR (cs)) 2 + (MTE2 sR (cs)) 2) 0.5 0.091 406 % CS STSR(IN) 0.05 0.05 mVdc ST SRWUT ) 0.025 0.025 Vdc STSR(IN) (OUT) (3 .125* STsR (IN)) /OP SR 0.026 042 Vdc STSR(IN) (CS) (STSR(IN) (OUT)/CSSR(OUT)) *100 0.260 420 % CS STSR(OUT) (CS) (STSR(OUT) /CSSR(OUT)) *100 0.250 000 % CS ST2 (la) ( (STSR(IN) (CS) /3) 2 + (STSR(OUT) (CS) /3) 2) 0.5 0.120 332 % CS a1 MV (a1/1 00) *CSPT(OUT) 0.430 696 mVdc a1 MVC (a1 c /100) *CSFT(OUT) 0.159 683 mVdc REVIS ION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-D2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I 1 PAGE 177 of 191 ainput2 v (3 . 125*a1MV ) /OP SR 0.224321 Vdc ainput2 vc (3 . 125*a1MVc ) /OP SR 0.083168 Vdc ainput2 (ainput2 v /CS SR (OUT)) *100 2.243210 % CS ainput2 c (ainput2 vc /CS SR (OUT)) *100 0.831680 % CS 02 [(RA2(1<7))2 + (RD2(1<7))2 + (CAL2)2 + 2.248294 % CS (ST2 (1<7)) 2 + (ainput2) 2] 0.5 02 c [(RA2(lo})2 + (RD2(lo))2 + (CAL2 sR )2 + 0.845297 % CS (ST2(lO)) 2 + (oinput2 c ) 2] 0.5 L:e1 MV (L:e1/100) *CSPT(OUT) 0.187463 mVdc einput2 v (3

125*L:e1 MV ) /OP SR 0.097637 Vdc einput2 (einput2 v /CS SR (OUT}) *100 0.976370 % CS L:e2 einput2 0.976370 % CS RA3 2 2 % CS RA3(lO) RA3/2 1 % CS RD3 1. 25 1.25 % CS RD3(lO) RD3/2 0.625 % CS RAMTEls~ 0.001803 0.001803 Vdc REMTE1 sUM 0 o Vdc 0.001803 Vdc MTE1 SUM (CS) (MTE1 sUM /CS sR (OUT)) *100 0.018030 % CS MTE2 SUM (CS) MTE1 SUM (CS) 0.018030 % CS CAL3 SUM [ (MTE1 sUM (cS)) 2 + (MTE2 sUM (cs)) 2] 0.5 0.025498 % CS STSUM(IN) 0 . 01 0.01 Vdc STSUM(OUT) 0.01 0.01 Vdc CS SUMWUT ) 10 10 Vdc STSUM(IN) (CS) (STSUM(IN) /CSSUM(OUT)) *100 0.100000 % CS STSUM(OUT) (CS (STSUM(OUT) /CSSUM(OUT)) *100 0.100000 % CS

0.047140 % CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 178 of 191 VSUM(IN) 7.66 7.66 Vdc VSUM(OUT) 8 8 Vdc GSUM VSUM (OUT) /VSUM CIN) 1.044386 v/v a2 3 a2 * (GsUM/2) 1.174043 ~ CS a2 3C a2 c * (GsUM /2) 0.441408 ~ CS ainput3 [(a2 3 )2 + (a2 3)2]0.S 1.660348 ~ CS ainput3 c [(a2 3C ) 2 + (a2 3C ) 2] 0.5 0.624245 ~ CS 03 (125/100)*[ (RA3(lo))2 + (RD3(1o)) 2 + (CAL3) 2 + 2.546521 ~ Flow (ST3(lo)) 2 + (oinput3) 2] 0.5 03 c (125/100)*[(RA3(lo))2 + (RD3(lO)) 2 + (CAL3 suM ) 2 + 1.669197 ~ Flow (ST3 C10 )) 2 + (oinput3 c ) 2] 0.5 einput3 Ee2 3 + Ee2 3 1.019708 ~ CS Ee2 3 Ee2* (GsUM /2) 0.509854 ~ CS Ee3 (125/100)* (einput3) 1.274635 ~ Flow RA3A 1 1 9.- 0 CS RA3A(lo) +/-ROUND[(RA3A/2)*(125/100) ,6] 0.625 ~ Flow RD3A 1 1 ~ CS RD3AT RD4CT 700 HRS RD3ATSI 13 13 Weeks RD3A(lo) (RD3A/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*RD3ATSI*168)/RD3AT 1.234276 ~ Flow

               ] 0.5 RAMTE1 3A    RAMTE1 sUM                                             0.001803     Vdc REMTE1 3A    REMTE1 suM                                             0            Vdc MTE1 3A       [ (RAMTE1 3A /1) 2 + REMTE13A2] 0.5                   0.001803     Vdc SPANSUM      10                                                     10           Vdc MTE1 3A (PF)  (MTE1 3A /SPANsUM ) *125                              0.022538     ~   Flow CAL3A        MTE13ACPF)                                             0.022538

Flow ST3AA 0.1 0.1 Vdc (ST3AA/SPANs~)*125]/3 0.416667 ST3AA(lo) [
Flow ST3AB 0.08 0.08 Vdc (ST3AB/SPANs~)*125]/3 ST3AB(lo) [ 0.333333
Flow REVISION NO. I 0 I 1 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY

CALCULATION NO.

oinput3A 03 L-001345 I I PAGE 2.546521 179 of 191 9-0 Flow ainput3AA 03c 1. 669197 % Flow v ainput3B (03/ + 03c 2)0.5 2.360601 % Flow a3A [ (RA3A(lO) ) 2 + (RD3A(lo)2 + (CAL3A) 2 + 2.927960 % Flow (ST3AA(lo) ) 2 + (oinput3A) 2] 0.5 a3B [ (RA3A 11o ) ) 2 + (RD3A(lo) ) 2 + (CAL3A) 2 + 2.756468 g... 0 Flow (ST3AB 11o ) 2 + (ainput3B) 2] 0.5 a3AAV [ (RA3A(lo) ) 2 + (RD3A(lo) ) 2 + (CAL3A) 2 + 2.207804 % Flow (ST3AA 11o ) 2 + (ainput3AAV ) 2] 0.5 einput3A L:e3 1.274635 !!- 0 Flow g... einput3B L:e3 + L:e3 2.54927 0 Flow L:e3A einput3A 1.274635 % Flow L:e3B einput3B 2.54927 !!- 0 Flow

RA4A RA4A(lo)

RD4A RD4AT 1 RA4A/2 1 700 1 0.5 1 700

                                                                                % Power
                                                                                % Power 0

HRS Power RD4ATSI 700 700 HRS RD4A(lO) (RD4A/2) (1250/700)°*5 0.5 % Power RV4ACURS 10 10 Vdc RA4ADMM 0.005 0.005 Vdc RAMTE1 4A1D (RA4ADMM /RV4ACURS) *100 0.05 % CS MM) RAMTE2 4A (D RAMTE1 4A (DMM) 0.05 9-0 CS MM) RAMTE1 4A1c 1 1 % CS URS) MTE1 4A [ (RAMTE1 4A (DMM) /1) 2 + (RAMTE14A(cu:rS) /2) 2 + 0.502494 % CS (REMTE14AIDMM) 2 + (REMTE14AICURS) ] 0.5 REMTE1 4A (D 0 0 !!- 0 CS MM) , REVISION NO. I 0 I 1 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 180 of 191 REMTE1 4A (c 0 o % CS URS) REMTE2 4A (D 0 o % CS MM) MTE2 4A (RAMTE2 4A (DMM)) 2 + (REMTE2 4A (DMM)) 2 0.05 % CS 0.504975 % CS ST4ADMM RAMTE1 4A (DMM) 0.05 % CS ST4Aam.s RAMTE1 4A (CURS) 1 % CS ST4A(lO) { [(ST4ADMM ) * (2/3)] 2 + (ST4Ac uRs /3) 2 + 0.336650 % CS [ (S T 4A DMM ) * (2 1 3) ] 2 } a . 5 SSLB 0.33 0.33 % Power SNL B 0.49 0.49 % Power SSL R 0.20 0.2 % Power 1 % Power PEA4A (B) SSL B + SNL B 0.82 % Power LPR ROUND(15/100,6) 0.15 g,./g,. o 0 PEA 4A (LPB) SSL B 0.33 % Power 1.019804 % Power PEA 4A (LPR) PEA4A (R) 1.019804 % Power ainput4A PEA4A (R) 1.019804 % Power ainput4A L PEA4A (LPR) 1.019804 % Power P ainput4AA 0 o % Power v einput4A PEA4A (B) 0.82 % Power einput4AL PEA4A (LPB) 0.33 % Power P einput4AA 0 0.000000 % Power v a4A [ (CAL4A) 2 + (ST4A(111)) 2] 0.5 0.606904 % CS a4App 0.707107 % Power L:e4A o o % CS REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 181 of 191 RA4B 0.8 0.8 % CS RD4B 0.5 0.5 % CS RA4B(10) RA4B/2 0.4 % CS RD4B (10 ) RD4B/2 0.25 % CS GAPRM 2.5 2.5 (None) RAMTE1 4B 0 o % CS REMTE1 4B 0 o % CS RAMTE2 4B 0 o % CS REMTE2 4B 0 o % CS o % CS MTE2 4B [ (RAMTE2 4B /2) 2 + REMTE24B2] 0.5 o % CS o % CS ST4B 0.02 0.02 (None) ST4B\ ST4B*100 2 % Power ST4B (10 ) ST4B%* (100/125) /3 0.533333 % CS TRAC 1.11 1.11 % Power NN 2.0 2 % Power PMA (TRAC 2 + NN2 ) 0.5 2.287378 % Power PMA1 <1 PMA/2 1.143689 % Power PMA FB TRAC 1.11 % Power 0.555 % Power o % Power o % Power N 14 14 LPRM ainput4B c (a4A*GAPRM ) /N°' s 0.405505 % CS s ainput4B p [(ainput4A) 2 + (a4App ) 2] o.s/N 0* S 0.331663 % Power p ainput4B p [ (ainput4ALP ) 2 + (a4A pp ) 2] o.s/N0'S 0.331663 % Power P(LP) REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 182 of 191 ainput4B A [ (ainput4AAV ) 2 + (a4App ) 2] 0.5/NO.5 0.188982 % Power V 04BI [(RA4B(10))2 + (RD4B(l0))2 + (CAL4B)2 + 0.819377 % CS (8T4B 110 )) 2 + (ainput4B cs ) 2] 0.5 04BI pp a4BI*(125/100) 1.024221 % Power 04B 1.570686 % Power [(a4Bl pp )2 + (ainput4B pp )2 + (PMA pB (1<1))2]O.S 1.211220 % Power a4B LP [(a4Bl pp )2 + (ainput4BpPILP))2 + (PMALP )2]O.S 1.076582 % Power 1.041510 % Power einput4B c G~~*6e4A o % CS s einput4B p einput4A 0.82 % Power p einput4B p einput4ALP 0.33 % Power PILP) einput4B A einput4A~ o % Power v 6e4B Cs einput4B cs o % CS 6e4B 6e4B~*(125/100) + einput4B~ 0.82 % Power 6e4B~*(125/100) + einput4B~(~) 0.33 % Power 6e4B~*(125/100) + einput4B~ o % Power RA4C 1 1 % CS RA4C(10) (RA4C/2)*(125/100) 0.625 % Power RD4C 1 1 % CS RD4CT 700 700 HRS RD4CTSI 26 26 weeks RD4C(10) (RD4C/2)*(125/100)*[(1.25*RD4CTSI*168 1.745530 % Power

              ) /RD4CT] 0.5 0.000180                                               0.000180    Vdc REMTE1 4c    o                                                      0           Vdc

[(RAMTE1 4c /1)2 + REMTE1 4c2]0.s 0.000180 Vdc MTE1 4C (pp) (MTE14c/SPAN4CIN) *125 0.002250 % Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-o2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 183 of 191 SPAN4CIN 10 10 Vdc CAL4C MTE1 4c (pp) 0.002250 % Power ST4C 0 . 04 0 . 04 Vdc ST4C(lO) [(ST4C/SPAN4CIN) *125] /3 0.166667 % Power oinput4C 04B 1.570686 % Power oinput4C L 04B LP 1.076582 % Power P oinput4C A 04B~ 1.041510 % Power v a4C [(RA4C(1<1))2 + (RD4C(1<1))2 + (CAL4C)2 + 2.435639 % Power (ST4C(1<1)) 2 + (ainput4C) 2] 0.5 a4C LP [(RA4C(1<1))2 + (RD4C(1<1))2 + (CAL4C)2 + 2.150421 % Power (ST4C (1<1)) 2 + (ainput4C LP ) 2] 0.5 a4CAV [(RA4C(1<1))2 + (RD4C(1<1))2 + (CAL4C)2 + 2.133079 % Power (ST4C(1<1)) 2 + (ainput4CAV ) 2] 0.5 einput4C l::e4B 0 . 82 % Power einput4C L l::e4B~ 0.33 % Power P einput4CA l::e4B~ 0 % Power v l::e4C einput4C 0.82 % Power l::e4C LP einput4CLP 0.33 % Power l::e4C~ einput4C~ 0 % Power RA4D 1 1 % CS RA4D 1<1 (RA4D/2)*(125/100) 0.625 % Power RD4D 1 1 % CS RD4DT 700 700 HRS RD4DTSI 26 26 Weeks RD4D(lO) (RD4D/2) * (125/100) * [(1.25*RD4DTSI*168 1. 745530 % Power

            ) /RD4DT] 0.5 RAMTE1 4D  RAMTE1 4c                                  0.000180      Vdc REMTE1 4D  0                                          0             Vdc REVISION NO. I           o       I                 I             I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision I", COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CjIJJ CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I 1PAGE 184 of 191 MTE1 4D (RAMTEI 4D /1 2 + REMTEI4D2) 0.5 0.000180 Vdc MTEI 4D (pp) (MTEI 4D /SPAN4CIN) *125 0.002250 % Power CAL4D MTEI 4D (pp) 0.002250 % Power ST4D 0.04 0.04 Vdc ST4D(lO) [(ST4D/SPAN4CIN)*125]/3 0.166667 % Power

FCS SPTLO 0.62 0.62 0 Pow/

                                                                     % Flow FCS          FCS sp + [(0.04+0.04)/0.08]/80               0.632500  % Pow/ %

Flow oinput4D [04B F8 2 + (FCS*03) 2] 0.5 2.015273 ~ 0 Power oinput4DAV [a4B AV 2 + (FCS*a3 c ) 2] 0.5 1.483033 ~ 0 Power a4D [ (RA4D(la)) 2 + (RD4D(la)) 2 + (CAL4D) 2 + 2.743466 ~ 0 Power (ST4D(laJ)2 + (ainput4D) 2] 0.5 a4D AV [ (RA4D(la)) 2 + (RD4D(laJ) 2 + (CAL4D) 2 + 2.380057 ~ 0 Power (ST4D(laJ) 2 + (ainput4D AV ) 2] 0.5 einput4D L:e4B + (FCS*L:e3) 1.626207 ~ 0 Power einput4DAV L:e4B Av + (FCS*L:e3) 0.806207 % Power L:e4D einput4D 1.626207 ~ 0 Power L:e4DAv einput4DAV 0.806207 % Power RA5A 0.8 0.8 % CS RA5ANULL 1 1 % Point RA5A 11o ) { (RA5A/2) 2 + 0.565685 % CS [ (100/125) * (RA5ANULL / 2) ] 2} 0.5

RD5A 0.3 0.3 0 CS RD5A 11o ) RD5A/2 0.15 % CS RAMTEl sA 0.000180 0.000180 Vdc REMTEl sA 0 0 Vdc MTEl sA [ (RAMTEl sA /l) 2 + REMTE 1 SA2] O. 5 0.000180 Vdc SPANRBM 10 10 Vdc REVISION NO. I 0 I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-00134S I I PAGE 185 of 191 CAL5A (MTE1 5A /SPANRBM ) *100 I 0.001800 % CS STSA 0.025 0.025 Vdc ST5A(lo) [ (ST5A/SPAN RBM ) *100] /3 0.083333 % CS PMA RBM 1.11 1.11 % Power 0.555 % Power PMARBMIAV) 0 o % Power 2 LPRM 2.5 (None) 1.072865 % CS s ainputSAp [ (ainput4A) 2 + (a4App ) 2] 0.5/ (NRBM ) 0.5 0.877497 % Power p ainputSAA 0.500000 % Power v ainputSA.c ainputSA.cs (125/100) 1.341081 % Power s(PP) ainputSA [ (ainputSApp ) 2 + (ainputSA.cS(PP)) 2] 0.5 1.602653 % Power ainputSA [ (ainputSAAV ) 2 + (ainputSA.cS(PP)) 2] 0.5 1.431258 % Power AAV aSAI [(RASA(1<T))2 + (RDSA(111))2 + (CALSA)2 + 0.591141 % CS ( STSA (111) ) 2] 0.5 aSAI pp aSAI*(12S/100) 0.738926 % Power aSA [(a5AI pp )2 + (ainput5A)2 + 1.850009 % Power (PMARBM (ll1)) 2] 0.5

1. 610749 % Power einputSA.c o % CS s

einputSAp einput4A 0.82 % Power p einputSAA einput4A~ o % Power v

  ~eSA.cs    einputSA.cs                                           o           % CS
  ~eSA       ~eSA.cs* (125/100)         + einputSApp               0.82        % Power REVISION NO. I            o         I                         I          I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-00134S I IPAGE 186 of 191

              ~eS~s*(12S/100)      + einputSA~              o          % Power RA5B         RA4C                                          1          % CS RA5B(10)     (RASB/2)*(12S/100)                            0.62S      % Power RDSB         RD4C                                          1          % CS RDSBTSI      13                                            13         Weeks RDSBT        RD4CT                                         700        HRS R05B (10)    (RDSB/2)*(12S/100)*[(l.2S*RDSBTSI*168         1.234276   % Power
              ) /RDSBT] 0.5 RAMTE1 SB                                                  0.000180   Vdc REMTE1 SB    REMTE1 4C                                     o          Vdc MTE1 SB                                                    0.000180   Vdc MTE1 SB (pp) (MTE1 sB /SPAN4CIN) *12S                      0.0022S0   % Power CALSB        MTE1 sB (pp)                                  0.0022S0   % Power STSB         0.04                                          0.04       Vdc ST5B(10)     (ST5B/SPAN4CIN) *125]/3                       0.166667   % Power ainputSB     aSA                                           1.8S0009   % Power oinput5BA                                                  1.610749   % Power v

aSB [ (RASB (la)) 2 + (RDSB (la)) 2 + (CALSB) 2 + 2.316113 % Power (STSB (la)) 2 + (ainputSB) 2] 0.5 [ (RASB(la)) 2 + (RDSB(la)) 2 + (CALSB) 2 + 2.129873 % Power (STSB(la)) 2 + (ainputSBAV ) 2] 0.5 einputSB ~eSA 0.82 % Power einputSBA o % Power v

 ~eSB         einputSB                                      0.82       % Power einputSBAV                                  o          % Power RA5C         RA4D                                          1          % CS RA5C(10)     (RA5C/2)*(125/100)                            0.62S      % Power RDSC         RD4D                                          1          % CS REVISION NO. I          o       I                  I             I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 1 (p ... ~ COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY 1#) CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 187 of 191 RD5CT RD4DT 700 HRS RD5CTSI RD5BTSI 13 Weeks ROSC!lO) (ROSC/2)*(12S/100)*[(1.2S*ROSCTSI*1 1.234276 % Power

68) /ROSCT] 0.5 RAMTE1 sc 0.00018 0.000180 Vdc REMTE1 sc 0 0 Vdc MTE1 sc (RAMTE1 sc /1) 2 + REMTE1sc2] o. s 0.000180 Vdc MTE1 sc (ppJ (MTE1 sc /SPAN4CIN) *125 0.002250 9,-

0 Power CAL5C MTE1 sc (pp) 0.002250 % Power ST5C 0.04 0.04 Vdc STSC(lOi [(STSC/SPAN4CIN)*12S]/3 0.166667 9,- 0 Power FCSRBM!sPJ 0.66 0.66 % Pow/ 9,- 0 Flow FCS RBM FCSRBMISP) + [(0.04+0.03)/0.08]/100 0.668750 %Pow/

                                                                          %Flow oinputSC AV   [a5AAV 2 + (FCS RBM *a3 c ) 2] o.s             1.959740    % Power oinputSC      [oSA 2 + (FCS RBM *03)  2] 0.5                 2.514497    % Power a5C          (RA5C Clo )) 2 + (RD5C 11oJ ) 2 + (CAL5C) 2 +  2.874811    9,-

0 Power (ST5C(lO))2 + (ainput5C) 2] o.s a5C AV [(RA5C CloJ ) 2 + (RD5C Clo )) 2 + (CAL5C) 2 + 2.404668 % Power (ST5C(lO)) 2 + (ainput5CAv ) 2] o.s einput5C L:e5A + (FCS RBM *L:e3 ) 1.672412 % Power einput5CAV L:e5AAv + (FCS RBM *L:e3) 0.852412 9,- 0 Power L:e5C einput5C 1.672412 9,- 0 Power L:e5CAv einput5CAV 0.852412 % Power TenAfB 2040 + L:e40 7.113139 % Power TenAFBIAV) 2a40AV + L:e4D AV 5.566321 % Power TenAF 2a4C + L:e4C 5.691278 9,- 0 Power TenAF(AV) 2a4C AV + Ze4CAV 4.266158 % Power REVISION NO. I 0 I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision i COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY G, 9j/) CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I IPAGE 188 of 191 TenAFLP 204C LP + 2:e4C LP 4.630842 5l-0 Power TenAFLP (AV) TenAF(AV) 4.266158 5l-0 Power TenRFB 205C + 2:e5C 7.422034 % Power TenRFB(AV) 205CAV + 2:e5CAv 5.661747 5l-0 Power TenRF 205B + 2:e5B 5.452226 5l-0 Power TenRF(AV) 205B AV + 2:e5BAV 4.259745 % Power TenRFMU 203A + 2:e3A 7.130555 5l-0 Flow TenRFMU(AV) 203AAV + 2:e3A 5.690244 % Flow TenRFMC 203B + 2:e3B 8.062206 % Flow TenRFMC(AV) TenRFMC 8.062206 5l-0 Flow ALsTP20S 70.9 70.9 % Power NTSPsTP20s ALSTP20S - TenAFB 63.786861 63.7 AVSTP2 NTSPsTP20s + TenAFB(AV) 69.353182 69.3 ALsTPlOS 58.33 58.33 % Power NTSPsTPlOS ALsTPIOS - TenAFE 51.507506 51. 5 AVSTP1 NTSPsTPlOs + TenAFB(AV) 56.885648 56.8 ALSTP2RBOS 59.47 59.47 % Power NTS PSTP2RBOS ALSTP2RBOS - TenAFB 52.36 52.3 AVSTP2RB NTS PSTP2RBOS + TenAFB(AV) 57.923182 57.9 ALSTPIRBOS 46.9 46.90 % Power NTS PSTPIRBOS ALSTPIRBOS - TenAFB 40.077506 40.0 AVSTPIRB NTS PSTPIRBOS + TenAFB(AV) 45.4556 45.4 NTSP FS 118 118 % Power AL FS NTSPFS + TenAF 123.69127 % Power 8 AV FS NTSP FS + TenAF(AV) 122.26615 % Power 8 NTSP FSS 15 15 % Power REVISION NO. I 0 I 2 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-Q2 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 189 of 191 NTSP pSS + TenAFLP 19.630842 % Power AVpSS NTSP pSS + TenAF(AV) 19.266158 % Power 25 25 % Power NTSP pSSN 20.369158 % Power AVPSSN NTSP pSSN + TenAFAV 24.635316 % Power NTSP RBS 12 12 % Power NTSPRBS + TenAFLP 16.630842 % Power NTSP RBS + TenAF(AV) 16.266158 % Power 19 19 % Power NTSPRBSN 14.369158 % Power AV RBSN NTSP RBSN + Ten AFAV 18.635316 % Power NTSP DS 5 5 % Power NTSPDS - TenAFLP 0.369158 % Power NTSP DS - TenAF (AV) 0.733842 % Power NTSP HFC 113.5 113.5 % Power 119.19127 % Power 8 NTSP HPC + TenAF (AV) 117.76615 % Power 8 NTSPRBM20S 45 45 % Power NTSPRBM20S + TenRPB 52.422034 % Power NTSP RBM20S + TenRPB (AV) 50.661747 % Power NTSP RBMlOS 39.7 39.7 % Power NTSPRBMlOS + TenRFB 47.122034 % Power NTSP RBMlOS + TenRPB (AV) 45.361747 % Power NTSP RBMDS 5 5 % Power NTSP RBMDS - TenRP -0.452226 % Power o o % Power NTSP DSN 5.452226 % Power REVISION NO. I o I I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 Revision 5 COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 190 of 191 AVRBMDS NTSPRBMDSS - TenRF(AV) 1.240255 % Power 108 108 % Flow 115.13055 % Flow 5 AV RFMU NTSP RFMU + TenRFMU(AV) 113.69024 % Flow 4 NTSP RFMC 10 10 % Flow AL RFMC NTS P RFMC + TenRFMC 18.062206 % Flow 18.062206 % Flow RA6 1 1 % CS RA6/2 0.5 % CS RD6 0.5 0.5 % CS RD6/2 0.25 % CS CAL6 CAL3 sUM 0.025498 % CS ST6 (10) ST3 (10) 0.047140 % CS oinput6 oinput3 1.660348 % CS oinput6 c oinput3 c 0.624245 % CS 06 (125/100)*[(RA6(10))2 + (RD6(10))2 + 2.190936 % Flow (CAL6)2 + (ST6(10))2 + (oinput6)2]0.S (125/100)*[(RA6(10))2 + (RD6(10))2 + 1.049594 % Flow (CAL6) 2 + (3T6(10)) 2 + (oinput6 c ) 2] 0.5 e6T 0.5 0.5 % CS einput6 einput3 1.019708 % CS l:e6 (125/100)*(e6T + einput6) 1.899635 % Flow RA6A 1 1 % CS (RA6A/2) * (125/100) 0.625 % Flow RD6A o o % CS RD6A(10) (RD6A/2) * (125/100) o % Flow CAL6A CAL3A 0.022538 % Flow ST6AA(10) ST3AA(10) 0.416667 % Flow ST6AB(10) ST3AB(10) 0.333333 % Flow REVISION NO. I o I 1 I I

Exhibit E NEP-12-02 . ReViSiOnl6 C/,.,f"> COMMONWEALTH EDISON COMPANY CALCULATION NO. L-001345 I I PAGE 191 of 191 oinput6A 06 2.190936 % Flow oinput6B ( 06 c2 + 06C2) 0.5 1.484350 % Flow 06A [ (RA6A 11o ) ) 2 + (RD6A 110 ) ) 2 + (CAL6A) 2 + 2.316235 % Flow (ST6A 11o )) 2 + (oinput6A) 2] 0.5 a6B [ (RA6A 11al ) 2 + (RD6A 11a )) 2 + (CAL6A) 2 + 1.644852 % Flow (ST6A 11al ) 2 + (ainput6B) 2] 0.5 einput6A Ze6 1.899635 % Flow einput6B Ze6 + Ze6 3.799270 % Flow Ze6A einput6A 1.899635 % Flow Ze6B einput6B 3.799270 % Flow AVRBMDSC NTSPRBMDS - TenRFIAV) 0.740255 % Power NTSPRBMDSS 5.5 5.500000 % Power FCS spsLO 0.55 0.55 %Pwr/%Flo FCS sLo FCSsPsLo + [(0.04+0.04)/0.08]/80 0.562500 %Pwr/%Flo oinput 4 OSLO [04B FB 2 + (FCS SLO *03) 2]0.5 1.875867 % Power oinput 4 DAVSLO [a4B AV2 + (FCS sLO *a3 c ) 2] 0.5 1.402255 % Power a4D sLO [ (RA4D 11a )) 2 + (RD4D 11a ))2 + (CAL4D)2 + 2.642756 % Power (ST4D 11a ))2 + (ainput4D sLO ) 2] 0.5 a4DAVSLO [ (RA4D 11a )) 2 + (RD4D 11a ))2 + (CAL4D)2 + 2.330580 % Power (ST4D 11a ))2 + (ainput4DAVSLO ) 2] 0.5 einput4D sLO Ze4B + (FCS*Ze3) 1.536982 % Power einput4DAVSLO Ze4BAV + (FCS*Ze3) o .716982 % Power Ze4D sLO einput4D sLO 1.536982 % Power Ze4DAVSLO einput4DAVSLO 0.716982 % Power Ten AFBSLO 204D sLO + Ze4D sLO 6.822494 % Power TenAFBAVSLO 2a4DAVSLO + Ze4DAVSLO 5.378142 % Power ALHFCSLO 113.8 113.8 % Power NTSPHFCSLO A~FCSLO - TenAF 108.108722 108.1 AVHFCSLO NTSPHFCSLO + TenAFIAV) 112.374880 112.3 FINAL REVISION NO. I 0 I 2 I 1

CC-A A-309 - ATTA CHM ENT 1 - Desig n Analy sis Appro val Page 1 of2 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO.: L-001345 PAGE NO. 1 of 9 Major REV Numb er: 2 Minor Rev Numb er: A [ ] BRAID WOOD STATION [ ] BYRO N STATION DESCRIPTION [ ] CLINTON STATION CODE:(C018) 104 [ ] DRESDEN STATION [X] LASAL LE CO. STATION DISCIPLINE CODE : (C011) 1 [ ] QUAD CITIES STATION SYSTE M CODE : (COlI) Unit: [ ] 0 [X]l [X] 2 [ ]3 C51 TITLE : Average Power Range Monit or (APRM), Rod Block Monit or (RBM ) and Recirc ulation Flow Monit or (RFM ) Bistable Loop Accuracy for Rod Block and Scram Functi ons [Xl Safety Related [ J Augmented Qualit y [ J Non-Safety Related ATTRI BUTES (COI6) TYPE VALUE TYPE VALUE Elevation N/A Softwa re N/A COMP ONEN T EPN: (COI4 Panel) DOCU MENT NUMB ERS: (COI2 Panel) (Design Analyses References) EPN TYPE Type/S ub Docum ent Numbe r Input (YIN) See Calcu lation CALCI ENG L-001345 Revis ion 2 Yes Sectio n 1

                                           /
                                          /

I I I I REMA RKS:

CC-AA-309 - ATTA CHM ENT 1 - Design Analy sis Appro val Page 2 of2 DESIG N ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REV: 2A PAGE NO.2 of 9 Revisi on Summ ary (including EC' s incorporated): This revision will incorp orate a new limit for the RBM flow biased setpoint. Sections 3.5, 3.7, 3.15, 3.34, 3.35, 4.14, 10.5, 12.3, 12.4,13.3, 14.3 and 15.0 have been changed. Electro nic Calcula tion Data Files: (Program Name, Version, File Name extensionlsize/datelhour/min) N/A Design impac t review compl eted? [ X ] Yes [ ] N/A, Per EC#:_ 33236 0/61 __ (If yes, attach impact review sheet) Prepar ed by: _R. Fredricksen

                                          --_.. ..:/

Print Review ed by: _W. C. Kirchhoff ---:/ ...l-o~"-- Print Metho d of Review : [X] Detailed ] Alternate This Design Analys is supers edes: in its entiret y. Extern al Design Analysis Review (Attach ment 3 Attach ed) Reviewed by: --' ---' _ Print Sign Date Approv ed by: Date Do any ASSUM PTIONS / ENGIN EERING JUDGE MENTS require later By: AT#, EC# etc.) verification? [ I Yes [X] No Tracked

NES-G -14.01 Effective Date:04/14/00 CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS CALCULAlI ON NO. L-001345 REV. NO. 2A PAGE NO.3 OF 9 SECTION: PAGE NO. SUB-PAGE NO. TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 PURPOSE I OBJECTIVE 4 METH ODOL OGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA N/A ASSU MPTIO NS I ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS N/A DESIGN INPUT N/A REFERENCES N/A CALCULATIONS 4-9 SUMM ARY AND CONCLUSIONS N/A ATTACHMENTS N/A

NES-G-14.02 EffectiveDate:04/14/00 CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 2A PAGE NO.4 OF 9 Purpo se/Ob jective In April 2001 both the Unit 1 and Unit 2 COLR were revised for the implementation of Improved Technical Specifications. As part of that COLR change, the Rod Withdrawal Error accident was analyzed assuming that the RBM would not cause a rod block, and it set a new value of the Trip Setpoint (TS) and Allowable Value (AV) for the RBM flow biased setpoint. This calculation will revise the setpoint calculation for the RBM flow biased trip to incorporate this new information from the COLR. Calcu lation s

1. Revise section 3.5 3.5 LaSal le Statio n Proce dures Subsections e. and n. to read:

e. LIS-NR-105A, Rev. 12, "Unit 1 Rod Block Monit or Calibr ation. "

LIS-NR-105B, Rev. 10, "Unit 1 Rod Block Monit or Calibr ation. "

n. LIS-NR-205A, Rev. 5, 'Unit 2 Rod Block Monit or Calib ration .'

LIS-NR-205B, Rev. 5, 'Unit 2 Rod Block Monit or Calib ration .'

2. Revise section 3.7 to read as follows:

3.7 LaSal le Statio n Techn ical Specification Unit 1, Amen dmen t No. 147, dated March 30, 2001 and Techn ical Specification Unit 2, Amen dmen t No. 133, dated March 30, 2001

3. Revise section 3.15 to read as follows:

3.15 Techn ical Refere nce Manu al LaSal le 1 and 2; Appen dix I, Core Opera ting Limit s Repor t, LaSal le Unit 1 Cycle 9 dated May 2001, and Appen dix J, Core Opera ting Limits Repor t, LaSal le Unit 2 Cycle 9 dated Augus t 2001 .

4. Revise section 3.34 to read as follows:

3.34 NES-EIC-20.04, Revision 3, "Anal ysis of Instru ment Chann el Setpo int Error and Instru ment Loop Accur acy."

5. Add new reference 3.35 ER-AA-520, INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE TRENDING, Revis ion 0

NES-G-14.02 EffectiveDate:04/14/00 CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 2A PAGE NO.5 OF 9

6. Revise Section 4.14 and applicable table entrees as follows:

4.14 Analy tical Limits and Allow able Value s Inputs From Refere nces 3.27 and 3.33, Analy tical Limit inputs are provid ed for all non-fl ow biased setpoi nts and the APRM Flow Biased Trip functi ons (flow biased and clamp ). Refere nce 3.15 provid es the Allow able Value s for the RBM Upsca le Trips. There is no Analy tical Limit, as the rod block is not consid ered in the Rod Withd rawal Error Analy sis as stated in Refere nce 3.15. The inform ation provid ed by Refere nces 3.15, 3.27, and 3.33 is summ arized below : Bistab le AL AV Refere nce Rod Block Monit or Trips RBM Upsca le (Rod Block ), Two Recirc None 0.66W + 3.15 Loop Opera tion 54% RBM Upsca le (Rod Block ), Single Recirc None 0.66W + 3.15 Loop Opera tion 48.7%

Clamp ed with the Allow able Value not to exceed the AV For recirc ulatio n loop flow (W) of 100% .

7. Revise section 10.5 for the Upscale setpoints as follows:

10.5 RBM Calibr ation RBM Upsca le (Two Recirc ulatio n Loop Opera tion) Instru ment Setpo int: 9.320Vdc (116.5 %) (100% Flow) Allow able Range : 9.280 to 9.360 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc) Calib rated Trip Setpo int: :::;0.66W + 50.5 % (116.5 %) (Section 13.3.1) Nomin al Trip Setpo int: :::;0.66W + 51.0 % (117.0 0/0) (Refer ence 3.15) Tech Spec LCO: :::;0.66W + 54.0 % (120.0 %) (Refer ence 3.15) Clamped:::; the AV for 100% Flow Analy tic Limit : None

NES-G-14.02 Effect iveDate: 04/14 /00 CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 2A PAGE NO.6 OF 9 RBM Upsca le (Singl e Recirc ulatio n Loop Opera tion) Instru ment Setpo int: 8.880 Vdc (111.0 %) (100% Flow) Allow able Range : 8.840 to 8.920 Vdc (+/-0.040 Vdc) Calibr ation Trip Setpo int: :::;0.66W + 45.0 % (111.0 %) (Secti on 13.3.2) Nomi nal Trip Setpo int: :::;0.66W + 45.7 % (111.7 %) (Refer ence 3.15) Tech Spec LCD: :::;0.66W + 48.7% (114.7 %) (Refer ence 3.15) Clamped:::; the AV for 100% Flow Analy tic Limit : None

8. Revise section 12.3 and 12.4 as indicated below:

12.3 RBM Flow Biased Trips - TenRFB' TenRFB(AV) TenRFB and TenRFB(AV) are made up of the uncer tainty terms from the RBM Flow Biased Trip Modu le 5C. Becau se the RBM is not used in the COLR for accide nt or transi ent analys is this setpoi nt is a Level 2 setpoi nt as define d in Refere nce 3.34 Appen dix D, thus the uncer tainty is compu ted as follows. TenRFB = +/-(cr5C + L:e5C)% Powe r [Ref 3.34] TenRFB(AV) = +/-(cr5CAV + L:e5CAV)% Powe r [Ref 3.34] These uncer tainty terms includ e both the uncer taintie s associ ated with the RBM neutro n signal and the Recirc ulatio n Flow Monit or. From Sectio ns 11.5.3.1.6 and 11.5.3.2.10: TenRFB = +/-(2.874811 + 1.6724 12)% Powe r TenRFB = +/- 4.55 % Power And TenRFB(AV) = +/-(2.404668 + 0.852412)% Powe r TenRFB(AV) = +/- 3.26 % Powe r

NES-G-14.02 EffectiveDate:04/14/00 CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 2A PAGE NO.7 OF 9 12.4 RBM Fixed Trip - TenRF' TenRF(AV) Becau se the RBM is not used in the COLR for accide nt or transi ent analysis this setpoi nt is a Level 2 setpoi nt as defined in Refere nce 3.34 Appen dix D, thus the uncer tainty is comp uted as follows: TenRF = +/-(cr5B + L:e5B)% Power [Ref 3.34] TenRF(AV) = +/-(cr5BAv + L:e5BAv)% Powe r [Ref 3.34] TenRF and TenRF(Av) are made up of the uncer tainty terms from RBM Fixed Trip Modu le 5B. From Sections 11.5.2.1.6 and 11.5.2.2.10: TenRF = +/-(2.316113 + 0.82) % Power TenRF = +/- 3.14 % Powe r And TenRF(AV) = +/-(2.129873 + 0)% Powe r TenRF(AV) = +/- 2.13 % Powe r

9. Revise section 13.3 as indicated below:

13.3 RBM Flow Biased Trips The RBM Flow Biased Trips have the same total uncer tainty term (TenRFB) wheth er in Two Recirc ulatio n Loop Opera tion or Single Recirc ulatio n Loop Opera tion. This is becau se there are no chang es made to the metho d of opera tion of the Recirc ulatio n Flow Monit or for either Single or Two Loop Opera tion. There fore, the error analysis for the RFM is the same. 13.3.1 Upscale Trip - Two Loop Opera tion From Section 10.5 the existing Techn ical Specification Nomin al Trip Setpo int (NTSP) for this functi on is ~0.66W +51 % Powe r with the setpoi nt clamp ed at a value corres pondi ng to when W=10 0% Flow. Because this setpoi nt is not used in safety analysis, as specified in Refere nce 3.15, the Trip Setpo int listed in Refere nce 3.15 will be consid ered as a nomin al setpoi nt. The setpoi nt will be check ed agains t the AV listed in Refere nce 3.15 to ensure that the as-fou nd value when calibr ating the Upscale trip will not exceed the AV. AVRBM2 = NTSP + TenRFB(AV) % Powe r AVRBM2 = 0.66*W + 51 + TenRFB(AV) % Powe r

NES-G-14.02 EffectiveDate: 04/14/00 CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 2A PAGE NO.8 OF 9 AVRBM2 = 0.66W + 51 + 3.26 % Power AVRBM2 = 0.66W + 54.26 % Power Becau se the compu ted AV is in excess of the Refere nce 3.15 value, the fIxed offset of the final NTSP should be lowered at least 0.26 %. For conse rvatis m, the fInal calibr ation NTSP should be: NTSPRBM2 = 0.66W + 50.5 % Powe r The RBM backu p trip value should be calibr ated in such a mann er as to ensure that it is always highe r than the requir ed value neede d for the NTSP . 13.3.2 Upsca le Trip - Single Loop Opera tion From Section 10.5 the existing Techn ical SpecifIcation Nomin al Trip Setpo int (NTSP) for this functi on is sO.66W +45.7 % Powe r with the setpoi nt clamp ed at a value corres pondi ng to when W=10 0% Flow. Becau se this setpoi nt is not used in safety analysis, as specifIed in Refere nce 3.15, the Trip Setpo int listed in Refere nce 3.15 will be consid ered as a nomin al setpoint. The setpoi nt will be checked agains t the AV listed in Refere nce 3.15 to ensure that the as-fou nd value when calibr ating the Upscale trip will not exceed the AV. AVRBMI = NTSP + TenRFB(AV) % Power AVRBMI = 0.66*W + 45.7 + TenRFB(AV) % Powe r AVRBMI = 0.66W + 45.7 + 3.26 % Powe r AVRBMI = 0.66W + 48.96 % Power Becau se the compu ted AV is in excess of the Refere nce 3.15 value, the fIxed offset of the final NTSP should be lowered at least 0.26 %. For conse rvatis m, the fInal calibr ation NTSP should be: NTSPRBM1 = 0.66W + 45.0 % Powe r The RBM backu p trip value should be calibr ated in such a mann er as to ensure that it is always highe r than the requir ed value neede d for the NTSP .

10. Revise section 14.3 as indicated below:

NES-G -14.02 EffectiveDate:04/14/00 CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 2A PAGE NO.9 OF 9 14.3 RBM Flow Biased Trips 14.3.1 Upscale Trip - Two Loop Opera tion Calib rated NTSP 0.66W + 50.5% Powe r Tech Spec NTSP : 0.66W + 51 % Powe r Tech Spec AV: 0.66W + 54 % Powe r Exten ded Tolera nce +/- 0.75% Powe r Exten ded tolera nce selected at 1.5 times setting tolera nce to provid e an ET value for Trend ing as descri bed in ER-AA-520. 14.3.2 Upscale Trip - Single Loop Opera tion Calib rated NTSP 0.66W + 45.0 % Powe r Tech Spec NTSP : 0.66W + 45.7 % Powe r Tech Spec AV: 0.66W + 48.7 % Powe r Exten ded Tolera nce +/- 0.75% Powe r Exten ded tolera nce selected at 1.5 times setting tolera nce to provid e an ET value for trendi ng as descri bed in ER-AA-520.

11. Revise the applicable sections of 15.0 as follows:

15.0 CALC ULAT ION SPRE ADSH EET Symb ol For.m ula or Inpu t Valu e Valu e Unit s NTSP RBM2 0s 51 51 % Power ALRBM20S (Deleted) AV RB M2 NTSPRBM20s + TenRFB(AV) 54.26 % Power NTSPRBMIOS 45.7 45.7 % Power ALRBMIOS (Deleted) AVRBMI NTSPRBMIOS + TenRFB(AV) 48.96 % Power Final [Last Page]

CC-AA-309 Revision 1 ATTACHMENT 1 Design Analysis Approval Page 1 0 f2 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO.: L-001345 PAGE NO.1 OF 4 Major REV Number: 002 Minor Rev Number: B [ ] BRAIDWOOD STATION DESCRIPTION CODE:(C018) 104 [ ] BYRON STATION [ ] CLINTON STATION [ ] DRESDEN STATION DISCIPLINE CODE: (C011) I [X] LASALLE CO. STATION [ ] QUAD CITIES STATION SYSTEM CODE: (C011) C51 Unit: [ ] 0 [X] 1 [X]2 [ ]3 TITLE: Average Power Range Monitor (APRM), Rod Block Monitor (RBM), and Recirculation Flow Monitor (RFM) Bistable Loop Accuracy for Rod Block and Scram Functions. [ X ] Safety Related [ ] Augmented Quality [ ] Non-5afety Related AITRIBUTES (C016) TYPE VALUE TYPE VALUE Elevation Misc Software COMPONENT EPN: (C014 Panel) DOCUMENT NUMBERS: (C012 Panel) (Design Analyses References) EPN TYPE Type/Sub Document Number Input (Y/N) See Section 1.0 of Rev. 2 CALIENG L-002884 Y DCD/~~ EC-338271 Y Ah~

                                          .~ 1 REMARKS:

CC-AA-309 Revision 1 ATTACHMENT 1 Design Analysis Approval Page 2 of 2 DESIGN ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REV: 0028 PAGE NO. 20F4 Revision Summary (including EC's incorporated): The purpose of this minor Revision 002B is to add calculation L-002884, Rev. 000, "Measurement and Test Equipment (M&TE) Acceptability Evaluation" prepared for EC-338271 as a reference in Section 3.0 - REFERENCES and Section 9.0 - CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT DATA. This minor revision will also establish cross-reference between these two calculations. Electronic Calculation Data Files: See Attachments C and D. (Program Name, Version, File Name extension/size/date/hour/min) Design impact review completed? ] Yes [X 1N/A, Per EC#: EC-338271 (If yes, attach impact review sheet) Prepared by: R. H. LOW 08/10/02 Print Date Reviewed by: T. VAN WYK 08/11/02 Print Date Method of Review: [ X] Detailed This Design Analysis supersedes: .:.=~ ,in its entirety. Reviewed by: -+~..::.......=~~~..:.=-..c::.""",---, ---IbI'-""'--" Approved by: -'-----'---,::-:-'-'--=..:'-"-----F"--}--' _-'-~~ Do any ASSUMPTIONS / ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS require later verification? [ ] Yes [X] No (Tracked By: AT#, EC#

NES-G-14.01 Effective Date: 04/14/00 CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS CALCULATION NO. L-001345 REV. NO. 0028 PAGE NO.3 SECTION: PAGE NO. SUB-PAGE NO. TABLE OF CONTENTS 3

1. PURPOSE / OBJECTIVE NA

2. METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NA

3. ASSUMPTIONS / ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS NA

4. DESIGN INPUT NA

5. REFERENCES 4

6. CALCULATIONS 4

7.

SUMMARY

AND CONCLUSIONS NA

8. ATTACHMENTS NA E-FORM

NES-G-14.02 Effective Date: 04/14/00 CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 0028 PAGE NO.4 of 4 NOTE: Section numbers referred to in the section headers in this minor revision are in accordance with the calculation format in use at the time of this minor revision. Section numbers referred to in the body of each section are the actual section numbers in the record calculation. 5.0 References Add calculation L-002884, Rev. 000, "Measurement and Test Equipment (M&TE) Acceptability Evaluation" as the last reference in Section 3.0. 6.0 Calculations Add the following sentence to the end of the second paragraph of Section 9.0, Calibration Instrument Data.

      "Refer to calculation L-002884 for use of M&TE less accurate than that listed."

Final [Last Page] E-FORM

ExelonSM ATTACHMENT 2 Design Analysis Minor Revision Cover Sheet CC-AA-309-1001 Revision 0 Nuclear Last Page No.4 Analysis No. L-001345 Revision 2C EC/ECR No. EC 331766 Revision 0 Average Power Range Monitor (APRM), Rod Block Monitor (RBM), and Recirculation Flow

Title:

Monitor (RFM) Bistable Loop Accuracy for Rod Block and Scram Functions Station(s) LaSalle Is this Design Analysis Safeguards? Yes 0 No [8:J Unit No.: 1 and 2 Does this Design Analysis Contain Unverified Assumptions? Yes 0 No [8:J Safety Class SR System Code C51 ATI/AR# Description of Change Section 14.1 is revised to change the examples for the flow bias calibration setpoints to indicate the corresponding values at a drive flow of 75% instead of 80%. References for the calibration procedures are also revised. Disposition of Changes (include additional pages as required) Add pages 1 through 4 of minor revision 002C. Preparer W. Kirchhoff Print Name Reviewer V. Shah Print Name Sign Name Method of Review [8:J Detailed Review o Altemate Calculations 0 Testing Review Notes: Approver ----'J.3. .yf-!'(l::..::\)...:..I>J_~G.<.:.._'Iu.;,..>:::_:..n;_'__f<_... _ 4- /'1,,/04-Print Name Sign Name (For External Analyses Only) Exelon Reviewer Print Name Sign Name Approver Print Name Sign Name

CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS CALCULATION NO. L-001345 REV. NO. PAGE NO.2 002C SECTION: PAGE NO. SUB-PAGE NO. TITLE PAGE 1 I TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 PURPOSE / OBJECTNE 3 METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NA I ASSUMPTIONS / ENGINEERING JUDGEMENTS NA DESIGN INPUT NA REFERENCES 3 CALCULATIONS NA I CONCLUSIONS 3 ATTACHMENTS NA COMPUTER PROGRAMS NA 2

CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002C PAGE NO.3 of 4 1.0 Purpose/Scope The purpose of this revision is to revise the'discussion related to the calibration setpoints in section 14.0 Conclusions for APRM Flow Biased Trips. Section 14.1 is revised to change the examples for the flow bias calibration setpoints to indicate the corresponding values at a drive flow of75% instead of80%. This change is being made for consistency with the calibration procedures (references 3.5u, 3.5v, 3.5w, 3.5x) which currently use a simulated drive flow of 75%. The change was made to the calibration procedures because at 80% flow the transition from the flow biased line to the fixed clamped setpoint occurs. This transition was fo,und to interfere with the calibration. The change does not affect the calibration setpoint. References for the calibration procedures are also revised. 3.0 References References 3.5.a, b, c, d and 3.5 j, k, m, n are superseded by the references indicated below: 3.5.u LIS-NR-103~ -levision 7, UNIT 1 AVERAGE POWER RANGE MONITOR CHANNELS A, C, ANb E ROJ!) BLOCK AND SCRAM CALIBRAnON 3.5.v LIS-NR-103B Revision 6, UNIT 1 AVERAGE POWER RANGE MONITOR CHANNELS B, D, AND F ROD BLOCK AND SCRAM CALIBRAnON 3.5.w LIS-NR-203A Revision 6, UNIT 2 AVERAGE POWER RANGE MONITOR CHANNELS A, C, AND E ROD BLOCK AND SCRAM CALIBRAnON 3.5.x LIS-NR-203A Revision 6, UNIT 2 AVERAGE POWER RANGE MONITOR CHANNELS B, D, AND F ROD BLOCK AND SCRAM CAtIBRATION 14.0 Conclusion Replace section 14.1 with the following: 14.1. APRM Flow Biased Trips 14.1.1 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Scram) - Two Loop Operation Analytical Limit: 0.62W + 70.9 % Power Tech Spec AV: 0.62W + 69.3 % Power Tech Spec NTSP: 0.62W + 63.7 % Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of +/- 0.04 Vdc. For example, with a 75% drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 110.2% (0.62*75 + 63.7). Since 110.2% on a 125% scale corresponds to 8.816 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale [IOVdc*IIO.2%/125%], a setpoint of8.776 +/- 0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75% drive flow. 3

CALCULATION PAGE CALCULATION NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002C PAGE NO.4 of 4 14.1.2 Simulated Thennal Power Upscale (Scram) - Single Loop Operation Analytical Limit: 0.55W + 58.33 % Power , , Tech Spec AV: 0.55W + 56.8 % Power Tech Spec NTSP: 0.55W + 51.5 % Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of +/- 0.04 Vdc. For example, with a 75% drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 92.75% (0.55*75 + '51.5). Since 92.75% on a 125% scale corresponds to 7.420 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale [10Vdc*92.75%/125%], a setpoint of7.38 +/- 0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75% drive flow. 14.1.3 Simulated Thennal Power Upscale (Rod Block) - Two Loop Operation Analytical Limit: 0.62W + 59.47 % Power Tech Spec AV: 0.62W + 57.9 % Power Tech Spec NTSP: 0.62W + 52.3 % Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of +/- 0.04 Vdc. For example, with a 75% drive flow, the Tech Spec,NTSP is 98.8 % (0.62*75 + 52.3). Since 98.8 % on a 125% scale corresponds to 7.904 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale [10Vdc*98.8 %/125%], a setpoint of7.864 +/- 0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75% drive flow. 14.1.4 Simulated Thennal Power Upscale (Rod Block) - Single Loop Operation Analytical Limit: 0.55W + 46.9 % Power Tech Spec AV: 0.55W + 45.4 % Power Tech Spec NTSP: 0.55W + 40.0 % Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of +/- 0.04 Vdc. For example, with a 75% drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 81.25% (0.55*75 + 40.0). Since 81.25% on a 125% scale corresponds to 6.500 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale [10Vdc*81.25%/125%], a setpoint of 6.460 +/- 0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75% drive flow. 4

CC-AA-309-1001 Revision 5 ATTACHMENT 2 Design Analysis Minor Revision Cover Sheet Design Analysis (Minor Revision) Last Page No. L~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 49 ~~~~ _ _ ~ _ ~ ~_ _. ~ Analysis No.: 1 L-001345 Revision: 2 002D

Title:

3 Average Power Range Monitor (APRM), Rod Block Monitor (RBM), and Recirculation Flow onitor (RFM) Bistable Loop Accuracy for Rod Block and Scram Functions EC/ECR No.: Revision: o Station(s): 7 LaSalle Unit No.: a 1 and 2 Safety/QA Class: 9 SR System Code(s): 10 C51 Is this Design Analysis Safeguards Information? 11 Yes No [g] If yes, see SY-AA-101-106 Does this Design Analysis contain Unverified Assumptions? Yes 0 No [g] If yes, ATI/AR#:

                                                                                                                ------I This Design Analysis SUPERCEDES:                                                                           in its entirety.

Description of Changes (list affected pages):

1) Determine Tech Spec AV's and NTSP's for the APRM flow biased trips based on analytical limit changes due to thermal power optimization.

2) Determine ALT/AFT for APRM flow biased trips for use in instrument performance trending.

3) Determine total uncertainty based on the replacement ABB RFM uncertainties instead of the previously installed GE Flow Units.

4) Determine flow biased APRM trip errors based on 75% calibration flow.

5) Deleted section 15.0 (calculation spreadsheet),

6) Corrected a computation error in Section 11.5.3.1.5.

7) Corrected the application of vendor provided performance specifications for the ABB RFM upscale and comparator trip functions.

List of Affected Pages: This minor revision affects numerous pages of revision 2 which includes the following sections: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 7.0, 8.0, 9.0, 11.0, 12.0, 13.0, 14.0, and 15.0. The following sections of minor revision 2A are affected: reference 3.4, and sections 12.3, 13.3.1, and 13.3.2. The following sections of minor revision 2C are also affected: sections 14.1.1, 14.1.2, 14.1.3, and 14,1,4. Disposition of Changes: 15 This minor calculation revision is in support of Thermal Power Optimization and identifies permanent calculation changes required during the next major revision to this calculati0r:!.: Preparer: 16 David Cujko (Sargent & Lundy) Print Name Method of Review: 17 Detailed Review f5{l Alternate Calculations 0 Testing 0 Reviewer: 18 Review Independent review rxJ Peer review 0 Notes: 19 (For External Analyses Only) External Approver: 20 Exelon Reviewer 21 Ion Approver: 22

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION: PAGE NO. TITLE PAGE 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 SECTION 1.0 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVE 3 SECTION 2.0 METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 4 SECTION

3.0 REFERENCES

5 SECTION 4.0 DESIGN INPUTS 6 SECTION 5.0 ASSUMPTIONS 9 SECTION 6.0 INSTRUMENT CHANNEL CONFIGURATION N/A SECTION 7.0 PROCESS PARAMETERS 10 SECTION 8.0 LOOP ELEMENT DATA 11 SECTION 9.0 CALIDRATION INSTRUMENT DATA 12 SECTION 10.0 CALIDRATION PROCEDURE DATA N/A SECTION 11.0 MODULE ERRORS 13 SECTION 12.0 INSTRUMENT CHANNEL TOTAL ERROR 32 SECTION 13.0 ERROR ANALYSIS

SUMMARY

34 SECTION

14.0 CONCLUSION

S ..* 46 SECTION 15.0 CALCULATION SPREADSHEET 49 ATTACHMENTS N/A

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 3 1.0 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVE The purpose of this Minor Revision is listed below:

1. The Unit 1 and Unit 2 analytical limits for the APRM flow biased trips are being revised per the thermal power optimization project. This revision recalculates the Technical Specification allowable values (AV's) and nominal trip setpoints (NTSP's) for the APRM flow biased trips based on the analytical limit changes.

2. This revision determines as-left / as-found tolerances for the APRM flow biased trips for use in instrument performance trending.

3. Subsequent to the issuance of analysis L-001345, revision 2, the GE recirculation flow units have been replaced with ABB recirculation flow monitors (RPM's). All results that are dependent on recirculation flow measurement uncertainties are impacted by the ABB RPM replacements.

Therefore, this minor revision re-determines total instrument uncertainty and results for the following functions: a) APRM flow biased trips, b) RBM flow biased trips, and c) RPM upscale and comparator trip results.

4. Revise Section 2.2 (and subsequently impacted sections) to address the calibration flow rate change from 80% to 75% as detailed in minor revision 2C.

5. Section 15.0, "Calculation Spreadsheet", is being deleted. This spreadsheet was included for reference, and it was utilized for verifying computations. It is no longer required and is therefore being deleted.

6. The value determined for FCS RBM (0.668750) in Section 11.5.3.1.5 will be revised to correct a previous computation error.

7. Corrected the application of vendor provided performance specifications for the ABB RPM upscale and comparator trip functions.

NOTE: Changes or revisions to existing portions of the calculation are identified by a combination of either bold, underlined, or italic text in lieu of revision bars. Added text or new text or sections are indicated as such, and are NOT identified by bold, underlined, or italic text.

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 4 2.0 METHODOLOGY AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

1. Revise Section 2.1.d as follows:

d. Static Pressure Span Effects References 3.5.s. 3.5./. and 3.5.y, 3.5.z state that a 1% of span correction has been included in the calibration to compensate for the static pressure span effect. However, References 3.14 states that there is a plus/minus correction uncertainty associated with this compensation.

Therefore, this uncertainty will be included as a random error term in this calculation. Although the vendor gives this error term as a percent of reading, it will be considered as percent calibrated span which simplifies the calculation and is conservative.

2. Revise Section 2.2 to address the calibration fJ.ow rate change from 80% to 75% as detailed in minor revision 2C.

Slope~mw Slopesp + [(T+ + T)/0.08]/Mlow This will be used for both APRM and RBM flow biased error calculations. For the APRM's, the tolerance (T+, T) is +/-0.04 Vdc and the calibration flow (Mlow) is 75% flow (Section lOA). For the RBM's, the tolerance (T+, T) is +/-0.04 Vdc and the calibration flow <<Mlow) is 100% flow (Section 10.5).

3. Add new Section 204 as indicated below:

204 The methodology for determining as-left / as-found tolerances for APRM flow biased trip calibrations and surveillances, for each individually calibrated component or circuit (or module), is as follows: Module As-Left Tolerance (ALT): ALT = +/-[RA2 + MTE2 + REMTi]o.s Module As-Found Tolerance (AFT): where, RA = Module Reference Accuracy RD = Module Vendor Specified Instrument Drift MTE = Module Measurement and Test Equipment (M&TE) Error REMTE = Module M&TE Readability If a particular calibrated component or circuit (or module) is not provided with a reference accuracy specification, the setting tolerance applied during module calibration will be used in place of the reference accuracy specification.

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 5

3.0 REFERENCES

1. Add new references as indicated below:

3.5.y LIS-RR-101A, Rev. 12, "Unit 1 Recirculation Flow Converter A Calibration." LIS-RR-101B, Rev. 12, "Unit 1 Recirculation Flow Converter B Calibration." LIS-RR-101C, Rev. 11, "Unit 1 Recirculation Flow Converter C Calibration." LIS-RR-101D, Rev. 14, "Unit 1 Recirculation Flow Converter D Calibration." 3.5.z LIS-RR-201A, Rev. 12, "Unit 2 Recirculation Flow Converter A Calibration." LIS-RR-201B, Rev. 11, "Unit 2 Recirculation Flow Converter B Calibration." LIS-RR-201C, Rev. 11, "Unit 2 Recirculation Flow Converter C Calibration." LIS-RR-201D, Rev. 12, "Unit 2 Recirculation Flow Converter D Calibration."

2. Revise Reference 3.34 as follows: (Note that this supersedes the minor rev 2A change to this reference) 3.34 NES-EIC-20.04, Rev. 5, "Analysis of Instrument Channel Setpoint Error and Instrument Loop Accuracy."

3. Add new reference as indicated below: (Note: see minor rev 2A for reference 3.35, "ER-AA-520 and minor rev 2B for reference 3.35.a, "L-002884")

3.36 GE Task Report 0000-01 06-61 03-RO, DRF 0000-0096-1158, Rev.O. Class III, November 2009 "Project Task Report, Exelon Nuclear, LaSalle Units 1 and 2 Thermal Power Optimization, Task T0506: TS Instrument Setpoints." 3.37 Fluke 45 User Manual, PN855981, January 1989, Rev. 4, 7/97

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 6 4.0 DESIGN INPUTS

1. Revise Section 4.1 as follows:

4.1 Accuracy for Flow Transmitters The procedures of References 3.5.s. 3.5./. and 3.5.y, 3.5.z indicate that there are five different calibrated spans for the 16 flow transmitters covered by this calculation. Since some of the uncertainty terms depend on the calibrated span and/or the transmitters upper range, the lowest value of the calibrated span will be used for all flow loops since this will produce conservative results.

2. Revise Section 4.14 and applicable table entrees as follows:

4.14 Analytical Limits and Allowable Values Inputs From References 3.27, 3.33. and 3.36 Analytical Limit inputs are provided for all non-flow biased setpoints and the APRM Flow Biased Trip functions (flow biased and clamp). Reference 3.15 provides the Allowable Values for the RBM Upscale Trips. There is no Analytical Limit, as the rod block is not considered in the Rod Withdrawal Error Analysis as stated in Reference 3.15. The information provided by References 3.15,3.27, 3.33. and 3.36 is summarized below: Bistable AL AV Reference APRM Flow Biased Trips Flow Biased STP Scram -TLO O.61W + 69.76% 3.36 Flow Biased STP Scram -SLO O.54W + 57.39% 3.36 Flow Biased STP Rod Block -TLO O.61W+58.51% 3.36 Flow Biased STP Rod Block -SLO O.54W + 46.14% 3.36

3. Add new Section 4.15 as follows:

4.15 References 3.5.y and 3.5.z indicate the original GE recirculation flow units have been replaced with ABB recirculation flow monitors (RFM's). Therefore, all total channel errors that are dependent on recirculation flow measurement uncertainties will be based on the ABB RFM' s. This applies to the following functions: a) APRM flow biased trips, b) RBM flow biased trips, and c) RFM upscale and comparator trip results.

4. Add new Section 4.16 4.16 Error Propagation through ABB RFM Square Root Converter With Reference to Appendix B of Reference 3.34, input errors are propagated through the ABB RFM square root converter circuit as follows:

O"OUT = (k)(O"ERROR)/[2(x)o.s] eOUT = (k)(eERRoR)/[2(x)o.s] where,

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 7 (JOUT = random output error eOUT = non-random output error k = gam (JERROR = random input error eERROR = non-random input error x = input span Determining the value of k: Per Appendix B of Reference 3.34, the equation for a square root converter is, y = k(x)O.5 In Units ofVdc: where y is the output span (10 Vdc) and x is the input span (10 Vdc) per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z. Solving for k, k y/(X)O.5 10 Vdc / (10 Vdc)o.5 3.162278 VdcNdco. 5 From Section 4.10, the point of interest is 75% Flow. The input span (x) at 75% Flow is determined as follows: (75% Flow) / (125% Flow) = [(x75%)o.5]/[10 Vdc)o.5]

                                              = 3.6 Vdc In Units of% CS: where y is the output span (100 % CS) and x is the input span (100 % CS) per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z. Solving for k, k                 y/(X)O.5 100 % CS / (100 % CS)O.5 10 % CS/ % CS°.5 From Section 4.1 0, the point of interest is 75% Flow. The input span (x) at 75% Flow is determined as follows:

(75% Flow) / (125% Flow) = [(X75')/o )o.5]/[100 % CS)O.5]

                                              = 36 % CS

5. Add new Section 4.17 4.17 Error Propagation through ABB RPM Summer With Reference to Appendix B of Reference 3.34, input errors are propagated through the ABB RPM summer circuit as follows:

(JOUT = [(k1 *(JERRORX/ + (k2*(JERROR y/]O.5 eOUT = (k1 *eERRORX) + (k2*eERROR y) where,

                            = random output error

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 8 eOUT = non-random output error kl = gain input 1 k2 = gain input 2 O"ERRORX = random input error X O"ERROR Y = random input error Y eERRORX = non-random input error X eERROR Y = non-random input error Y The summer inputs are equally weighted, therefore, kl = k2 = 0.5.

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 9 5.0 ASSUMPTIONS

1. Delete Section 5.7 as follows:

Sinee the ABB designed flaw unit has nat yet been installed, it will be assumed that this flaw unit will be maunted in the same general area as is the present fla:\\' unit. Therefore, the en¥iranmeBtal parameters for the eurrent fla'i\' unit will be assumed ta be applieable ta the new ADB flaw units.

2. Delete Section 5.9 as follows:

Sinee there have been na praeedures generated for ealibrating the ABB designed flaw unit it will be assumed that, whe1l'develaped, they will be similar ta thase used ta ealibrate the CE designed flaw unit. Therefore, the MTE and ST terms derived for the CE flaw units will be assumed applieable ta the ealibratian af the ABB flaw unit.

3. Revise Section 5.11 as follows:

Based on the information contained in References 3.4 and 3.16 it will be assumed that LaSalle is using a Wallace and Tieman Model 65-120 instrument when the procedures of References 3.5.s, 3.5.1 and 3.5.y, 3.5.z call for a Pneumatic Calibrator.

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 10 7.0 PROCESS PARAMETERS

1. Revise Section 7.0 as follows:

The temperature of the fluid has, however, dropped to reactor building ambient temperature by the time it reached the location of the transmitters. Based on References 3.5.s. 3.5.1 and 3.5.v. 3.5.z. 100% Flow in these flow loops is equal to 55,000 GPM.

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 11 8.0 LOOP ELEMENT DATA

1. Revise section 8.6.1 as follows to correct the accuracy specification for the comparator and upscale trips:

(Note that Revision 2 currently incorrectly applies the trip and total flow uncertainty as independent; however, they are dependent.) Comparator Trip Accuracy: 2 % CS (based on 1 % trip setpoint error plus 1% total flow signal error) Upscale Trip Accuracy: 2 % CS (based on 1 % trip setpoint error plus 1% total flow signal error)

2. Revise section 8.6.2 as follows:

8.6.2 Environmental Parameters at Plow Unit Location (Zone LC1A from EWCS) (Reference 3.6, Table 3.11-24) {It is flssumed thflt thisflew unit will he Hleunted in the sflmegenel"fll flrefl flS is thepr-esentflew unit} Temperature (OP) 72 -74 Relative Humidity (%) 35 - 45 Radiation 1x103 rads gamma(integrated)

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 12 9.0 CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT DATA

1. ABB RPM calibration procedures (References 3.5.y and 3.5.z), invokes use of a Fluke 45 to calibrate the recirculation flow transmitters. Therefore, revise the table in section 9.0 by adding the following MTE error information for a Fluke 45, slow reading rate, (100 mVdc Rng) as follows: (see section 9.1 changes below for determination of this uncertainty,). The +/-0.012141 mVdc uncertainty value is utilized, because the maximum reading will be 20 mVde at the transmitter location, and the environment during calibration should not exceed 104°F.

Calibration Instrument MTE Error [1 cr1 Evaluation Parameters MTE for all DMM Calibrations Fluke 45 Slow (l00 m Vdc Rng) +/-0.012141 m Vdc @20mVdc, 104°F

2. Revise Section 9.2 as follows:

9.2 Pressure Measurement Error Evaluation References 3.5.s, 3.5.( and 3. 5. v' 3.5.z specify the use of a "Pneumatic Calibrator, 0-850"W.C. (Accuracy: +/-2.0"W.C., minimum)."

3. Section 9.1: Add the following DMM measurement error evaluation for a Fluke 45, slow reading rate, (100 mVdc Range) as follows under Section 9.1:

FLUKE 45 SLOW READING RATE RANGE: 100 mVdc Manufacturer's Specifications (from Reference 3.37) Reference Accuracy (RA)t +/-(0.025%(RDG) + 6(digits)) [2cr] Resolution (RES) 0.001 mV Temperature Effect* (TE) +/-(O.1(Accuracy Spec.)/°C) (dT) [2cr] t 1 Year Accuracy Specification

From O°C to 18°C and 28°C to 50°C Temperature Differential (dT) 64.4 ~ 82.4°F (18 ~ 28°C) Temperature Effect Not Applicable 104°F 40.0°C ~ dT = (40.0 - 28.0)OC = 12.0°C 122°F = 50.0°C ~ dT = (50.0 - 28.0)OC = 22.0°C Total Measurement Error (MTE)

MTE = +/-[(RA/2 +TE/2)2 + REs2] 1/2 [1 cr] Maximum Zone Temp. MTE at RDG = 20 mV MTE at RDG = 50 mV 64.4 ~ 82.4°F +/-0.005590 mV +/-0.009304 mV 104°F +/-0.012141 mV +/-0.020375 mV 122°P +/-0.017628 mV +/-0.029617 mV

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 13 11.0 MODULE ERRORS 11.1 MODULE 1 (FLOW TRANSMITTER)

1. Revise Section 11.1.1.3 as follows:

11.1.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CALI) The uncertainties associated with calibrating the flow transmitters are composed of the uncertainties in setting the input signal and the uncertainties in reading the output signal. References 3.5.s, 3.5.t and 3.5. v' 3.5.z do not give a particular instrument to be used for setting the input during calibration. Rather, they simply indicate a "Pneumatic Calibrator, 0-850" W.C. (accuracy: +/-2.0" W.C., minimum)" is required. Per Assumption 5.11 LaSalle is assumed to be using a Wallace and Tieman Model 65-120 instrument for this input monitoring function. For the maximum temperature applicable to this location the accuracy given by Reference 3.4 for this instrument is 2.149835" W.C. This is the value that will be used in this calculation. The reading error term (REMTEIFT) is included in total MTE error term given in Reference 3.4. Therefore, a value of 0 will be used for REMTEI FT for this calculation. The instrument specified by the procedures (References 3.5.s and 3.5.t) for measurement of the flow transmitter output is a Fluke 8600A DMM. For the voltage range of interest for this calculation the reference accuracy, from Reference 3.4, is 0.034961 mVdc. (RAMTE2 FT). Since this is a digital instrument, there is no reading error associated with its use (REMTE2FT = 0). The instrument specified by the procedures (References 3.5.y and 3.5.z) for measurement orthe flow transmitter output is a Fluke 45 DMM. For the voltage range orinterest, for this calculation, the reference accuracv, from Section 9.0, is +/-0.012141 m Vdc. The Fluke 45 is a digital output device, and therefore, the reading error is considered to be the least significant increment ofthe display (or resolution) (see Reference 3.34). Per section 9.1, reading error is included in the uncertainty value. Since the uncertainty ora Fluke 8600A bounds the uncertainty ora Fluke 45, the Fluke 8600A will be evaluated in the following analysis.

2. Revise Section 11.1.1.4 as follows:

11.1.1.4 Setting Tolerance (STl) From References 3.5.s, 3.5.t and 3. 5. v' 3.5.z the setting tolerance for the flow transmitters' output (STFT(oUT>> is 0.08 mVdc.

3. Revise Section 11.1.1.5 as follows:

11.1.1.5 Static Pressure Span Effect (Correction Uncertainty) (SPSEFr) References 3.5.s, 3.5.t and 3.5. v' 3.5.z state that a 1% of span correction has been included in the calibration to compensate for the static pressure span effect.

4. Revise Section 11.1.2.5 as follows:

11.1.2.5 Static Pressure Effect (e1SP)

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 14 From References 3.5.s, 3.5.t and 3.5.y, 3.5.z, these instruments have been compensated for static pressure effect during calibration. 11.4.4 Module 4D (Trip Circuit - Flow Biased)

1. Revise section 11.4.4 as follows:

Module 4D receives an analog input from the Averaging Circuitry and the ABB RFM (Module 6), and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal from the Averaging Circuitry and the reference value, which is a function of the ABB RFM flow signal. Therefore, Module 4D is a bistable module.

2. Revise section 11.4.4.1.5 as follows to evaluate uncertainties from the ABB RFM instead of uncertainties from the GE Flow Units. Refer to section 11.6 of this minor revision for determination of ABB RFM uncertainties.

11.4.4.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput4D) The Module 4D input error (ainput4D) is the SRSS combination of random input terms from Module 4B (a4BFB) and Module 6 ((J6) (Per section 4.15). However, (J6 must be converted from % Flow to % Power using the flow biased trip slope adjustment from Section 2.2 which accounts for setting uncertainties.

3. Revise section 11.4.4.1.5.1 as follows to a) evaluate uncertainties from the ABB RFM (a6 and a6 c values from section 11.6.1.1.6) instead of uncertainties from the GE Flow Units, b) evaluate the AL value per Reference 3.36, and c) apply the 75% calibration flow rate as detailed previously per section 2.2 changes:

11.4.4.1.5.1 Two Loop Operation (TLO) - From Design Input 4.14, the TLO flow biased slope (FCSsp) is 0.61 which is adjusted as FCS FCSsp + [(0.04+0.04) / 0.08] / 75 0.61 + [(0.04+0.04) / 0.08] / 75 0.623333 The module 4D input uncertainty for TLO is determined as ainput4D +/-[a4BFB2 + (FCS * (J6/]0.5 ainput4D +/-[1.211222 + (0.623333

2.1l2581l]o.s ainput4D +/-l. 789169 Power And the module 4D AV uncertainty for TLO is determined as ainput4DAv +/-[a4B A/ + (FCS * (J6 cl]o.s ainput4D Av +/-[1.0415102 + (0.623333
1.035450l]0.5 ainput4DAv +/-1.225285 % Power

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 15

4. Revise section 11.4.4.1.5.2 as follows to a) evaluate uncertainties from the ABB RFM (cr6 and cr6 c values from section 11.6.1.1.6) instead of uncertainties from the GE Flow Units, b) evaluate the AL value per Reference 3.36, and c) apply the 75% calibration flow rate as detailed previously per section 2.2 changes:

11.4.4.1.5.2 Single Loop Operation (SLO) - From Design Input 4.14, the SLO flow biased slope (FCS SPSLO) is 0.54 which is adjusted as FCS SLO = FCS SPSLO + [(0.04+0.04) / 0.08] / 75 0.54 + [(0.04+0.04) / 0.08] / 75 0.553333 The module 4D input uncertainty for SLO is determined as crinput4D sLO +/-[cr4BFB2 + (FCS SLO

u6i]0.5 2

crinput4D sLO +/-[1.21122 + (0.553333

2.112581if 5 crinput4D SLO +/-1.683307 % Power And the module 4D AV uncertainty for SLO is determined as crinput4DAvsLO +/-[cr4BA/ + (FCS SLO
u6d]0.5 crinput4DAvsLO +/-[1.0415102 + (0.553333
1.035450i]0.5 crinput4DAVSLO +/-1.188702 % Power

5. Revise section 11.4.4.1.6.1 as follows:

cr4D +/-[RA4D(lcr)2 + RD4D(lcr)2 + CAL4D2 + ST4D(lcr/ + crinput4D2f5 cr4D +/-[0.625 2 + 1.74553 2 + 0.00225 2 + 0.166667 2 + 1.7891692]°.5 cr4D +/- 2.581939 % Power And the module 4D AV random error is

                               +/-[RA4D(lcr)2 + RD4D(lcr/ + CAL4D2 + ST4D(lcr)2 + crinput4D A/]0.5
                               +/-[0.625 2 + 1.745532 + 0.00225 2 + 0.166667 2 + 1.2252852]°.5
                               +/- 2.228588 % Power

6. Revise section 11.4.4.1.6.2 as follows:

cr4D sLO 2 2

                               +/-[RA4D(lcr/ + RD4D(lcr/ + CAL4D + ST4D(lcr/ + crinput4DsL0 ]0.5 cr4D sLO                   2          2           2
                               +/-[0.625 + 1.74553 + 0.00225 + 0.16666i + 1. 68330i]0.5 cr4DsLO           +/- 2.509742 % Power And the module 4D AV random error is cr4D AVSLO        +/-[RA4D(lcr/ + RD4D(lcr/ + CAL4D2 + ST4D(lcr/ + crinput4DAvsL02]0.5 cr4DAVSLO         +/-[0.625 2 + 1.74553 2 + 0.00225 2 + 0.16666i + 1.1887022]°.5

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 16

                               +/- 2.208686% Power

7. Revise section 11.4.4.2.9.1 as follows to evaluate uncertainties from the ABB RPM (~6 value from section 11.6.1.2.10) instead of uncertainties from the GE Flow Units:

einput4D +/-[~e4B + (FCS

L'e6)]

einput4D +/-[0.82 + (0.623333

1.845461)]

einput4D +/- 1.970337 % Power And the module 4D A V error for TLO is determined as einput4D Av +/-[~e4BAV + (FCS

L'e6)]

einput4DAv +/-[O + (0.623333

1.845461)]

einput4D Av +/- 1.150337 % Power

8. Revise section 11.4.4.2.9.2 as follows to evaluate uncertainties from the ABB RPM (~6 value from section 11.6.1.2.10) instead of uncertainties from the GE Flow Units:

einput4DsLO +/-[~e4B + (FCS

L'e6)]

einput4D sLO +/-[0.82 + (0.553333

1.845461)]

einput4DsLO +/- 1.841154 % Power And the module 4D A V error for SLO is determined as einput4DAVSLO +/-[~e4BAV + (FCS

L'e6)]

einput4DAvsLO +/-[O + (0.553333

1.845461)]

einput4DAvsLO +/-1.021154 % Power

9. Revise section 11.4.4.2.10.1 as follows:

    ~e4D    =       +/-(l25/100)*(e4DH + e4DT + e4DR + e4DS + e4DSP + e4DP + e4Dp + e4DV)
                    + einput4D
    ~e4D            +/-(l25/100)*(0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) + 1.970337
    ~e4D            +/-1.970337 % Power And the module 4D A V error for TLO is determined as
                    +/-(l251100)*(e4DH + e4DT + e4DR + e4DS + e4DSP + e4DP + e4Dp + e4DV)
                    + einput4DAv
                    +/-(1251100)*(0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) + 1.150337
                    +/-1.150337 % Power

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 17

10. Revise section 11.4.4.2.10.2 as follows:

I:e4D sLO +/-(125/l00)*(e4DH + e4DT + e4DR + e4DS + e4DSP + e4DP + e4Dp + e4DV)

                                + einput4DsLO I:e4DsLO                 +/-(125/l00)*(0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) + 1.841154 I:e4D sLO                +/-1.841154 % Power And the module 4D AV error for SLO is determined as I:e4DAvsLO                +/-(125/100)*(e4DH + e4DT + e4DR + e4DS + e4DSP + e4DP + e4Dp + e4DV)
                                + einput4DAvsLO I:e4D AvsLO               +/-(125/100)*(0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) + 1.021154
                                +/-1.021154 % Power 11.5.3 Module 5C (Trip Circuit - Flow Biased)

1. Revise section 11.5.3 as follows:

Module 5C receives an analog input from the Averaging Circuitry and Gain Change Circuitry theABB RFM (Module 6), and provides a bistable output, the state of which depends on the relative magnitudes of the input signal from the Averaging and Gain Change Circuitry and the reference value, which is a function of the ABB RFM flow signal. Therefore, Module 5C is a bistable module.

2. Revise section 11.5.3.1.5 as follows to evaluate uncertainties from the ABB RPM (a6 and a6c values from section 11.6.1.1.6) instead of uncertainties from the GE Flow Units. Refer to section 11.6 of this minor revision for determination of ABB RPM uncertainties. This minor revision also corrects the computation ofFCS RBM .

11.5.3.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput5C) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module 5A and Module 6 must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on these input signals ainput5C and ainput5C Av become equal to the combination by SRSS of the random input terms a5A and (16, and a5AAV and (16 c . However, before a5A and (16, and a5AA v and (16c can be combined, (16 and a~ must be converted from

      % Flow to % Power by multiplying by the slope of the curve in the Flow Controlled Trip Reference Unit.

From the applicable procedures in Reference 3.5 this slope (FCSRBM(SP>>) is equal to 0.66% Power per % Flow. However, per Section 2.2 this slope has been modified to account for setting uncertainties. Therefore,

                                =       FCSRBM(SP)   + [(0.04+0.04) / 0.08J / 100 0.66 + [(0. 04+0. 04) / O. 08J / 100 0.670000 therefore,

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 18 ainputSC +/-[aSA2 + (FCS RBM

0"6i]0.5 % Power ainputSC +/-[1.8S00092 + (0.670000
2.112581)2]0.5 % Power ainputSC +/-2.329372 % Power For the Allowable Value Determination this becomes:

ainputSCAv +/-[aSAA/ + (FCS RBM

0"6ci]0.5 % Power ainputSC Av +/-[1.610749 2 + (0.670000
1.0354501i]0.5 % Power ainputSC Av +/-1. 753797 % Power

3. Revise section 11.S.3.1.6 as follows:

2 aSC +/-[(RASC~lcri + (RDSC(lcri + (CALSC) + (STSC(lcri + (ainputSC) 2]0.5 % Power aSC +/-[(0.62S) + (1.234276)2 + (0.0022S)2 + (0.166667i + (2.329372i]0.5 % Power aSC +/- 2.714373 % Power And,

                          +/-[(RASC~lcri + (RDSC(lcr)i + (CALSC) 2 + (STSC(lcr>>)2 + (ainputSC Av ) 2]0.5 % Power
                          +/-[(0.62S) + (1.234276)2 + (0.0022Si + (0.166667)2 + (1. 753797/]°*5 % Power
                          +/- 2.240011 % Power

4. Revise section 11.S.3.2.9 as follows to evaluate uncertainties from the ABB RPM (~6 value from section 11.6.1.2.10) instead of uncertainties from the GE Flow Units. Also corrected the computation ofFCS RBM :

11.S.3.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einputSC) In addition to its own error terms, the error terms from Module SA and Module 6 must also be considered. Since the trip circuits perform no function on these input signals einputSC and ~inputSCAv become equal to the combination by SRSS of the random input terms ~eSA and .Ee6, and ~eSAAV and

    .Ee6dJ::: However, before ~eSA and .Ee6, and ~eSAAV and .Ee6dJ:: can be combined, .Ee6 and .Ee6dJ:: must be converted from % Flow to % Power by multiplying by the slope of the curve in the Flow Controlled Trip Reference Unit. From the applicable procedures in Reference 3.S this slope (FCSRBM(sP>>) is equal to 0.66% Power per % Flow. However, per Section 2.2 this slope has been modified to account for setting uncertainties. Therefore, einputSC                +/-[~eSA + (FCS RBM * .Ee6)]% Power einputSC                +/-[0.82 + (0.670000

1.845461)] % Power einputSC +/-2.056459 % Power And einputSCAv +/-[~eSAAV + (FCS RBM * .Ee6)]% Power einputSC Av +/-[O + (0.670000
1.845461)] % Power einputSC Av +/-1.236459 % Power

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 19

5. Revise section 11.5.3.2.10 as follows:

Le5C = +/-(125/100)*(e5CH + e5CT + e5CR + e5CS + e5CSP + e5CP + e5Cp + e5CV)

                                 + einput5C % Power Le5C             +/-(125/100)*(0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) + 2.056459 % Power Le5C             +/- 2.056459 % Power And
                                 +/-(125/l00)*(e5CH + e5CT + e5CR + e5CS + e5CSP + e5CP + e5Cp + e5CV)
                                 + einput5C Av % Power
                                 +/-(125/l00)*(O + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) + 1.236459 % Power
                                 +/-1.236459 % Power 11.6.1 Module 6 Analog Section

1. Section 11.6.1.1.3: Delete existing text under section 11.6.1.1.3 and replace with the following new text as follows:

11.6.1.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL6) Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, this module contains circuits which are calibrated individually. These circuits consists of: 1) input isolators (one for each recirculation flow loop), 2) square root converters, 3) a summer, and 4) an analog output isolator (which provides the total output flow signal). The uncertainties associated with calibrating the ABB RPM circuits consist of the uncertainties in setting the input signal and the uncertainties in reading the output signal. References 3.5.y and 3.5.z specify use of Fluke 45 DMM's for measurement of voltage input and output signals. For the voltage range of interest for this calculation (0 -10 Vdc and with control room environments per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z), the reference accuracy for a Fluke 45 is +/-0.002462 Vdc (see section 9.0). The Fluke 45 is a digital output device, and therefore, the reading error is considered to be the least significant increment of the display (or resolution) (see Reference 3.34). Per section 9.1, reading error is included in the +/-O.002462 Vdc uncertainty value. From Section 5.2, errors attributed to calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only terms which contribute to calibration uncertainty (CAL) are uncertainties associated with measuring input calibration signals (MTE1) and output calibration signals (MTE2). Calibration uncertainties associated with the ABB RPM is determined below: a) Input Isolators The input isolators are calibrated by applying a measured pressure input signal into the flow transmitter while measuring the output of the isolator with a Fluke 45. The uncertainty associated with measuring the transmitter input signal is determined in Section 11.1.1.3 and is listed below:

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 20 MTEl n (cs) = MTEI IT (cs) = +/-0.868971 % CS [1 cr] The uncertainty associated with measuring the output from the isolator is determined above as, MTE2 n +/-0.002462 Vdc [1 cr] These uncertainties are converted to equivalent output values at the square root converter and then to equivalent output values at the summer. However, MTEl n (cs) is first converted to a voltage value by multiplying it by the input isolator calibration span (10 Vdc) and dividing by 100%. MTEl n (MTEl n (cs))*( 10 Vdc /100 % CS)

                           +/-(0.868971 % CS)*(10 Vdc / 100 % CS)
                           +/-0.086897 Vdc                                                      [1 cr]

Convert to equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and the operating point of interest (75% flow = 3.6 Vdc) determined in Section 4.16: by substitution, MTEl n (sRoun = +/-[(3.162278 VdcNdc°.5)*(MTEl n)]I[2(3.6 Vdc)0.5] 5

                           = +/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco. )*(0.086897 Vdc)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)0.5]
                           = +/-0.072414 Vdc                                                    [1 cr]

MTE2 n (SR OUT) = +/-[(3.162278 VdcNdc°.5)*(MTE2 n)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)0.5]

                           = +/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco. 5)*(0.002462 Vdc)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)0.5]
                          = +/-0.002052 Vdc                                                     [1 cr]

Convert to equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations determined in Section 4.17: crOUT = [(kl *crERROR xi + (k2*crERROR Y i]O.5 by substitution, MTE1n (SUM OUT) +/-[(kl *MTEl n (sRoun)2 + (k2* MTEl n (SR OUT)i]0.5

                               +/-[(0.5*0.072414 Vdc)2 + (0.5*0.072414 Vdc)2]0.5
                               +/-0.051204 Vdc                                                  [1 cr]

MT2 n (SUM OUT) +/-[(kl *MTE2n (SROUTi + (k2* MTE2 n (SROuni]0.5

                               +/-[(0.5*0.002052 vdci + (0.5*0.002052 Vdci]0.5
                               +/-0.001451 Vdc                                                  [1 cr]

Note that MTEl n is already included in the determination of Module 1 random input uncertainty (lcr) determined in Section 11.1.1.8 and will therefore not be included in the determination of CAL6. b) Square Root Converters The square root converters are calibrated by applying a measured input signal with a Fluke 45 while measuring the output of the converter with another Fluke 45. The uncertainties associated with measuring

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 21 the square root converter input and output signals (MTE1 and MTE2, respectively) was detennined above as: MTEl sR +/-0.002462 Vdc [1 cr] MTE2sR +/-0.002462 Vdc [1 cr] Convert MTEl sR to an equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and the operating point of interest (75% flow = 3.6 Vdc) detennined Section 4.16: by substitution, MTE1 SR (SR OUT) = +/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco. 5)*(MTE1 sR)]/[2(3.6 VdC)O.5]

                          = +/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco. 5)*(0.002462 Vdc)]/[2(3.6 VdC)O.5]
                          = +/-0.002052 Vdc                                                    [1 cr]

Convert to equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations detennined in Section 4.17: by substitution, MTE1 SR (SUM OUT) +/-[(k1

MTE1SR(SROUT~i + (k2* MTE1SR(SROU~ll]O.5

                               +/-[(0.5*0.002052 Vdc) + (0.5*0.002052 Vdci] .5
                               +/-0.001451 Vdc                                                 [1 cr]

MTE2 SR (SUM OUT) +/-[(k1

MTE2 sR)2 + (k2* MTE2 sRi]0.5

                               +/-[(0.5*0.002462 vdci + (0.5*0.002462 Vdci]o.5
                               +/-0.001741 Vdc                                                 [1 cr]

c) Summer The summer is calibrated by applying two measured input signals with two Fluke 45's (MTEl suM ) while measuring the output of the summer with a third Fluke 45 (MTE2 sUM )' The uncertainties associated with measuring the summer input and output signals (MTEl suM and MTE2 sUM , respectively) was detennined above as: MTEl sUM +/-0.002462 Vdc [1 cr] MTE2sUM +/-0.002462 Vdc [1 cr] Convert to equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations detennined in Section 4.17: by substitution, MTE1SUM (SUM OUT) i

                               +/-[(k1 *MTEl suM + (k2*MTEl suM     i]O.5
                               +/-[(0.5*0.002462 vdci + (0.5*0.002462 Vdci]o.5
                               +/-0.001741 Vdc                                                         [1 cr]

d) Output Isolator

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 22 The output isolator is calibrated by applying a measured input signal with a Fluke 45 while measuring the output with another Fluke 45. The uncertainties associated with measuring the isolator input and output signals (MTE1 and MTE2, respectively) was determined above as: MTE1 0I +/-0.002462 Vdc [1 cr] MTE2 0I +/-0.002462 Vdc [1 cr] e) Determine Total Calibration Uncertainty (CAL6): Using the methodology of Reference 3.34: CAL6 vDC +/-[(MTE2n (SUM OUT>>2 + (MTE1 sR (sUMOUTl + (MTE2 sR (sUMOUTi

                            + (MTEl sUM (SUM OUT)i + (MTE2 sUM i + (MTE1 0Ii + (MTE2oii]o.5
                          +/-[(0.001451 vdci + (0.001451 vdci + (0.001741 vdci
                            + (0.001741 vdci + (0.002462 Vdc)2 + (0.002462 vdci + (0.002462 Vdci]o.5
                           +/-0.005335 Vdc                                                                   [1 cr]

Convert to % CS by multiplying by 100% and dividing by 10 Vdc CAL6 +/-(0.005335 Vdc)(100% CS /10 Vdc)

                           +/- 0.053350 % CS                                                                 [1 cr]

2. Section 11.6.1.1.4: Delete existing text under section 11.6.1.1.4 and replace with the following new text as follows:

11.6.1.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST6) Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, this module contains circuits which are calibrated individually. These circuits consists of: 1) input isolators (one for each recirculation flow loop), 2) square root converters, 3) a summer, and 4) an analog output isolator (which provides the total output flow signal). The setting tolerances associated with calibrating the ABB RFM circuits consist of a combination of the input calibration tolerances (T1) and output calibration tolerances (T2). Setting tolerance uncertainties associated with the ABB RFM is determined below: a) Input Isolators Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, calibration tolerances associated with calibrating the input isolator are, Tin =0 T2 n = +/-0.05 Vdc These uncertainties are 3cr values and must be converted to 1cr values by dividing by three. These uncertainties are converted to equivalent output values at the square root converter and then to equivalent output values at the summer. Convert to equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and the operating point of interest (75% flow = 3.6 Vdc) determined in Section 4.16: by substitution,

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 23 T2 n (SR OUT) = +/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco, s)*(T2n/3)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)o.s]

                          = +/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco, s)*(0.05 Vdc/3)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)O.5]
                          = +/-0.013889 Vdc                                                      [10]

Convert to equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations detennined in Section 4.17: by substitution, T2 n (SUM OUT) +/-[(k1 *T2 n (SROUTi + (k2*T2 u (SROUTi]o.s

                              +/-[(0.5*0.013889 VdC)2 + (0.5*0.013889 Vdcit S
                              +/-0.009821 Vdc                                                    [10]

b) Square Root Converters Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, calibration tolerances associated with calibrating the square root converters are, Tl SR +/-0.050 Vdc T2sR +/-0.025 Vdc These uncertainties are 30 values and must be converted to 10 values by dividing by three. Convert T1 SR to an equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and the operating point of interest (75% flow = 3.6 Vdc) detennined Section 4.16: by substitution, T1 SR (SROUT) = +/-[(3.162278 VdcNdc°.5)*(Tl SR/3)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)o.s]

                          = +/-[(3.162278 VdcNdc°.5)*(0.050 Vdc/3)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)o.s]
                          = +/-0.013889 Vdc Convert to equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations detennined in Section 4.17:

by substitution, T 1SR (SUM OUT) +/-[(k1 *Tl SR (SROUT>>2 + (k2*Tl SR (SROUT>>2]O.S

                              +/-[(0.5*0.013889 VdC)2 + (0.5*0.013889 Vdci]o.s
                              +/-0.009821 Vdc                                                    [10]

T2SR (SUM OUT) +/-[(k1

T2sRi + (k2* T2sRi]o.s

                              +/-[(0.5*0.025 Vdc/3i + (0.5*0.025 Vdc/3i]o.s
                              +/-0.005893 Vdc                                                    [10]

c) Summer

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 24 Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, calibration tolerances associated with calibrating the summer are, Tl sUM o T2 sUM +/-0.010 Vdc These uncertainties are 3a values and must be converted to 1a values by dividing by three. T2 sUM +/-0.010 Vdc /3

                               +/-0.003333 Vdc                                              [la]

d) Output Isolator Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, calibration tolerances associated with calibrating the output isolator are, TIm o T2 m +/-0.010 Vdc These uncertainties are 3a values and must be converted to 1a values by dividing by three. T2 m +/-0.010 Vdc /3

                               +/-0.003333 Vdc                                                      [la]

e) Determine Total Setting Tolerance Uncertainty (ST6): Using the methodology of Reference 3.34: ST6 yDC =

                       +/-[(0.009821 vdci + (0.009821 vdci + (0.005893 vdci + (0.003333 vdci
                       + (0.003333 Vdci]O.5
                       +/-0.015807 Vdc                                                              [la]

Convert to % CS by multiplying by 100% and dividing by 10 Vdc ST6 +/-(0.015807 Vdc)(100% CS /10 Vdc)

                            +/- 0.158070 % CS                                                       [la]

3. Section 11.6.1.1.5: Delete existing text under section 11.6.1.1.5 and replace with the following new text as follows:

11.6.1.1.5 Input Uncertainty (ainput6) In addition to its own error terms, Module 6 also operates on the error terms from Module 1. Therefore, the random error term (1 a) from the flow transmitter must be transferred through the ABB RPM from input to output per Section 4.16 and 4.17. The resultant term will be ainput6 and ainput6 c for this module. From Section 11.1.1.8, a1 +/-2.691847 % CS [la]

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 25 For the Comparator Trip ale +/-0.998018% CS [1 a] The errors are transferred through the ABB RFM as follows: Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, this module contains circuits which contain square root converters and a summer. These uncertainties are converted to equivalent output values at the square root converters and then to equivalent output values at the summer. Convert to equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and the operating point of interest (75% flow = 36 % CS) determined in Section 4.16: by substitution, ainput6(sR) +/-[(10 % CS/% CS°.5)*(a1)]/[2(36 % CS)O.5]

                            +/-[(10 % CS/% CS°.5)*(2.691847 % CS)]/[2(36 % CS)O.5]
                            +/-2.243206 % CS                                                    [1 a]

ainput6C(sR) +/-[(10 % CS/% CS°.5)*(a1c)]/[2(36 % CS/.5]

                            +/-[(10 % CS/% CS°.5)*(0.998018 % CS)]/[2(36 % CS)O.5]
                            +/-0.831682 % CS                                                    [la]

Convert to equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations determined in Section 4.17: aOUT = [(k1 *aERROR xi + (k2*aERROR Yi]O.5 by substitution, ainput6 i

                           +/-[(k1 *ainput6(SR) + (k2*crinput6(sRl]0.5
                            +/-[(0.5*2.243206 % csi + (0.5*2.243206 % CS)2]0.5
                            +/-1.586186 % CS                                                    [1 a]

ainput6 e +/-[(kl *ainput6e (SR)2 + (k2*ainput6e (sR)i]o.5

                            +/-[(0.5*0.831682 % csi + (0.5*0.831682 % CSi]O.5
                           +/-0.588088 % CS                                                     [1 a]

4. Revise section 11.6.1.1.6 as follows:

11.6.1.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (a6) Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, and converting to % Flow by multiplying by 125/100: a6 +/-(125/100)*[(RA6(l"l + (RD6(l"l + (CAL6i + (ST6(l"/ + (ainput6i]o.5 % Flow

                     +/-(125/100)*[(0.5)2 + (0.25i + (0.053350i + (0.158070) + (l.586186i]o.5 % Flow
                     +/-2.112581 % Flow                                                         [la]

For the Comparator Trip: 5 a6e +/-(125/100)*[(RA6(l"l + (RD6(l"l + (CAL6i + (ST6(l"l + (ainput6ei f % Flow

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 26

                          +/-(125/l00)*[(0.5)2 + (0.25i + (O.053350i + (O.158070i + (O.588088i]o.s % Flow
                          +/-l.035450 % Flow                                                          [la]

11.6.1.2 Module 6 Non-Random Errors (~e6)

1. Section 11.6.1.2.9: Delete existing text under section 11.6.1.2.9 and replace with the following new text as follows:

11.6.1.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput6) In addition to its own error terms, Module 6 also operates on the error terms from Module 1. Therefore, the non-random error term (~el) from the flow transmitter must be transferred through the ABB RFM from input to output per Section 4.16 and 4.17. The resultant term will be einput6 for this module. From Section 11.1.2.10,

                ~el       = 1.171643 % CS The errors are transferred through the ABB RFM as follows:

Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, this module contains circuits which contain square root converters and a summer. These uncertainties are converted to equivalent output values at the square root converters and then to equivalent output values at the summer. Convert to equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and the operating point of interest (75% flow = 36 % CS) determined in Section 4.16: by substitution, einput6(sR) +/-[(10 % CS/% CSo.s)*(~el)]/[2(36% CS)o.s]

                                 +/-[(10 % CS/% CSo. s)*(1.171643 % CS)]/[2(36 % CS)O.5]
                                 +/-0.976369 % CS Convert to equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations determined in Section 4.17:

eOUT = (kl *eERRORX) + (k2*eERROR y) by substitution, einput6 +/-(k1* einput6(sR) + (k2* einput6(sR)

                                 +/-(0.5*0.976369 % CS) + (0.5*0.976369 % CS)
                                 +/-0.976369 % CS

2. Revise 11.6.1.2.10 as follows:

11.6.1.2.10 Non-Random Error ~e6) From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms. In addition, this term can be converted to % Flow by multiplying by 125/100. The result is;

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 27 Le6 +/-(1251100)*(e6H + e6T + e6R + e6S + e6SP + e6P + e6p + e6V + einput6) % Flow

                           +/-(1251100)*(0 + 0.5+ 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0.976369) % Flow
                           +/-1.845461 % Flow 11.6.2.1           Module 6A Random Error (0"6A)

1. Revise Section 11.6.2.1.1 as follows to correct RA6A reference accuracy determination:

Per Section 8.6.1, the reference accuracy for this module is: RA6A = +/-2 % CS (based on 1 % trip setpoint error plus 1 % total flow signal error) Per Assumption 5.1, this is assumed to be a 2 sigma value. This is then converted to a 1 sigma value by dividing by 2. In the same step this will be converted to % Flow by multiplying by 125/100. RA6A(lG) +/-(RA6A12 * (125/100) % Flow RA6A(lG) +/-(2 % CS/2) * (125/100) % Flow RA6AIG) +/-1.25 % Flow (overall RFM uncertainty from input through actuation)

2. Section 11.6.2.1.3: Delete existing text under section 11.6.2.1.3 and replace with the following new text as follows:

11.6.2.1.3 Calibration Uncertainty (CAL6A and CAL6B) CAL6A: Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, this module is a bistable, and it specifies use of a Fluke 45 DMM for measurement of voltage input signals while monitoring the module for actuation. For the voltage range of interest for this calculation (0 - 10 Vdc and with control room environments per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z), the reference accuracy for a Fluke 45 is +/-0.002462 Vdc (from Section 9.0). The Fluke 45 is a digital output device, and therefore, the reading error is considered to be the least significant increment of the display (or resolution) (see Reference 3.34). Per section 9.1, reading error is included in the uncertainty value. From Section 5.2, errors attributed to calibration standards are considered negligible. Therefore, the only terms which contribute to calibration uncertainty (CAL) are uncertainties associated with measuring input calibration signals (MTE1) and output calibration signals (MTE2). Since there is only one MTE used to calibrate this module, CAL6A vDC +/-0.002462 Vdc [10"] Convert to % Flow by multiplying by 125% Flow and dividing by 10 Vdc. CAL6A +/-(0.002462 Vdc)(125% Flow /10 Vdc)

                                           +/- 0.030775 % Flow                                  [10"]

CAL6B: Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, this module is a bistable that compares two input signals and actuates upon specified deviations. References 3.5.y and 3.5.z specifies use oftwo Fluke 45 DMM's for measurement of voltage input signals while monitoring the module for actuation. For the voltage range of

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 28 interest for this calculation (0 - 10 Vdc and with control room environments per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z), the reference accuracy for a Fluke 45 is +/-0.002462 Vdc (from Section 9.0) which includes reading error. This module is modeled as a summer to combine the two measured input signals by utilizing equations determined in Section 4.17. It is calibrated by applying two measured input signals with two Fluke 45 DMM's (MTEl o and MTE2 o) while monitoring it for actuation. The uncertainties associated with measuring the input and signals (MTEl o and MTE2 o) was determined above as: MTEl o +/-0.002462 Vdc [1 a] MTE2 0 +/-0.002462 Vdc [1 a] Utilizing equations in Section 4.17, by substitution, CAL6B voc +/-[(kl

MTEl o)2 + (k2* MTE2 o )2]O.S

                                 +/-[(0.5*0.002462 Vdc)2 + (0.5*0.002462 Vdci]o.s
                                 +/-0.001741 Vdc                                                  [la]

Convert to % Flow by multiplying by 125% Flow and dividing by 10 Vdc. CAL6B +/-(0.001741 Vdc)(125% Flow /10 Vdc)

                               +/- 0.021763 % Flow                                                [1 a]

3. Section 11.6.1.1.4: Delete existing text under section 11.6.1.1.4 and replace with the following new text as follows:

11.6.2.1.4 Setting Tolerance (ST6A and ST6B) ST6A: Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, the calibration tolerance for setting this module is, T6A +/-0.1 Vdc This uncertainty is a 3a values and must be converted to 1a values by dividing by three. ST6Avoc +/-(T6A)/3

                               +/-(0.1 Vdc)/3
                               +/-0.033333 Vdc                                                    [1 a]

Convert to % Flow by multiplying by 125% Flow and dividing by 10 Vdc. ST6A +/-(0.033333 Vdc)(125 % Flow /10 Vdc)

                               +/- 0.416663 % Flow                                                [1 a]

ST6B:

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 29 Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, this module is a bistable that compares two input signals and actuates upon specified deviations. From References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, the calibration tolerances for setting the two inputs signals are: T6B1 +/-0.1 Vdc T6B2 +/-0.01 Vdc These uncertainties are a 3cr values and must be converted to 1cr values by dividing by three. ST6B1 yDC +/-(T6B1)/3

                              +/-(0.1 Vdc)/3
                              +/-0.033333 Vdc                                                      [1 cr]

ST6B2 yDC +/-(T6B2)/3

                              +/-(0.01 Vdc)/3
                              +/-0.003333 Vdc                                                      [1 cr]

This module is modeled as a summer to combine the two measured input tolerances by utilizing equations determined in Section 4.17. by substitution, ST6ByDC +/-[(k1 *ST6B1 YDci + (k2*ST6B2 yDC i]O.5

                              +/-[(0.5*0.033333 vdci + (0.5*0.003333 Vdci]O.5
                              +/-0.016750Vdc                                                      [1 cr]

Convert to % Flow by multiplying by 125% Flow and dividing by 10 Vdc. ST6B +/-(0.016750 Vdc)(125% Flow 110 Vdc)

                              +/- 0.209375 % Flow                                                 [lcr]

4. Section 11.6.2.1.5: Delete existing text under section 11.6.2.1.5 and replace with the following new text as follows:

11.6.2.1.5 Input Uncertainty (crinput6A and crinput6B) In addition to its own error terms, Modules 6A and 6B also operate on the error terms from Module 6. Therefore, the random error terms (cr6 and cr6c) from Module 6 must be transferred through Modules 6A and 6B. The resultant terms will be crinput6A and crinput6B for this module. However since cr6 and cr6c includes the total flow Reference Accuracy (RA6(1cr)) as noted in section 11.6.1.1.6, RA6(1cr) will be subtracted from the values of cr6 and cr6c to determine crinput6A and crinput6B. This is because the reference accuracy of Module 6A (RA6A) is expressed in terms of total overall uncertainty. crinput6A +/- (125% Flow/100% CS)[[(lOO% CS 1125% Flow)*(cr6)f- (RA6(1cr)i]o.5

                         +/- (125% Flow/100% CS)[[(100% CS /125% Flow)*(2.112581)]2- (0.5 % CSi]O.5
                         +/-2.018012 % Flow crinput6AAy          +/- (125% Flow/100% CS)[[(100% CS 1125% Flow)*(cr6c)]2- (RA6(1cr)i]o.5
                         +/- (125% Flow/100% CS)[[(100% CS 1125% Flow)*(1.035450)]2- (0.5 % CSi]O.5

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 30

                         =   +/-0.825549 % Flow For the Comparator Trip, input errors are combined by modeling the comparator as a summer per equations in section 4.17, because the comparator is influenced by two input uncertainties. As such, the process errors will cancel each other (see section 4.9). Therefore, O'input6AAv will be utilized to determine O'input6B as follows:

O'input6B +/-[(k1 *O'input6AAv i + (k2*O'input6AAv i]0.s

                                       +/-[(0.5*0.825549 % Flow)2 + (0.5*0.825549 % Flowi]o.s
                                       +/-0.583751 % Flow                                       [10']

(Note that use of 0'6 and O'6c values in this determination is slightly conservative, because the values of 0'6 and O'6c includes calibration and setting tolerance uncertainties associated with the ABB RPM output isolator, and the output isolator does not contribute uncertainty to the bistable circuits. Impact due to this conservatism is negligible compared to the other error terms.)

5. Section 11.6.2.1.6: Delete existing text under section 11.6.2.1.6 and replace with the following new text as follows:

11.6.2.1.6 Determination of Module Random Error (O'6A, O'6B) Using the methodology of Reference 3.3, O'6A +/-[(RA6~lcri + (RD6A(lcri + (CAL6Ai + (ST6A(lcr>>)2 + (O'input6Ai]0.s % Flow

                              +/-[(1.25i + (Oi   + (0.030775i + (0.416663)2 + (2.018012i]0.s % Flow
                              +/-2.410275 % Flow                               [10']
                              +/-[(RA6~lcr>>)2 + (RD6~lcri + (CAL6Ai + (ST6~lcri + (O'input6AAv i]0.5 % Flow
                              +/-[(1.25)2 + (Oi + (0.030775i + (0.416663i + (0.825549)2]0.5 % Flow
                              +/-1.555180 % Flow                               [10']

O'6B +/-[(RA6~lcri + (RD6~lcri + (CAL6B)2 + (ST6B(1cri + (O'input6B)2]0.s % Flow

                             +/-[(1.25i + (Oi   + (0.021763i + (0.209375i + (0.583751i]0.s % Flow
                              +/-1.395556 % Flow                               [10']

11.6.2.2 Module 6A Non-Random Errors (~e6A)

1. Section 11.6.2.2.9: Delete existing text under section 11.6.2.2.9 and replace with the following new text as follows:

11.6.2.2.9 Non-Random Input Error (einput6A and einput6B) In addition to its own error terms, Modules 6A and 6B also operate on the error terms from Module 6. Therefore, the non-random error term (~e6) from the Module 6 must be transferred through the ABB Bitable from input to output. The resultant terms will be einput6A and einput6. From Section 11.1.2.10, einput6A ~e6 +/-1.845461 % Flow

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 31 For the Comparator Trip, input errors are combined by modeling the comparator as a summer per equations in section 4.17. einput6B +/-(kl

Le6) + (k2
Le6)

                               +/-(0.5*1.845461 % Flow) + (0.5*1.845461 % Flow)"
                               +/-1.84546l % Flow                              [la]

2. Revise section 11.6.2.2.10 as follows:

11.6.2.2.10 Non-Random Error (Le6A, Le6B) From Reference 3.3 the non-random error is the algebraic sum of all the above terms. In addition, all terms except einput6A and einput6B are in % CS and must be multiplied by 125/100 to convert to % Flow. Le6A +/-(125/100)*(e6AH + e6AT + e6AR + e6AS + e6ASP + e6AP + e6Ap + e6AV)

                + einput6A % Flow
                +/-(125/100)*(0 + 0+ 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) + 1.845461 % Flow
                +/-1.845461 % Flow Le6B        +/-(125/l00)*(e6AH + e6AT + e6AR + e6AS + e6ASP + e6AP + e6Ap + e6AV)
                + einput6B % Flow
                +/-(125/l00)*(0 + 0+ 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) + 1.845461 % Flow
                +/-1.845461 % Flow

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 32 12.0 INSTRUMENT CHANNEL TOTAL ERRORS

1. Revise section 12.1.1 as follows by applying the recalculated module errors:

                             +/-(2

cr4D + ~e4D)

                             +/-(2

2.581939 + 1.970337)

                             +/-7.134215 % Power And the AV total error for TLO is determined as TenAFB(AV)        +/-(2

cr4DAV + ~e4DAV)

TenAFB(AV) +/-(2

2.228588 + 1.150337)

TenAFB(AV) +/-5.607513% Power

2. Revise section 12.1.2 as follows by applying the recalculated module errors:

TenAFBSLO +/-(2

cr4DsLO + ~e4DsLO)

TenAFBSLO +/-(2

2.509742 + 1.841154)

TenAFBSLO +/- 6.860638 % Power And the AV total error for SLO is determined as TenAFB(AV) SLO +/-(2

cr4DAVSLO + ~e4DAVSLO)

TenAFB(AV) SLO +/-(2

2.208686 + 1.021154)

TenAFB(AV) SLO +/-5.438526 % Power

3. Revise section 12.3 as follows by applying the recalculated module errors and Leve12 methodology defined in minor revision 2A:

TenRFB +/-(cr5C + ~e5C) % Power [Ref 3.34] TenRFB(AV) +/-(cr5CAV + ~e5CAV) % Power [Ref 3.34] These uncertainty terms include both the uncertainties associated with the RBM neutron signal and the Recirculation Flow Monitor. From Sections 11.5.3.1.6 and 11.5.3.2.10:

                                           +/-(2. 714373 + 2.056459) % Power
                                           +/-4.770832 % Power And TenRFB(AV)            +/-(2.240011 + 1.236459) % Power TenRFB(AV)            +/-3.476470 % Power

4. Revise section 12.5 as follows by applying the errors from the ABB RPM

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 33 TenRFMU and TenRFMU(AV) are made up of the uncertainty terms from Recirculation Flow Monitor 6A. From Sections 11.6.2.1.6 and 11.6.2.2.10: TenRFMU +/-(2l16A + .Ee6A) % Flow TenRFMU +/-(2

2.410275 + 1.845461) % Flow TenRFMU +/-6.666011 % Flow And TenRFMU(AV) = +/-(2l16AAV + .Ee6A) % Flow TenRFMU(AV) = +/-(2
1.555180 + 1.845461) % Flow TenRFMU(AV) = +/-4.955821% Flow Note that for the RFM loops there were no non-random terms associated with the process. Therefore, the non-random term .Ee6A is applicable to both the AL and AV total error terms.

5. Revise section 12.6 as follows by applying the errors from the ABB RFM TenRFMC and TenRFMC(AV) are made up of the uncertainty terms from Recirculation Flow Monitor 6B.

From Sections 11.6.2.1.6 and 11.6.2.2.10: TenRFMC +/-(2l16B + .Ee6B) % Flow TenRFMC +/-(2 *1.516003 + 1.845461) % Flow TenRFMC +/-4.877467 % Flow Per Section 4.9, the process variables have already been removed from the uncertainty terms for the comparator trip. Therefore, TenRFMC(AV) = TenRFMC +/-4.877467 % Flow

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 34 13.0 ERROR ANALYSIS

SUMMARY

1. Delete section 13.0 and replace with the following:

The tetaluncertainties applicable te the ABB Flew Unit are Sill £Iller than these asseeiated with the GE Flew Unit. There/ere, all cakulatiens will beperfermed using these terllls applicable te the GE Flew Unit since the results will then be censerWltiYe far epeMtien using the ABB Flew Unit. Per section 4.15, the GE Flow Units have been replaced with ABB RFM Flow Units. Therefore, calculation results are based on ABB RFM Flow Unit uncertainties.

2. Revise section 13.1.1 as follows:

NTSPSTP2 FCSsp*W + (ALSTP20S - TenAFB) NTSPSTP2 0.61*W + (69.76 - 7.134215) NTSPsTP2 0.61*W + 62.625785, rounded to 0.61W + 62.6 % Power In similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.607513 % Power) from Section 12.1.1 AV STP2 FCSsp*W + NTSPSTP20S + TenAFB(AV) AVSTP2 0.61*W + 62.625785 + 5.607513 AVSTP2 0.61 *W + 68.233298, rounded to 0.61 W + 68.2 % Power

3. Revise section 13 .1.2 as follows:

NTSPsTPI FCSsp*W + (ALSTPIOS - TenAFB) NTSPsTPI 0.54*W + (57.39 - 6.860638) NTSPSTP1 0.54*W + 50.529362, rounded to 0.54W + 50.5 % Power In similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.438526 % Power) from Section 12.1.2 AVSTP1 FCSsp*W + NTSP sTPIos + TenAFB(AV) AV STP1 0.54*W + 50.529362 + 5.438526 AV STP1 0.54*W + 55.967888, rounded to 0.54W + 55.9 % Power

4. Revise section 13.1.3 as follows:

NTSPSTP2RB FCSsp*W + (ALSTP2RBOS - TenAFB) NTSPSTP2RB 0.61*W + (58.51- 7.134215) NTSPSTP2 RB 0.61*W + 51.375785, rounded to 0.61W + 51.3 % Power In similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.607513 % Power) from Section 12.1.1 AVSTP2RB FCSsp*W + NTSPSTP2RBOS + TenAFB(AV) AVSTP2RB 0.61*W + 51.375785 + 5.607513 AVSTP2RB 0.61*W + 56.983298, rounded to 0.61W + 56.9 % Power

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 35

5. Revise section 13.1.4 as follows:

NTSPSTPIRB FCSsp*W + (ALSTPIRBOS - TenAFB) NTSPSTPIRB 0.54*W + (46.14 - 6.860638) NTSPSTPIRB 0.54*W + 39.279362, rounded to 0.54W + 39.2 % Power In similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (5.438526 % Power) from Section 12.1.2 AVSTPIRB FCSsp*W + NTSPSTPIRBOS + TenAFB(AV) AVSTPIRB 0.54*W + 39.279362 + 5.438526 AVSTPIRB 0.54*W + 44.717888, rounded to 0.54W + 44. 7 % Power

6. Revise section 13.3.1 as follows with new total uncertainty and in accordance with minor revision 2A of this analysis:

AV RBM2 NTSP + TenRFB(AV) % Power AV RBM2 0.66*W + 51 + 3.476470 % Power AV RBM2 0.66*W + 54.476470 % Power Because the computed AV is in excess of the Reference 3.15 value, the fixed offset ofthe final NTSP should be lowered at least 0.48 %. For conservatism, the final calibration NTSP should be: NTSP RBM2 0.66W + 50.5% Power

7. Revise section 13.3.2 as follows with new total uncertainty and in accordance with minor revision 2A of this analysis:

AV RBM1 NTSP + TenRFB(AV) % Power AV RBM1 0.66*W + 45.7 + 3.476470 % Power AV RBM1 0.66*W + 49.176470 % Power Because the computed AV is in excess of the Reference 3.15 value, the fixed offset of the final NTSP should be lowered at least 0.48 %. For conservatism, the final calibration NTSP should be: NTSP RBM1 0.66W + 45.0% Power

8. Revise section 13.5 as follows:

From Section 12.5 the total uncertainty for this function is +/-6.666011% Flow. From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is: AL RFMU NTSP RFMU + TenRFMU % Flow AL RFMU 108 + 6.666011 % Flow ALRFMU 114.666011 % Flow In similar fashion the Allowable Value can be calculated using the applicable uncertainty (4.955821 % Flow) from Section 12.5. AV RFMU NTSP RFMU + TenRFMU(AV) % Flow

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 36 AV RFMU 108 + 4.955821 % Flow AV RFMU 112.955821% Flow

9. Revise section 13.6 as follows:

From Section 12.6 the total uncertainty for this function is +/-4.877467% Flow. From Reference 3.3 the relationship between NTSP and AL for an upscale trip is: NTSP RFMC + TenRFMc % Flow 10 + 4.877467% Flow 14.877467 % Flow Per Section 4.9 the process term has already been removed from the uncertainty terms for the comparator trip. Therefore, AV RFMU ALRFMC = 14.877467 % Flow 10.0 Add a new section 13.7 and subsections for as-left / as-found tolerances for the APRM flow biased trips for use in instrument performance trending as follows: 13.7 As-Left / As-Found Tolerances For APRM Flow Biased Trips As-Left / As-Found Tolerances (ALT's /AFT's) are determined for calibrated components, circuits, and modules associated with the APRM flow biased trips. As-Left / As-Found Tolerances are determined in accordance with the methodology provided in section 2.4 as follows: Module As-Left Tolerance (ALT): ALT = +/-[RA2 + MTE2 + REMTlJo. 5 Module As-Found Tolerance (AFT): where, RA = Module Reference Accuracy RD = Module Vendor Specified Instrument Drift MTE = Module Measurement and Test Equipment (M&TE) Error RE MTE = Module M&TE Readability If a particular calibrated component or circuit (or module) is not provided with a reference accuracy specification, the setting tolerance applied during module calibration will be used in place of the reference accuracy specification. The APRM flow biased trips consists of the following calibrated components or circuits, (or modules): a) Recirculation Flow Transmitters (Module 1) b) ABB RPM Input Isolators (Module 6n)

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 37 c) ABB RFM Square Root Converters (Module 6SR) d) ABB RFM Summer (Module 6SUM ) e) ABB RFM Output Isolator (Module 601) f) APRM Flow Biased Trip Circuit (Module 4D). As-Left / As-Found Tolerances are detennined for each of these modules per the above methodology as follows: 13.7.1 Recirculation Flow Transmitters (Module 1) As-Left / As-Found Tolerances a) RA: From section 11.1.1.1, RA1 rr = +/- 0.25 % CS b) RD: From section 11.1.1.2, RD1 rr = +/- 0.606306 % CS c) MTE Uncertainty: From Section 11.1.1.3, the uncertainty of the test equipment used to calibrate module 1 input setting is +/-O.868971 % CS (1cr) which includes MTE readability uncertainty. This uncertainty value is converted to a 2-sigma value as follows: MTE1 rr IN +/-2 * (0.868971 % CS)

                                      +/-1.737942 % CS Per Section 11.1.1.3, the DMM used to calibrate the transmitter output is a Fluke 45 which has an uncertainty of +/-0.012141 mVdc (1cr). Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, the calibrated span is 16 mVdc. This uncertainty is converted to units of % CS and converted to a 2-sigma value as follows:

MTE1 rrouT +/-2 * [(0.012141 mVdc /16 mVdc)

100 % CS)]

                                          +/-0.151763 % CS therefore, MTE1 rr         +/-[MTE1 rrIN 2 + MTE1 rrou/]o.5
                                      +/-[(1.737942 % csi + (0.151763 % CSi]O.5
                                      +/-1.744556 % CS d)     RE: As noted above, MTEl rrlN includes reading error. Per section 11.1.1.3, the reading error associated with the DMM is included in the uncertainty value. Therefore, RE1 rr MTE  =   0 e)     ALT / AFT: By substitution into section 13.7 equations ALTl and AFT1 are detennined and converted into transmitter calibrated output units of mVdc, ALTl rr          +/-[RA1 rr 2 + MTE1 rr2 + RElrTMTi]o.5
                              +/-(16 mVdc/lOO % CS)*[(0.25 % csi + (1.744556 % csi + (Oi]O.5
                              +/-0.281980 mVdc, (rounded to +/-0.282 mVdc)

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 38 AFTl rr +/-[RA1 rr2 + RD1 rr 2 + MTE1 rr 2 + RE1 rrMTi]0.5

                                   +/-(16 mVdc/lOO % CS)*[(0.25 % csi + (0.606306 %          csi
                                   + (1.744556 % csi + (Oi]O.5
                                   +/-0.298201 mVdc, (rounded to +/-0.298 mVdc)

The calculated As-Left Tolerance (ALTl rr) bounds the flow transmitter setting tolerance which is 0.08 mVdc per Reference 3.5.y and 3.5.z. 13.7.2 ABB RFM (Module 6) As-Left / As-Found Tolerances Per section 8.6, the ABB RFM reference accuracy is provided as an overall accuracy specification. Accuracy specifications are not provided for individually calibrated circuits. Therefore, per methodology provided in section 2.4, setting tolerances for individually calibrated circuits will be substituted. RA ST Additionally, the ABB RFM drift specification is also provided as an overall accuracy specification (+/-0.5

        % CS). Drift specifications are not provided for individually calibrated circuits. As such, the drift associated with each calibrated circuit will be divided between the four calibrated RFM circuits (input isolator, square root converter, summer, and output isolator). Drift is considered to be a random uncertainty. Therefore, drift for each individually calibrated RFM circuit is considered to be, Drift(cs)=    +/-[(0.5 %CS)2/4]O.5
                                        = +/-0.25 % CS Per References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, the calibrated span is 10 Vdc, and drift uncertainty is converted to units of Vdc as follows:

Drift +/-(0.25 % CS /100 % CS)

10 Vdc

                                        +/-0.025000 Vdc 13.7.2.1          ABB RFM Input Isolator Circuit (Module 611) As-Left / As-Found Tolerances a)       RA: From References 3.5.y and 3.5.z and section 13.7.2 reference accuracy is, RA6 11   =    ST6 11          +/-0.05 Vdc b)       RD: From section 13.7.2 drift is, RD6 11   =    +/-0.025000 Vdc c)       MTE Uncertainty: From Section 11.6.1.1.3 .a, the uncertainty of the test equipment used to calibrate module 611 input setting is +/-0.868971 % CS (1cr) which includes MTE readability uncertainty. This value is converted to a 2-sigma value and converted to units ofVdc as follows:

MTE6 11IN +/-2 * (0.868971 % CS /100 % CS)

10 Vdc

                                           +/-0.173794 Vdc From section 11.6.1.1.3.a, the uncertainty of the DMM used to calibrate module 611 output is
                 +/-0.002462 Vdc. This uncertainty value is converted to a 2-sigma value as follows:

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 39 MTE6 noUT +/-2 * (0.002462 Vdc)

                                    +/-0.004924 Vdc therefore, MTE6 n           +/-[MTE6 n IN2 + MTE6 n OU/]O.5
                                    +/-[(O.l73794 vdci + (0.004924 Vdci]o.5
                                    +/-0.173864 Vdc d) RE: As noted above, MTE6 n IN includes reading error. Per section 11.6.1.1.3, the reading error associated with the DMM is included in the uncertainty value. Therefore, RE6 nMTE   =              o e) ALT /AFT: By substitution into the section 13.7 equations ALT6 n and AFT6 n are determined as follows:

ALT6 n +/-[RA6 n 2 + MTE6 n 2 + RE6 n MTi]o.5

                                        +/-[(0.05 vdci + (0.173864 VdC)2 + (Oif 5
                                        +/-O.l80911 Vdc, (rounded to +/-0.181 Vdc)

AFT6 n +/-[RA6 n 2 + RD6 n 2 + MTE6 n 2 + RE6 n MTi]o.5

                                        +/-[(0.05 vdci + (0.025000 VdC)2 + (0.173864 vdci + (0)2f5
                                        +/-O.l82630 Vdc, (rounded to +/-0.183 Vdc)

The calculated As-Left Tolerance (ALT6 n) bounds the input isolator setting tolerance which is 0.05 Vdc per Reference 3.5.y and 3.5.z. 13.7.2.1.2 ABB RPM Square Root Converter Circuit (Module 6SR) As-Left / As-Found Tolerances a) RA: From section 13.7.2, RA = ST. From References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, there is an input setting tolerance (+/-0.05 Vdc) and an output setting tolerance (+/-0.025 Vdc). Therefore, RA6 sRIN ST6 sRIN +/-0.05 Vdc RA6sROUT ST6sROUT +/-0.025 Vdc Convert RA6 sR IN to an equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and the calibrate flow value (75% flow = 3.6 Vdc) determined Section 4.16: by substitution, RA6 sR IN is converted to equivalent square root converter output value (RA6 sR IN EQ) RA6sRINEQ = +/-[(3.l62278 VdcNdco. 5)*( RA6 sRIN)]/[2(3.6 VdC)O.5] 5

                                    = +/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco. )*( 0.05 Vdc)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)O.5]
                                    = +/-0.041667 Vdc therefore,

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 40 RA6 sR +/-[RA6sR IN EQ2 + RA6 sR OU/]0.5

                                         +/-[(0.041667 vdci + (0.025 Vdci]o.s
                                         +/-0.048592 Vdc b)    RD: From section 13.7.2 drift is, RD6 SR =      +/-0.025000 Vdc c)    From section 11.6.1.1.3.b, the uncertainty associated with the DMM used for measuring the input setting for module 6 SR is +/-0.002462 Vdc (lcr). This value is converted to an equivalent square root converter output value by utilizing equations and calibrated flow value (75% flow = 3.6 Vdc) determined Section 4.16:

By substitution, MTE6 sR IN is converted to equivalent square root converter output value (MTE6 sR IN EQ): MTE6 sR IN EQ (lcr) = +/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco. s)*( RA6 sRIN)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)o.s]

                                          +/-[(3.162278 VdcNdco. s)*(0.002462 Vdc)]/[2(3.6 Vdc)o.s]
                                          +/-0.002052 Vdc This value is converted to a 2-sigma value, MTE6sRINEQ              +/-(2

0.002052 Vdc)

                                          +/-0.004104 Vdc From section 11.6.1.1.3.b, the uncertainty associated with the DMM used for measuring the output setting for module 6SR is +/-0.002462 Vdc (lcr). This value is converted to a 2-sigma value, MTE6sROUT=          +/-(2 *0.002462 Vdc)
                                      = +/-0.004924 Vdc therefore, MTE6 sR          +/-[ MTE6 sR IN EQ 2 + RA6 SR OU/]O.S
                                         +/-[(0.004104 vdci + (0.004924 Vdci]o.s
                                         +/-0.006410 Vdc d)    RE: Per section 11.6.1.1.3, the reading error associated with the DMM is included in the uncertainty value. Therefore, RE6sRMTE =                 o e)    By substitution into the section 13.7 equations, ALT6 sR and AFT6 sR are determined as follows:

ALT6 sR +/-[RA6 SR 2 + MTE6 SR 2 + RE6 sR MTi]o.s

                        +/-[(0.048592 vdci + (0.006410 vdci + (Oif s
                        +/-O. 049013 Vdc, (rounded to +/-0.049 Vdc)

AFT6 sR +/-[RA6 SR 2 + RD6 SR 2 + MTE6SR 2 + RE6 sR MTi]O.5

                        +/-[(0.048592 VdC)2 + (0.025000 vdci + (0.006410 vdci + (Oi]O.5
                        +/-O. 055021 Vdc, (rounded to +/-0.055 Vdc)

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 41 The calculated As-Left Tolerance (ALT6 sR) bounds the square root converter setting tolerance which is 0.025 Vdc per Reference 3.5.y and 3.5.z. 13.7.2.1.3 ABB RFM Summer Circuit (Module 6 SUM ) As-Left / As-Found Tolerances a) RA: From section 13.7.2, RA = ST. From References 3.5.y and 3.5.z, the output setting tolerance is +/-0.01O Vdc. Therefore, RA6 sUM = ST6 sUM = +/-0.010 Vdc b) RD: From section 13.7.2 drift is, RD6 SUM = +/-0.025000 Vdc c) From section 11.6.1.1.3.c, the uncertainty associated with the two DMM's used for measuring the input setting for module 6 SUM is +/-0.002462 Vdc (lo} This value is converted to an equivalent summer output value by utilizing equations determined Section 4.17: by substitution, MTE6sUM IN EQ(lcr) i

                                            +/-[(kl *MTE6 suM IN + (k2*MTE6 suM IN iJO. 5
                                            +/-[(0.5*0.002462 vdci + (0.5*0.002462 vdciJo. 5
                                            +/-0.001741 Vdc This value is converted to a 2-sigma value, MTE6 sUM IN EQ        +/-(2

0.001741Vdc)

                                         +/-0.003482 Vdc From section 11.6.1.1.3 .c, the uncertainty associated with the DMM used for measuring the output setting for module 6SUM is +/-0.002462 Vdc (la). This value is converted to a 2-sigma value, MTE6sUMoUT            +/-(2 *0.002462 Vdc)
                                         +/-0.004924 Vdc therefore, MTE6 sUM             +/-[ MTE6 suM IN EQ 2 + RA6 sUM oulJO. 5
                                        +/-[(0.003482 vdci + (0.004924 vdciJo. 5
                                        +/-0.006031 Vdc d) RE: Per section 11.6.1.1.3, the reading error associated with the DMM is included in the uncertainty value. Therefore, RE6sRMTE    =   0

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 42 e) By substitution into the section 13.7 equations, ALT6 sR and AFT6 sR are determined as follows: ALT6 sUM = +/-[RA6sUM 2 + MTE6 sUM 2 + RE6 sUM MTi]0.5

                           = +/-[(0.01 0 Vdc)2 + (0.006031 Vdc)2 + (0)2]0.5
                           = +/-O. 011678 Vdc, (rounded to +/-0.012 Vdc)

AFT6 sUM = +/-[RA6 sUM 2 + RD6 SUM 2 + MTE6 sR 2 + RE6 sUM MTE2]0.5

                           = +/-[(0.010 vdci + (0.025000 vdci + (0.006031 vdci + (Oi]O.5
                          = +/-O. 027593 Vdc, (rounded to = +/-0.028 Vdc)

The calculated As-Left Tolerance (ALT6 sUM ) bounds the summer setting tolerance which is 0.01 Vdc per Reference 3.5.y and 3.5.z. 13.7.2.4 ABB RFM Output Isolator Circuit (Module 60 DAs-Left / As-Found Tolerances a) RA: From References 3.5.y and 3.5.z and section 13.7.2 reference accuracy is, RA6 01 = ST6 01 = +/-0.010 Vdc b) RD: From section 13.7.2 drift is, RD6 01 = +/-0.025000 Vdc c) MTE Uncertainty: From section 11.6.1.1.3.d, the uncertainty ofthe DMM used to calibrate module 601 input is +/-0.002462 Vdc. This uncertainty value is converted to a 2-sigma value as follows: MTE6010UT +/-2 * (0.002462 Vdc)

                                     +/-0.004924 Vdc From section 11.6.l.1.3.d, the uncertainty ofthe DMM used to calibrate module 601 output is
           +/-0.002462 Vdc. This uncertainty value is converted to a 2-sigma value as follows:

MTE6010UT +/-2 * (0.002462 Vdc)

                                     +/-0.004924 Vdc therefore, MTE6 01          +/-[MTE6 01 IN 2 + MTE6 01 OU/]0.5 5
                                     +/-[(0.004924 vdci + (0.004924 vdcif
                                     +/-0.006964 Vdc d)  RE: Per section 11.6.1.1.3, the reading error associated with the DMM is included in the uncertainty value. Therefore, RE6 01MTE   =    0 e)  ALT /AFT: By substitution into the section 13.7 equations ALT6 01 and AFT6 01 are determined as follows:

ALT6 01 +/-[RA601 2 + MTE6 01 2 + RE6 01 MTi]0.5

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 43

                                         +/-[(0.010 vdci + (0.006964 vdci + (Oi]0.5
                                         +/-0.012186 Vdc, (rounded to +/-0.012 Vdc)

AFT601 +/-[RA601 2 + RD601 2 + MTE601 2 + RE601 MTE2]0.5

                                         +/-[(0.010 vdci + (0.025000 vdci + (0.006964 Vdc)2 + (Oi]0.5
                                         +/-0.027812 Vdc, (rounded to +/-0.028 Vdc)

The calculated As-Left Tolerance (ALT6 01 ) bounds the output isolator setting tolerance which is 0.01 Vdc per Reference 3.5.y and 3.5.z. 13.7.3 APRM Flow Biased Trip Circuit (Module 4D) As-Left / As-Found Tolerances a) RA: From sections 11.4.4.1.1, RA4D Oo ) +/- 0.625 % Power This uncertainty value is converted to a 2-sigma value as follows: RA4D +/-2 * (0.625 % Power)

                                        +/-1.250000 % Power b)   RD: From section 11.4.4.1.2, RD4D Oo )          +/-1.74553 % Power This uncertainty value is converted to a 2-sigma value as follows:

RD4D +/-2 * (1.74553 % Power)

                                        +/-3 .491 060 % Power c)   MTE Uncertainty: Module 4D is calibrated by applying a simulated power input signal along with a simulated 75% recirculation flow input signal. The simulated power input signal is adjusted while the simulated 75% flow input signal is kept constant while monitoring the module for trip actuation. Both input signals are measured by a Fluke Model 8500A which per section 11.4.4.1.3, has an uncertainty of +/-0.00018 Vdc (lcr). Therefore uncertainty associated with power and flow signal measurement is, MTE4DpoWER (0) VDC                        +/-0.00018 Vdc MTE4D FLOW (0) VDC                        +/-0.00018 Vdc Per 3.5.y and 3.5.z, the calibrated span is 10 Vdc. MTE4DpOWER(lo)VDC is converted to units of%

Power and converted into a 2-sigma value as follows: MTE4DpoWER +/-2*(0.00018 Vdc /10 Vdc)

125 % Power

                                              +/-0.004500 % Power Per 3.5.y and 3.5.z, the calibrated span is 10 Vdc. MTE4DFLOWOo) VDC is converted to units of%

Power and converted into a 2-sigma value as follows: MTE4D FLOW +/-2*(0.00018 Vdc /10 Vdc)

125 % Flow

                                              +/-0.004500 % Flow

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 44 MTE4DpoWER and MTE4DFLOW are converted to an equivalent output value by applying the methodology established in sections 11.4.4.1.5.1 and 11.4.4.1.5.2. For Two Loop Operation (TLO): MTE4D TLO +/-[ MTE4DpoWER 2 + (0.623333

MTE4D FLOW)2]O.S

                                  +/-[(0.004500 % Poweri + ((0.623333)*( 0.004500 % Flow)i]o.s
                                  +/- 0.005303 % Power For single Loop Operation (SLO):

MTE4D sLO +/-[ MTE4DpoWER 2 + (0.553333

MTE4D FLOW )2]0.5

                                  +/-[(0.004500 % Poweri + ((0.553333)*( 0.004500 % Flow>>2]o.s
                                  +/- 0.005143 % Power d)    RE: The DMM is a digital output device, and therefore, the reading error is considered to be the least significant increment of the display (or resolution) (see Reference 3.34). Per section 9.1, reading error is included in the uncertainty value.

RE4D MTE = 0 e) ALT / AFT: By substitution into section 13.7 equations ALT4D and AFT4D are determined and converted into module 4D calibrated output units ofVdc, For Two Loop Operation (TLO):

                                 +/-(10 Vdc /125% Power)*[RA4D 2 + MTE4DTL02 + RE4D MTl]o.s
                                 +/-(10 Vdc /125% Power)* [(1.250000 % Poweri
                                 + (0.005303 % Power)2 + (Oi]o.s
                                 +/-0.100001 Vdc, (rounded to +/-0.100 Vdc)

AFT4DTLO +/-(10 Vdc /125% Power)*[RA4D 2 + RD4D 2 + MTE4D TL02

                                 + RE4D MTl]0.5
                                 +/-(10 Vdc /125% Power)* [(1.250000 % Power)2
                                 + (3.491060 % Power)2
                                 + (0.005303 % Poweri + (Oif s
                                 +/-0.296648 Vdc, (rounded to +/-0.297 Vdc)

For Single Loop Operation (SLO): ALT4D sLO +/-(10 Vdc /125% Power)*[RA4D 2 + MTE4D sL02 + RE4D MTl]0.5

                                 +/-(10 Vdc /125% Power)* [(1.250000 % Poweri
                                 + (0.005143 % Power)2 + (Oi]o.s
                                 +/-0.100001 Vdc, (rounded to +/-0.100 Vdc)

AFT4D sLO +/-(10 Vdc /125% Power)*[RA4D 2 + RD4D 2 + MTE4DsL02

                                 + RE4D MTl]o.s
                                 +/-(10 Vdc /125% Power)* [(1.250000 % Poweri

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 45

                                + (3.491060 % Poweri
                                + (0.005143 % Power)2 + (Oif 5
                                +/-0.296648 Vdc, (rounded to +/-0.297 Vdc)

From the above results, impact on ALT and AFT due to TLO vs. SLO is negligible. The calculated As-Left Tolerance (ALT4D) bounds the Module 4D setting tolerance which is 0.04 Vdc per section 11.4.4.1.4.

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 46

14.0 CONCLUSION

S

1. Revise Section 14.1 as follows:

14.1.1 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Scram) - Two Loop Operation Analytical Limit: 0.61W + 69.76 % Power Tech Spec AV: 0.61 W + 68.2 % Power Tech Spec NTSP: 0.61W + 62.6 % Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of +/- 0.04 Vdc. For example, with an 75% drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 108.35% (0.61*75 +62.6). Since 108.35% on a 125% scale corresponds to 8.668 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale [10Vdc* 108.35%/125%], a setpoint of 8.628 +/- 0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75% drive flow. 14.1.2 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Scram) Single Loop Operation Analytical Limit: 0.54W + 57.39 % Power Tech Spec AV: 0.54W + 55.9 % Power Tech Spec NTSP: 0.54W + 50.5 % Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with an tolerance of +/- 0.04 Vdc. For example, with an 75% drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 91.00% (0.54*75 + 50.5). Since 91.00% on a 125% scale corresponds to 7.280 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale [10Vdc*91.00%/125%], a setpoint of 7.240 +/- 0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75% drive flow. 14.1.3 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Rod Block) Two Loop Operation Analytical Limit: 0.61W+58.51 % Power Tech Spec AV: 0.61W + 56.9 % Power Tech Spec NTSP: 0.61W + 51.3 % Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of +/- 0.04 Vdc. For example, with an 75% drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 97.05% (0.61*75 +51.3). Since 97.05% on a 125% scale corresponds to 7.764 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale [10Vdc*97.05%/125%], a setpoint of 7.724 +/- 0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75% drive flow. 14.1.4 Simulated Thermal Power Upscale (Rod Block) Single Loop Operation Analytical Limit: 0.54W + 46.14 % Power Tech Spec AV: 0.54W+44.7% Power Tech Spec NTSP: 0.54W + 39.2 % Power Calibration setpoint: Since the setpoint is calibrated at a specific drive flow, the nominal setpoint should be set at least 0.04 Vdc below the corresponding Tech Spec NTSP with a tolerance of +/- 0.04 Vdc. For example, with an 75% drive flow, the Tech Spec NTSP is 79.70% (0.54*75 +39.2). Since 79.70% on a 125% scale corresponds to 6.376 Vdc on a 10 Vdc scale [1 OVdc* 79. 70%/125%), a setpoint of 6.336 +/- 0.04 Vdc is recommended for 75% drive flow.

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 47

2. Revise Section 14.5 as follows:

14.5 Recirculation Flow Monitor - Upscale Tech Spec NTSP: 108 % Flow Tech Spec AV: 111 % Flow Calculated AV: 112.95 % Flow Calculated AL: 114.66 % Flow Reference 3.27 requested that these values be evaluated against an AL of 116 % Flow. As the calculation shows there is a positive margin of about 1.34 % Flow between the calculated AL and that of Reference 3.27.

3. Revise Section 14.6 as follows:

14.6 Recirculation Flow Monitor - Comparator Tech Spec NTSP: 10 % Flow Tech Spec AV: 11 % Flow Calculated AV: 14.87% Flow Calculated AL: 14.87% Flow Reference 3.27 requested that these values be evaluated against an AL of 19 % Flow. This calculation indicates that there is positive margin between the calculated AL and the value from Reference 3.27.

4. Revise Section 14.7 as follows:

14.7 From References 3.5.s, 3.5.t, and 3.5. v. 3.5.z, the required accuracy for the pneumatic calibrator is specified as +/-2.0" W.e. For the normal temperatures involved in the Reactor Building, i.e., up to 118 of, the calculated accuracy of the Wallace and Tieman pneumatic calibrator exceeds this value (Section 9.2). Therefore, the calibration procedures should be revised to indicate the increased uncertainty or to limit the ambient temperature allowed during calibration.

5. Add the following new conclusion section 14.9:

14.9 As-Left / As-Found Tolerances for APRM Flow Biased Trips are: Recirculation Flow Transmitters (Module 1): ALTl rr = +/-0.282 mVdc AFTl rr = +/-0.298 mVdc ABB RPM Input Isolator Circuit (Module 6n): ALT6 n +/-0.181 Vdc AFT6 n +/-0.183 Vdc ABB RPM Square Root Converter Circuit (Module 6SR): ALT6 sR = +/-0.049 Vdc

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 48 AFT6 sR = +/-O.055 Vdc ABB RFM Summer Circuit (Module 6SUM ): ALT6sUM +/-O.OI2 Vdc AFT6 sUM = +/-O.028 Vdc ABB RFM Output Isolator Circuit (Module 601); ALT6 01 +/-O.OI2 Vdc AFT6 01 +/-O.028 Vdc APRM Flow Biased Trip Circuit (Module 4D); ALT4D +/-O.100 Vdc AFT4D +/-O.297 Vdc) The calculated As-Left Tolerances for the above modules bounds the module setting tolerances as noted in sections 13.7.1, 13.7.2, and 13.7.3.

ANALYSIS NO. L-001345 REVISION NO. 002D PAGE NO. 49 15.0 CALCULATION SPREADSHEET

1. Delete section 15.0 in its entirety. This spreadsheet was included for reference only, and it was utilized for verifying computations. It is no longer required and is therefore being deleted.

FINAL PAGE}}

ML100321363: Difference between revisions

Revision as of 03:56, 12 March 2020

Contents

Text

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

3.0 REFERENCES

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

Subject:

Subject:

3.0 REFERENCES

Subject:

Subject:

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

3.0 REFERENCES

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

3.0 REFERENCES

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

Navigation menu

ML100321363: Difference between revisions

Revision as of 03:56, 12 March 2020

Text

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

3.0 REFERENCES

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

Subject:

Subject:

3.0 REFERENCES

Subject:

Subject:

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

3.0 REFERENCES

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

3.0 REFERENCES

SUMMARY

14.0 CONCLUSION

Navigation menu

Search